Перевод: со всех языков на все языки

со всех языков на все языки

questions of a personal nature

  • 1 nature

    nature ['neɪtʃə(r)]
    Nature can be cruel la nature peut être cruelle;
    the wildest landscapes in nature les paysages les plus sauvages que la nature puisse offrir;
    to go back or to return to nature retourner à la nature;
    in a state of nature à l'état de nature; humorous (naked → man) en costume d'Adam; (→ woman) en costume d'Ève;
    the nature-nurture debate le débat sur l'inné et l'acquis;
    to let nature take its course laisser faire la nature;
    to draw/paint from nature dessiner/peindre d'après nature;
    to go against nature aller contre la nature;
    one of nature's gentlemen un gentleman-né
    (b) (character) nature f, caractère m;
    he has such a kind nature il a une si bonne nature ou un si bon caractère;
    it's not in her nature to struggle ce n'est pas dans sa nature de lutter;
    lazy by nature paresseux de nature;
    to appeal to sb's better nature faire appel aux bons sentiments de qn;
    it's in the nature of volcanoes to erupt il est dans la nature des volcans d'entrer en éruption;
    human beings are by nature gregarious l'homme est, par nature, un être sociable;
    war is by its very nature destructive la guerre est destructrice de par sa nature même;
    in the nature of things dans la nature des choses
    (c) (type) nature f, type m, genre m;
    books of a serious nature des livres sérieux;
    an incident of a serious nature un incident grave;
    questions of a personal nature des questions à caractère personnel;
    do you sell chocolates or anything of that nature? est-ce que vous vendez des chocolats ou ce genre de choses?;
    something in the nature of a… une espèce ou une sorte de…;
    Administration nature of contents (on parcel) désignation du contenu
    ►► the Nature Conservancy Council = organisme britannique de protection de la nature;
    nature cure naturopathie f, naturothérapie f;
    to go on a nature cure suivre une naturothérapie;
    nature lover amoureux(euse) m,f de la nature;
    American nature preserve, British nature reserve réserve f naturelle;
    Australian nature strip bande f d'herbe;
    School nature study sciences fpl naturelles, histoire f naturelle;
    nature trail sentier m écologique

    Un panorama unique de l'anglais et du français > nature

  • 2 Bibliography

     ■ Aitchison, J. (1987). Noam Chomsky: Consensus and controversy. New York: Falmer Press.
     ■ Anderson, J. R. (1980). Cognitive psychology and its implications. San Francisco: W. H. Freeman.
     ■ Anderson, J. R. (1983). The architecture of cognition. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.
     ■ Anderson, J. R. (1995). Cognitive psychology and its implications (4th ed.). New York: W. H. Freeman.
     ■ Archilochus (1971). In M. L. West (Ed.), Iambi et elegi graeci (Vol. 1). Oxford: Oxford University Press.
     ■ Armstrong, D. M. (1990). The causal theory of the mind. In W. G. Lycan (Ed.), Mind and cognition: A reader (pp. 37-47). Cambridge, MA: Basil Blackwell. (Originally published in 1981 in The nature of mind and other essays, Ithaca, NY: University Press).
     ■ Atkins, P. W. (1992). Creation revisited. Oxford: W. H. Freeman & Company.
     ■ Austin, J. L. (1962). How to do things with words. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.
     ■ Bacon, F. (1878). Of the proficience and advancement of learning divine and human. In The works of Francis Bacon (Vol. 1). Cambridge, MA: Hurd & Houghton.
     ■ Bacon, R. (1928). Opus majus (Vol. 2). R. B. Burke (Trans.). Philadelphia, PA: University of Pennsylvania Press.
     ■ Bar-Hillel, Y. (1960). The present status of automatic translation of languages. In F. L. Alt (Ed.), Advances in computers (Vol. 1). New York: Academic Press.
     ■ Barr, A., & E. A. Feigenbaum (Eds.) (1981). The handbook of artificial intelligence (Vol. 1). Reading, MA: Addison-Wesley.
     ■ Barr, A., & E. A. Feigenbaum (Eds.) (1982). The handbook of artificial intelligence (Vol. 2). Los Altos, CA: William Kaufman.
     ■ Barron, F. X. (1963). The needs for order and for disorder as motives in creative activity. In C. W. Taylor & F. X. Barron (Eds.), Scientific creativity: Its rec ognition and development (pp. 153-160). New York: Wiley.
     ■ Bartlett, F. C. (1932). Remembering: A study in experimental and social psychology. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
     ■ Bartley, S. H. (1969). Principles of perception. London: Harper & Row.
     ■ Barzun, J. (1959). The house of intellect. New York: Harper & Row.
     ■ Beach, F. A., D. O. Hebb, C. T. Morgan & H. W. Nissen (Eds.) (1960). The neu ropsychology of Lashley. New York: McGraw-Hill.
     ■ Berkeley, G. (1996). Principles of human knowledge: Three Dialogues. Oxford: Oxford University Press. (Originally published in 1710.)
     ■ Berlin, I. (1953). The hedgehog and the fox: An essay on Tolstoy's view of history. NY: Simon & Schuster.
     ■ Bierwisch, J. (1970). Semantics. In J. Lyons (Ed.), New horizons in linguistics. Baltimore: Penguin Books.
     ■ Black, H. C. (1951). Black's law dictionary. St. Paul, MN: West Publishing.
     ■ Bobrow, D. G., & D. A. Norman (1975). Some principles of memory schemata. In D. G. Bobrow & A. Collins (Eds.), Representation and understanding: Stud ies in Cognitive Science (pp. 131-149). New York: Academic Press.
     ■ Boden, M. A. (1977). Artificial intelligence and natural man. New York: Basic Books.
     ■ Boden, M. A. (1981). Minds and mechanisms. Ithaca, NY: Cornell University Press.
     ■ Boden, M. A. (1990a). The creative mind: Myths and mechanisms. London: Cardinal.
     ■ Boden, M. A. (1990b). The philosophy of artificial intelligence. Oxford: Oxford University Press.
     ■ Boden, M. A. (1994). Precis of The creative mind: Myths and mechanisms. Behavioral and brain sciences 17, 519-570.
     ■ Boden, M. (1996). Creativity. In M. Boden (Ed.), Artificial Intelligence (2nd ed.). San Diego: Academic Press.
     ■ Bolter, J. D. (1984). Turing's man: Western culture in the computer age. Chapel Hill, NC: University of North Carolina Press.
     ■ Bolton, N. (1972). The psychology of thinking. London: Methuen.
     ■ Bourne, L. E. (1973). Some forms of cognition: A critical analysis of several papers. In R. Solso (Ed.), Contemporary issues in cognitive psychology (pp. 313324). Loyola Symposium on Cognitive Psychology (Chicago 1972). Washington, DC: Winston.
     ■ Bransford, J. D., N. S. McCarrell, J. J. Franks & K. E. Nitsch (1977). Toward unexplaining memory. In R. Shaw & J. D. Bransford (Eds.), Perceiving, acting, and knowing (pp. 431-466). Hillsdale, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates.
     ■ Breger, L. (1981). Freud's unfinished journey. London: Routledge & Kegan Paul.
     ■ Brehmer, B. (1986). In one word: Not from experience. In H. R. Arkes & K. Hammond (Eds.), Judgment and decision making: An interdisciplinary reader (pp. 705-719). Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
     ■ Bresnan, J. (1978). A realistic transformational grammar. In M. Halle, J. Bresnan & G. A. Miller (Eds.), Linguistic theory and psychological reality (pp. 1-59). Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.
     ■ Brislin, R. W., W. J. Lonner & R. M. Thorndike (Eds.) (1973). Cross- cultural research methods. New York: Wiley.
     ■ Bronowski, J. (1977). A sense of the future: Essays in natural philosophy. P. E. Ariotti with R. Bronowski (Eds.). Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.
     ■ Bronowski, J. (1978). The origins of knowledge and imagination. New Haven, CT: Yale University Press.
     ■ Brown, R. O. (1973). A first language: The early stages. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.
     ■ Brown, T. (1970). Lectures on the philosophy of the human mind. In R. Brown (Ed.), Between Hume and Mill: An anthology of British philosophy- 1749- 1843 (pp. 330-387). New York: Random House/Modern Library.
     ■ Bruner, J. S., J. Goodnow & G. Austin (1956). A study of thinking. New York: Wiley.
     ■ Campbell, J. (1982). Grammatical man: Information, entropy, language, and life. New York: Simon & Schuster.
     ■ Campbell, J. (1989). The improbable machine. New York: Simon & Schuster.
     ■ Carlyle, T. (1966). On heroes, hero- worship and the heroic in history. Lincoln: University of Nebraska Press. (Originally published in 1841.)
     ■ Carnap, R. (1959). The elimination of metaphysics through logical analysis of language [Ueberwindung der Metaphysik durch logische Analyse der Sprache]. In A. J. Ayer (Ed.), Logical positivism (pp. 60-81) A. Pap (Trans). New York: Free Press. (Originally published in 1932.)
     ■ Cassirer, E. (1946). Language and myth. New York: Harper and Brothers. Reprinted. New York: Dover Publications, 1953.
     ■ Cattell, R. B., & H. J. Butcher (1970). Creativity and personality. In P. E. Vernon (Ed.), Creativity. Harmondsworth, England: Penguin Books.
     ■ Caudill, M., & C. Butler (1990). Naturally intelligent systems. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press/Bradford Books.
     ■ Chandrasekaran, B. (1990). What kind of information processing is intelligence? A perspective on AI paradigms and a proposal. In D. Partridge & R. Wilks (Eds.), The foundations of artificial intelligence: A sourcebook (pp. 14-46). Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
     ■ Charniak, E., & McDermott, D. (1985). Introduction to artificial intelligence. Reading, MA: Addison-Wesley.
     ■ Chase, W. G., & H. A. Simon (1988). The mind's eye in chess. In A. Collins & E. E. Smith (Eds.), Readings in cognitive science: A perspective from psychology and artificial intelligence (pp. 461-493). San Mateo, CA: Kaufmann.
     ■ Cheney, D. L., & R. M. Seyfarth (1990). How monkeys see the world: Inside the mind of another species. Chicago: University of Chicago Press.
     ■ Chi, M.T.H., R. Glaser & E. Rees (1982). Expertise in problem solving. In R. J. Sternberg (Ed.), Advances in the psychology of human intelligence (pp. 7-73). Hillsdale, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates.
     ■ Chomsky, N. (1957). Syntactic structures. The Hague: Mouton. Janua Linguarum.
     ■ Chomsky, N. (1964). A transformational approach to syntax. In J. A. Fodor & J. J. Katz (Eds.), The structure of language: Readings in the philosophy of lan guage (pp. 211-245). Englewood Cliffs, NJ: Prentice-Hall.
     ■ Chomsky, N. (1965). Aspects of the theory of syntax. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.
     ■ Chomsky, N. (1972). Language and mind (enlarged ed.). New York: Harcourt Brace Jovanovich.
     ■ Chomsky, N. (1979). Language and responsibility. New York: Pantheon.
     ■ Chomsky, N. (1986). Knowledge of language: Its nature, origin and use. New York: Praeger Special Studies.
     ■ Churchland, P. (1979). Scientific realism and the plasticity of mind. New York: Cambridge University Press.
     ■ Churchland, P. M. (1989). A neurocomputational perspective: The nature of mind and the structure of science. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.
     ■ Churchland, P. S. (1986). Neurophilosophy. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press/Bradford Books.
     ■ Clark, A. (1996). Philosophical Foundations. In M. A. Boden (Ed.), Artificial in telligence (2nd ed.). San Diego: Academic Press.
     ■ Clark, H. H., & T. B. Carlson (1981). Context for comprehension. In J. Long & A. Baddeley (Eds.), Attention and performance (Vol. 9, pp. 313-330). Hillsdale, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates.
     ■ Clarke, A. C. (1984). Profiles of the future: An inquiry into the limits of the possible. New York: Holt, Rinehart & Winston.
     ■ Claxton, G. (1980). Cognitive psychology: A suitable case for what sort of treatment? In G. Claxton (Ed.), Cognitive psychology: New directions (pp. 1-25). London: Routledge & Kegan Paul.
     ■ Code, M. (1985). Order and organism. Albany, NY: State University of New York Press.
     ■ Collingwood, R. G. (1972). The idea of history. New York: Oxford University Press.
     ■ Coopersmith, S. (1967). The antecedents of self- esteem. San Francisco: W. H. Freeman.
     ■ Copland, A. (1952). Music and imagination. London: Oxford University Press.
     ■ Coren, S. (1994). The intelligence of dogs. New York: Bantam Books.
     ■ Cottingham, J. (Ed.) (1996). Western philosophy: An anthology. Oxford: Blackwell Publishers.
     ■ Cox, C. (1926). The early mental traits of three hundred geniuses. Stanford, CA: Stanford University Press.
     ■ Craik, K.J.W. (1943). The nature of explanation. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
     ■ Cronbach, L. J. (1990). Essentials of psychological testing (5th ed.). New York: HarperCollins.
     ■ Cronbach, L. J., & R. E. Snow (1977). Aptitudes and instructional methods. New York: Irvington. Paperback edition, 1981.
     ■ Csikszentmihalyi, M. (1993). The evolving self. New York: Harper Perennial.
     ■ Culler, J. (1976). Ferdinand de Saussure. New York: Penguin Books.
     ■ Curtius, E. R. (1973). European literature and the Latin Middle Ages. W. R. Trask (Trans.). Princeton, NJ: Princeton University Press.
     ■ D'Alembert, J.L.R. (1963). Preliminary discourse to the encyclopedia of Diderot. R. N. Schwab (Trans.). Indianapolis: Bobbs-Merrill.
     ■ Damasio, A. (1994). Descartes' error: Emotion, reason, and the human brain. New York: Avon.
     ■ Dampier, W. C. (1966). A history of modern science. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
     ■ Darwin, C. (1911). The life and letters of Charles Darwin (Vol. 1). Francis Darwin (Ed.). New York: Appleton.
     ■ Davidson, D. (1970) Mental events. In L. Foster & J. W. Swanson (Eds.), Experience and theory (pp. 79-101). Amherst: University of Massachussetts Press.
     ■ Davies, P. (1995). About time: Einstein's unfinished revolution. New York: Simon & Schuster/Touchstone.
     ■ Davis, R., & J. J. King (1977). An overview of production systems. In E. Elcock & D. Michie (Eds.), Machine intelligence 8. Chichester, England: Ellis Horwood.
     ■ Davis, R., & D. B. Lenat (1982). Knowledge- based systems in artificial intelligence. New York: McGraw-Hill.
     ■ Dawkins, R. (1982). The extended phenotype: The gene as the unit of selection. Oxford: W. H. Freeman.
     ■ deKleer, J., & J. S. Brown (1983). Assumptions and ambiguities in mechanistic mental models (1983). In D. Gentner & A. L. Stevens (Eds.), Mental modes (pp. 155-190). Hillsdale, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates.
     ■ Dennett, D. C. (1978a). Brainstorms: Philosophical essays on mind and psychology. Montgomery, VT: Bradford Books.
     ■ Dennett, D. C. (1978b). Toward a cognitive theory of consciousness. In D. C. Dennett, Brainstorms: Philosophical Essays on Mind and Psychology. Montgomery, VT: Bradford Books.
     ■ Dennett, D. C. (1995). Darwin's dangerous idea: Evolution and the meanings of life. New York: Simon & Schuster/Touchstone.
     ■ Descartes, R. (1897-1910). Traite de l'homme. In Oeuvres de Descartes (Vol. 11, pp. 119-215). Paris: Charles Adam & Paul Tannery. (Originally published in 1634.)
     ■ Descartes, R. (1950). Discourse on method. L. J. Lafleur (Trans.). New York: Liberal Arts Press. (Originally published in 1637.)
     ■ Descartes, R. (1951). Meditation on first philosophy. L. J. Lafleur (Trans.). New York: Liberal Arts Press. (Originally published in 1641.)
     ■ Descartes, R. (1955). The philosophical works of Descartes. E. S. Haldane and G.R.T. Ross (Trans.). New York: Dover. (Originally published in 1911 by Cambridge University Press.)
     ■ Descartes, R. (1967). Discourse on method (Pt. V). In E. S. Haldane and G.R.T. Ross (Eds.), The philosophical works of Descartes (Vol. 1, pp. 106-118). Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. (Originally published in 1637.)
     ■ Descartes, R. (1970a). Discourse on method. In E. S. Haldane & G.R.T. Ross (Eds.), The philosophical works of Descartes (Vol. 1, pp. 181-200). Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. (Originally published in 1637.)
     ■ Descartes, R. (1970b). Principles of philosophy. In E. S. Haldane & G.R.T. Ross (Eds.), The philosophical works of Descartes (Vol. 1, pp. 178-291). Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. (Originally published in 1644.)
     ■ Descartes, R. (1984). Meditations on first philosophy. In J. Cottingham, R. Stoothoff & D. Murduch (Trans.), The philosophical works of Descartes (Vol. 2). Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. (Originally published in 1641.)
     ■ Descartes, R. (1986). Meditations on first philosophy. J. Cottingham (Trans.). Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. (Originally published in 1641 as Med itationes de prima philosophia.)
     ■ deWulf, M. (1956). An introduction to scholastic philosophy. Mineola, NY: Dover Books.
     ■ Dixon, N. F. (1981). Preconscious processing. London: Wiley.
     ■ Doyle, A. C. (1986). The Boscombe Valley mystery. In Sherlock Holmes: The com plete novels and stories (Vol. 1). New York: Bantam.
     ■ Dreyfus, H., & S. Dreyfus (1986). Mind over machine. New York: Free Press.
     ■ Dreyfus, H. L. (1972). What computers can't do: The limits of artificial intelligence (revised ed.). New York: Harper & Row.
     ■ Dreyfus, H. L., & S. E. Dreyfus (1986). Mind over machine: The power of human intuition and expertise in the era of the computer. New York: Free Press.
     ■ Edelman, G. M. (1992). Bright air, brilliant fire: On the matter of the mind. New York: Basic Books.
     ■ Ehrenzweig, A. (1967). The hidden order of art. London: Weidenfeld & Nicolson.
     ■ Einstein, A., & L. Infeld (1938). The evolution of physics. New York: Simon & Schuster.
     ■ Eisenstein, S. (1947). Film sense. New York: Harcourt, Brace & World.
     ■ Everdell, W. R. (1997). The first moderns. Chicago: University of Chicago Press.
     ■ Eysenck, M. W. (1977). Human memory: Theory, research and individual difference. Oxford: Pergamon.
     ■ Eysenck, M. W. (1982). Attention and arousal: Cognition and performance. Berlin: Springer.
     ■ Eysenck, M. W. (1984). A handbook of cognitive psychology. Hillsdale, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates.
     ■ Fancher, R. E. (1979). Pioneers of psychology. New York: W. W. Norton.
     ■ Farrell, B. A. (1981). The standing of psychoanalysis. New York: Oxford University Press.
     ■ Feldman, D. H. (1980). Beyond universals in cognitive development. Norwood, NJ: Ablex.
     ■ Fetzer, J. H. (1996). Philosophy and cognitive science (2nd ed.). New York: Paragon House.
     ■ Finke, R. A. (1990). Creative imagery: Discoveries and inventions in visualization. Hillsdale, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates.
     ■ Flanagan, O. (1991). The science of the mind. Cambridge MA: MIT Press/Bradford Books.
     ■ Fodor, J. (1983). The modularity of mind. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press/Bradford Books.
     ■ Frege, G. (1972). Conceptual notation. T. W. Bynum (Trans.). Oxford: Clarendon Press. (Originally published in 1879.)
     ■ Frege, G. (1979). Logic. In H. Hermes, F. Kambartel & F. Kaulbach (Eds.), Gottlob Frege: Posthumous writings. Chicago: University of Chicago Press. (Originally published in 1879-1891.)
     ■ Freud, S. (1959). Creative writers and day-dreaming. In J. Strachey (Ed.), The standard edition of the complete psychological works of Sigmund Freud (Vol. 9, pp. 143-153). London: Hogarth Press.
     ■ Freud, S. (1966). Project for a scientific psychology. In J. Strachey (Ed.), The stan dard edition of the complete psychological works of Sigmund Freud (Vol. 1, pp. 295-398). London: Hogarth Press. (Originally published in 1950 as Aus den AnfaЁngen der Psychoanalyse, in London by Imago Publishing.)
     ■ Freud, S. (1976). Lecture 18-Fixation to traumas-the unconscious. In J. Strachey (Ed.), The standard edition of the complete psychological works of Sigmund Freud (Vol. 16, p. 285). London: Hogarth Press.
     ■ Galileo, G. (1990). Il saggiatore [The assayer]. In S. Drake (Ed.), Discoveries and opinions of Galileo. New York: Anchor Books. (Originally published in 1623.)
     ■ Gassendi, P. (1970). Letter to Descartes. In "Objections and replies." In E. S. Haldane & G.R.T. Ross (Eds.), The philosophical works of Descartes (Vol. 2, pp. 179-240). Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. (Originally published in 1641.)
     ■ Gazzaniga, M. S. (1988). Mind matters: How mind and brain interact to create our conscious lives. Boston: Houghton Mifflin in association with MIT Press/Bradford Books.
     ■ Genesereth, M. R., & N. J. Nilsson (1987). Logical foundations of artificial intelligence. Palo Alto, CA: Morgan Kaufmann.
     ■ Ghiselin, B. (1952). The creative process. New York: Mentor.
     ■ Ghiselin, B. (1985). The creative process. Berkeley, CA: University of California Press. (Originally published in 1952.)
     ■ Gilhooly, K. J. (1996). Thinking: Directed, undirected and creative (3rd ed.). London: Academic Press.
     ■ Glass, A. L., K. J. Holyoak & J. L. Santa (1979). Cognition. Reading, MA: AddisonWesley.
     ■ Goody, J. (1977). The domestication of the savage mind. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
     ■ Gruber, H. E. (1980). Darwin on man: A psychological study of scientific creativity (2nd ed.). Chicago: University of Chicago Press.
     ■ Gruber, H. E., & S. Davis (1988). Inching our way up Mount Olympus: The evolving systems approach to creative thinking. In R. J. Sternberg (Ed.), The nature of creativity: Contemporary psychological perspectives. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
     ■ Guthrie, E. R. (1972). The psychology of learning. New York: Harper. (Originally published in 1935.)
     ■ Habermas, J. (1972). Knowledge and human interests. Boston: Beacon Press.
     ■ Hadamard, J. (1945). The psychology of invention in the mathematical field. Princeton, NJ: Princeton University Press.
     ■ Hand, D. J. (1985). Artificial intelligence and psychiatry. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
     ■ Harris, M. (1981). The language myth. London: Duckworth.
     ■ Haugeland, J. (Ed.) (1981). Mind design: Philosophy, psychology, artificial intelligence. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press/Bradford Books.
     ■ Haugeland, J. (1981a). The nature and plausibility of cognitivism. In J. Haugeland (Ed.), Mind design: Philosophy, psychology, artificial intelligence (pp. 243-281). Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.
     ■ Haugeland, J. (1981b). Semantic engines: An introduction to mind design. In J. Haugeland (Ed.), Mind design: Philosophy, psychology, artificial intelligence (pp. 1-34). Cambridge, MA: MIT Press/Bradford Books.
     ■ Haugeland, J. (1985). Artificial intelligence: The very idea. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.
     ■ Hawkes, T. (1977). Structuralism and semiotics. Berkeley: University of California Press.
     ■ Hebb, D. O. (1949). The organisation of behaviour. New York: Wiley.
     ■ Hebb, D. O. (1958). A textbook of psychology. Philadelphia: Saunders.
     ■ Hegel, G.W.F. (1910). The phenomenology of mind. J. B. Baille (Trans.). London: Sonnenschein. (Originally published as Phaenomenologie des Geistes, 1807.)
     ■ Heisenberg, W. (1958). Physics and philosophy. New York: Harper & Row.
     ■ Hempel, C. G. (1966). Philosophy of natural science. Englewood Cliffs, NJ: PrenticeHall.
     ■ Herman, A. (1997). The idea of decline in Western history. New York: Free Press.
     ■ Herrnstein, R. J., & E. G. Boring (Eds.) (1965). A source book in the history of psy chology. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.
     ■ Herzmann, E. (1964). Mozart's creative process. In P. H. Lang (Ed.), The creative world of Mozart (pp. 17-30). London: Oldbourne Press.
     ■ Hilgard, E. R. (1957). Introduction to psychology. London: Methuen.
     ■ Hobbes, T. (1651). Leviathan. London: Crooke.
     ■ Hofstadter, D. R. (1979). Goedel, Escher, Bach: An eternal golden braid. New York: Basic Books.
     ■ Holliday, S. G., & M. J. Chandler (1986). Wisdom: Explorations in adult competence. Basel, Switzerland: Karger.
     ■ Horn, J. L. (1986). In R. J. Sternberg (Ed.), Advances in the psychology of human intelligence (Vol. 3). Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum.
     ■ Hull, C. (1943). Principles of behavior. New York: Appleton-Century-Crofts.
     ■ Hume, D. (1955). An inquiry concerning human understanding. New York: Liberal Arts Press. (Originally published in 1748.)
     ■ Hume, D. (1975). An enquiry concerning human understanding. In L. A. SelbyBigge (Ed.), Hume's enquiries (3rd. ed., revised P. H. Nidditch). Oxford: Clarendon. (Spelling and punctuation revised.) (Originally published in 1748.)
     ■ Hume, D. (1978). A treatise of human nature. L. A. Selby-Bigge (Ed.), Hume's enquiries (3rd. ed., revised P. H. Nidditch). Oxford: Clarendon. (With some modifications of spelling and punctuation.) (Originally published in 1690.)
     ■ Hunt, E. (1973). The memory we must have. In R. C. Schank & K. M. Colby (Eds.), Computer models of thought and language. (pp. 343-371) San Francisco: W. H. Freeman.
     ■ Husserl, E. (1960). Cartesian meditations. The Hague: Martinus Nijhoff.
     ■ Inhelder, B., & J. Piaget (1958). The growth of logical thinking from childhood to adolescence. New York: Basic Books. (Originally published in 1955 as De la logique de l'enfant a` la logique de l'adolescent. [Paris: Presses Universitaire de France])
     ■ James, W. (1890a). The principles of psychology (Vol. 1). New York: Dover Books.
     ■ James, W. (1890b). The principles of psychology. New York: Henry Holt.
     ■ Jevons, W. S. (1900). The principles of science (2nd ed.). London: Macmillan.
     ■ Johnson, G. (1986). Machinery of the mind: Inside the new science of artificial intelli gence. New York: Random House.
     ■ Johnson, M. L. (1988). Mind, language, machine. New York: St. Martin's Press.
     ■ Johnson-Laird, P. N. (1983). Mental models: Toward a cognitive science of language, inference, and consciousness. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.
     ■ Johnson-Laird, P. N. (1988). The computer and the mind: An introduction to cognitive science. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.
     ■ Jones, E. (1961). The life and work of Sigmund Freud. L. Trilling & S. Marcus (Eds.). London: Hogarth.
     ■ Jones, R. V. (1985). Complementarity as a way of life. In A. P. French & P. J. Kennedy (Eds.), Niels Bohr: A centenary volume. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.
     ■ Kant, I. (1933). Critique of Pure Reason (2nd ed.). N. K. Smith (Trans.). London: Macmillan. (Originally published in 1781 as Kritik der reinen Vernunft.)
     ■ Kant, I. (1891). Solution of the general problems of the Prolegomena. In E. Belfort (Trans.), Kant's Prolegomena. London: Bell. (With minor modifications.) (Originally published in 1783.)
     ■ Katona, G. (1940). Organizing and memorizing: Studies in the psychology of learning and teaching. New York: Columbia University Press.
     ■ Kaufman, A. S. (1979). Intelligent testing with the WISC-R. New York: Wiley.
     ■ Koestler, A. (1964). The act of creation. New York: Arkana (Penguin).
     ■ Kohlberg, L. (1971). From is to ought. In T. Mischel (Ed.), Cognitive development and epistemology. (pp. 151-235) New York: Academic Press.
     ■ KoЁhler, W. (1925). The mentality of apes. New York: Liveright.
     ■ KoЁhler, W. (1927). The mentality of apes (2nd ed.). Ella Winter (Trans.). London: Routledge & Kegan Paul.
     ■ KoЁhler, W. (1930). Gestalt psychology. London: G. Bell.
     ■ KoЁhler, W. (1947). Gestalt psychology. New York: Liveright.
     ■ KoЁhler, W. (1969). The task of Gestalt psychology. Princeton, NJ: Princeton University Press.
     ■ Kuhn, T. (1970). The structure of scientific revolutions (2nd ed.). Chicago: University of Chicago Press.
     ■ Langer, E. J. (1989). Mindfulness. Reading, MA: Addison-Wesley.
     ■ Langer, S. (1962). Philosophical sketches. Baltimore: Johns Hopkins University Press.
     ■ Langley, P., H. A. Simon, G. L. Bradshaw & J. M. Zytkow (1987). Scientific dis covery: Computational explorations of the creative process. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.
     ■ Lashley, K. S. (1951). The problem of serial order in behavior. In L. A. Jeffress (Ed.), Cerebral mechanisms in behavior, the Hixon Symposium (pp. 112-146) New York: Wiley.
     ■ LeDoux, J. E., & W. Hirst (1986). Mind and brain: Dialogues in cognitive neuroscience. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
     ■ Lehnert, W. (1978). The process of question answering. Hillsdale, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates.
     ■ Leiber, J. (1991). Invitation to cognitive science. Oxford: Blackwell.
     ■ Lenat, D. B., & G. Harris (1978). Designing a rule system that searches for scientific discoveries. In D. A. Waterman & F. Hayes-Roth (Eds.), Pattern directed inference systems (pp. 25-52) New York: Academic Press.
     ■ Levenson, T. (1995). Measure for measure: A musical history of science. New York: Touchstone. (Originally published in 1994.)
     ■ Leґvi-Strauss, C. (1963). Structural anthropology. C. Jacobson & B. Grundfest Schoepf (Trans.). New York: Basic Books. (Originally published in 1958.)
     ■ Levine, M. W., & J. M. Schefner (1981). Fundamentals of sensation and perception. London: Addison-Wesley.
     ■ Lewis, C. I. (1946). An analysis of knowledge and valuation. LaSalle, IL: Open Court.
     ■ Lighthill, J. (1972). A report on artificial intelligence. Unpublished manuscript, Science Research Council.
     ■ Lipman, M., A. M. Sharp & F. S. Oscanyan (1980). Philosophy in the classroom. Philadelphia: Temple University Press.
     ■ Lippmann, W. (1965). Public opinion. New York: Free Press. (Originally published in 1922.)
     ■ Locke, J. (1956). An essay concerning human understanding. Chicago: Henry Regnery Co. (Originally published in 1690.)
     ■ Locke, J. (1975). An essay concerning human understanding. P. H. Nidditch (Ed.). Oxford: Clarendon. (Originally published in 1690.) (With spelling and punctuation modernized and some minor modifications of phrasing.)
     ■ Lopate, P. (1994). The art of the personal essay. New York: Doubleday/Anchor Books.
     ■ Lorimer, F. (1929). The growth of reason. London: Kegan Paul. Machlup, F., & U. Mansfield (Eds.) (1983). The study of information. New York: Wiley.
     ■ Manguel, A. (1996). A history of reading. New York: Viking.
     ■ Margolis, H. (1987). Patterns, thinking, and cognition. Chicago: University of Chicago Press.
     ■ Markey, J. F. (1928). The symbolic process. London: Kegan Paul.
     ■ Martin, R. M. (1969). On Ziff's "Natural and formal languages." In S. Hook (Ed.), Language and philosophy: A symposium (pp. 249-263). New York: New York University Press.
     ■ Mazlish, B. (1993). The fourth discontinuity: the co- evolution of humans and machines. New Haven, CT: Yale University Press.
     ■ McCarthy, J., & P. J. Hayes (1969). Some philosophical problems from the standpoint of artificial intelligence. In B. Meltzer & D. Michie (Eds.), Machine intelligence 4. Edinburgh: Edinburgh University Press.
     ■ McClelland, J. L., D. E. Rumelhart & G. E. Hinton (1986). The appeal of parallel distributed processing. In D. E. Rumelhart, J. L. McClelland & the PDP Research Group (Eds.), Parallel distributed processing: Explorations in the mi crostructure of cognition (Vol. 1, pp. 3-40). Cambridge, MA: MIT Press/ Bradford Books.
     ■ McCorduck, P. (1979). Machines who think. San Francisco: W. H. Freeman.
     ■ McLaughlin, T. (1970). Music and communication. London: Faber & Faber.
     ■ Mednick, S. A. (1962). The associative basis of the creative process. Psychological Review 69, 431-436.
     ■ Meehl, P. E., & C. J. Golden (1982). Taxometric methods. In Kendall, P. C., & Butcher, J. N. (Eds.), Handbook of research methods in clinical psychology (pp. 127-182). New York: Wiley.
     ■ Mehler, J., E.C.T. Walker & M. Garrett (Eds.) (1982). Perspectives on mental rep resentation: Experimental and theoretical studies of cognitive processes and ca pacities. Hillsdale, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates.
     ■ Mill, J. S. (1900). A system of logic, ratiocinative and inductive: Being a connected view of the principles of evidence and the methods of scientific investigation. London: Longmans, Green.
     ■ Miller, G. A. (1979, June). A very personal history. Talk to the Cognitive Science Workshop, Cambridge, MA.
     ■ Miller, J. (1983). States of mind. New York: Pantheon Books.
     ■ Minsky, M. (1975). A framework for representing knowledge. In P. H. Winston (Ed.), The psychology of computer vision (pp. 211-277). New York: McGrawHill.
     ■ Minsky, M., & S. Papert (1973). Artificial intelligence. Condon Lectures, Oregon State System of Higher Education, Eugene, Oregon.
     ■ Minsky, M. L. (1986). The society of mind. New York: Simon & Schuster.
     ■ Mischel, T. (1976). Psychological explanations and their vicissitudes. In J. K. Cole & W. J. Arnold (Eds.), Nebraska Symposium on motivation (Vol. 23). Lincoln, NB: University of Nebraska Press.
     ■ Morford, M.P.O., & R. J. Lenardon (1995). Classical mythology (5th ed.). New York: Longman.
     ■ Murdoch, I. (1954). Under the net. New York: Penguin.
     ■ Nagel, E. (1959). Methodological issues in psychoanalytic theory. In S. Hook (Ed.), Psychoanalysis, scientific method, and philosophy: A symposium. New York: New York University Press.
     ■ Nagel, T. (1979). Mortal questions. London: Cambridge University Press.
     ■ Nagel, T. (1986). The view from nowhere. Oxford: Oxford University Press.
     ■ Neisser, U. (1967). Cognitive psychology. New York: Appleton-Century-Crofts.
     ■ Neisser, U. (1972). Changing conceptions of imagery. In P. W. Sheehan (Ed.), The function and nature of imagery (pp. 233-251). London: Academic Press.
     ■ Neisser, U. (1976). Cognition and reality. San Francisco: W. H. Freeman.
     ■ Neisser, U. (1978). Memory: What are the important questions? In M. M. Gruneberg, P. E. Morris & R. N. Sykes (Eds.), Practical aspects of memory (pp. 3-24). London: Academic Press.
     ■ Neisser, U. (1979). The concept of intelligence. In R. J. Sternberg & D. K. Detterman (Eds.), Human intelligence: Perspectives on its theory and measurement (pp. 179-190). Norwood, NJ: Ablex.
     ■ Nersessian, N. (1992). How do scientists think? Capturing the dynamics of conceptual change in science. In R. N. Giere (Ed.), Cognitive models of science (pp. 3-44). Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press.
     ■ Newell, A. (1973a). Artificial intelligence and the concept of mind. In R. C. Schank & K. M. Colby (Eds.), Computer models of thought and language (pp. 1-60). San Francisco: W. H. Freeman.
     ■ Newell, A. (1973b). You can't play 20 questions with nature and win. In W. G. Chase (Ed.), Visual information processing (pp. 283-310). New York: Academic Press.
     ■ Newell, A., & H. A. Simon (1963). GPS: A program that simulates human thought. In E. A. Feigenbaum & J. Feldman (Eds.), Computers and thought (pp. 279-293). New York & McGraw-Hill.
     ■ Newell, A., & H. A. Simon (1972). Human problem solving. Englewood Cliffs, NJ: Prentice-Hall.
     ■ Nietzsche, F. (1966). Beyond good and evil. W. Kaufmann (Trans.). New York: Vintage. (Originally published in 1885.)
     ■ Nilsson, N. J. (1971). Problem- solving methods in artificial intelligence. New York: McGraw-Hill.
     ■ Nussbaum, M. C. (1978). Aristotle's Princeton University Press. De Motu Anamalium. Princeton, NJ:
     ■ Oersted, H. C. (1920). Thermo-electricity. In Kirstine Meyer (Ed.), H. C. Oersted, Natuurvidenskabelige Skrifter (Vol. 2). Copenhagen: n.p. (Originally published in 1830 in The Edinburgh encyclopaedia.)
     ■ Ong, W. J. (1982). Orality and literacy: The technologizing of the word. London: Methuen.
     ■ Onians, R. B. (1954). The origins of European thought. Cambridge, MA: Cambridge University Press.
     ■ Osgood, C. E. (1960). Method and theory in experimental psychology. New York: Oxford University Press. (Originally published in 1953.)
     ■ Osgood, C. E. (1966). Language universals and psycholinguistics. In J. H. Greenberg (Ed.), Universals of language (2nd ed., pp. 299-322). Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.
     ■ Palmer, R. E. (1969). Hermeneutics. Evanston, IL: Northwestern University Press.
     ■ Peirce, C. S. (1934). Some consequences of four incapacities-Man, a sign. In C. Hartsborne & P. Weiss (Eds.), Collected papers of Charles Saunders Peirce (Vol. 5, pp. 185-189). Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.
     ■ Penfield, W. (1959). In W. Penfield & L. Roberts, Speech and brain mechanisms. Princeton, NJ: Princeton University Press.
     ■ Penrose, R. (1994). Shadows of the mind: A search for the missing science of conscious ness. Oxford: Oxford University Press.
     ■ Perkins, D. N. (1981). The mind's best work. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.
     ■ Peterfreund, E. (1986). The heuristic approach to psychoanalytic therapy. In
     ■ J. Reppen (Ed.), Analysts at work, (pp. 127-144). Hillsdale, NJ: Analytic Press.
     ■ Piaget, J. (1952). The origin of intelligence in children. New York: International Universities Press. (Originally published in 1936.)
     ■ Piaget, J. (1954). Le langage et les opeґrations intellectuelles. Proble` mes de psycho linguistique. Symposium de l'Association de Psychologie Scientifique de Langue Francёaise. Paris: Presses Universitaires de France.
     ■ Piaget, J. (1977). Problems of equilibration. In H. E. Gruber & J. J. Voneche (Eds.), The essential Piaget (pp. 838-841). London: Routlege & Kegan Paul. (Originally published in 1975 as L'eґquilibration des structures cognitives [Paris: Presses Universitaires de France].)
     ■ Piaget, J., & B. Inhelder. (1973). Memory and intelligence. New York: Basic Books.
     ■ Pinker, S. (1994). The language instinct. New York: Morrow.
     ■ Pinker, S. (1996). Facts about human language relevant to its evolution. In J.-P. Changeux & J. Chavaillon (Eds.), Origins of the human brain. A symposium of the Fyssen foundation (pp. 262-283). Oxford: Clarendon Press. Planck, M. (1949). Scientific autobiography and other papers. F. Gaynor (Trans.). New York: Philosophical Library.
     ■ Planck, M. (1990). Wissenschaftliche Selbstbiographie. W. Berg (Ed.). Halle, Germany: Deutsche Akademie der Naturforscher Leopoldina.
     ■ Plato (1892). Meno. In The Dialogues of Plato (B. Jowett, Trans.; Vol. 2). New York: Clarendon. (Originally published circa 380 B.C.)
     ■ Poincareґ, H. (1913). Mathematical creation. In The foundations of science. G. B. Halsted (Trans.). New York: Science Press.
     ■ Poincareґ, H. (1921). The foundations of science: Science and hypothesis, the value of science, science and method. G. B. Halstead (Trans.). New York: Science Press.
     ■ Poincareґ, H. (1929). The foundations of science: Science and hypothesis, the value of science, science and method. New York: Science Press.
     ■ Poincareґ, H. (1952). Science and method. F. Maitland (Trans.) New York: Dover.
     ■ Polya, G. (1945). How to solve it. Princeton, NJ: Princeton University Press.
     ■ Polanyi, M. (1958). Personal knowledge. London: Routledge & Kegan Paul.
     ■ Popper, K. (1968). Conjectures and refutations: The growth of scientific knowledge. New York: Harper & Row/Basic Books.
     ■ Popper, K., & J. Eccles (1977). The self and its brain. New York: Springer-Verlag.
     ■ Popper, K. R. (1959). The logic of scientific discovery. London: Hutchinson.
     ■ Putnam, H. (1975). Mind, language and reality: Philosophical papers (Vol. 2). Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
     ■ Putnam, H. (1987). The faces of realism. LaSalle, IL: Open Court.
     ■ Pylyshyn, Z. W. (1981). The imagery debate: Analog media versus tacit knowledge. In N. Block (Ed.), Imagery (pp. 151-206). Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.
     ■ Pylyshyn, Z. W. (1984). Computation and cognition: Towards a foundation for cog nitive science. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press/Bradford Books.
     ■ Quillian, M. R. (1968). Semantic memory. In M. Minsky (Ed.), Semantic information processing (pp. 216-260). Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.
     ■ Quine, W.V.O. (1960). Word and object. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.
     ■ Rabbitt, P.M.A., & S. Dornic (Eds.). Attention and performance (Vol. 5). London: Academic Press.
     ■ Rawlins, G.J.E. (1997). Slaves of the Machine: The quickening of computer technology. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press/Bradford Books.
     ■ Reid, T. (1970). An inquiry into the human mind on the principles of common sense. In R. Brown (Ed.), Between Hume and Mill: An anthology of British philosophy- 1749- 1843 (pp. 151-178). New York: Random House/Modern Library.
     ■ Reitman, W. (1970). What does it take to remember? In D. A. Norman (Ed.), Models of human memory (pp. 470-510). London: Academic Press.
     ■ Ricoeur, P. (1974). Structure and hermeneutics. In D. I. Ihde (Ed.), The conflict of interpretations: Essays in hermeneutics (pp. 27-61). Evanston, IL: Northwestern University Press.
     ■ Robinson, D. N. (1986). An intellectual history of psychology. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press.
     ■ Rorty, R. (1979). Philosophy and the mirror of nature. Princeton, NJ: Princeton University Press.
     ■ Rosch, E. (1977). Human categorization. In N. Warren (Ed.), Studies in cross cultural psychology (Vol. 1, pp. 1-49) London: Academic Press.
     ■ Rosch, E. (1978). Principles of categorization. In E. Rosch & B. B. Lloyd (Eds.), Cognition and categorization (pp. 27-48). Hillsdale, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates.
     ■ Rosch, E., & B. B. Lloyd (1978). Principles of categorization. In E. Rosch & B. B. Lloyd (Eds.), Cognition and categorization. Hillsdale, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates.
     ■ Rose, S. (1970). The chemistry of life. Baltimore: Penguin Books.
     ■ Rose, S. (1976). The conscious brain (updated ed.). New York: Random House.
     ■ Rose, S. (1993). The making of memory: From molecules to mind. New York: Anchor Books. (Originally published in 1992)
     ■ Roszak, T. (1994). The cult of information: A neo- Luddite treatise on high- tech, artificial intelligence, and the true art of thinking (2nd ed.). Berkeley: University of California Press.
     ■ Royce, J. R., & W. W. Rozeboom (Eds.) (1972). The psychology of knowing. New York: Gordon & Breach.
     ■ Rumelhart, D. E. (1977). Introduction to human information processing. New York: Wiley.
     ■ Rumelhart, D. E. (1980). Schemata: The building blocks of cognition. In R. J. Spiro, B. Bruce & W. F. Brewer (Eds.), Theoretical issues in reading comprehension. Hillsdale, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates.
     ■ Rumelhart, D. E., & J. L. McClelland (1986). On learning the past tenses of English verbs. In J. L. McClelland & D. E. Rumelhart (Eds.), Parallel distributed processing: Explorations in the microstructure of cognition (Vol. 2). Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.
     ■ Rumelhart, D. E., P. Smolensky, J. L. McClelland & G. E. Hinton (1986). Schemata and sequential thought processes in PDP models. In J. L. McClelland, D. E. Rumelhart & the PDP Research Group (Eds.), Parallel Distributed Processing (Vol. 2, pp. 7-57). Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.
     ■ Russell, B. (1927). An outline of philosophy. London: G. Allen & Unwin.
     ■ Russell, B. (1961). History of Western philosophy. London: George Allen & Unwin.
     ■ Russell, B. (1965). How I write. In Portraits from memory and other essays. London: Allen & Unwin.
     ■ Russell, B. (1992). In N. Griffin (Ed.), The selected letters of Bertrand Russell (Vol. 1), The private years, 1884- 1914. Boston: Houghton Mifflin. Ryecroft, C. (1966). Psychoanalysis observed. London: Constable.
     ■ Sagan, C. (1978). The dragons of Eden: Speculations on the evolution of human intel ligence. New York: Ballantine Books.
     ■ Salthouse, T. A. (1992). Expertise as the circumvention of human processing limitations. In K. A. Ericsson & J. Smith (Eds.), Toward a general theory of expertise: Prospects and limits (pp. 172-194). Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
     ■ Sanford, A. J. (1987). The mind of man: Models of human understanding. New Haven, CT: Yale University Press.
     ■ Sapir, E. (1921). Language. New York: Harcourt, Brace, and World.
     ■ Sapir, E. (1964). Culture, language, and personality. Berkeley: University of California Press. (Originally published in 1941.)
     ■ Sapir, E. (1985). The status of linguistics as a science. In D. G. Mandelbaum (Ed.), Selected writings of Edward Sapir in language, culture and personality (pp. 160166). Berkeley: University of California Press. (Originally published in 1929).
     ■ Scardmalia, M., & C. Bereiter (1992). Literate expertise. In K. A. Ericsson & J. Smith (Eds.), Toward a general theory of expertise: Prospects and limits (pp. 172-194). Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
     ■ Schafer, R. (1954). Psychoanalytic interpretation in Rorschach testing. New York: Grune & Stratten.
     ■ Schank, R. C. (1973). Identification of conceptualizations underlying natural language. In R. C. Schank & K. M. Colby (Eds.), Computer models of thought and language (pp. 187-248). San Francisco: W. H. Freeman.
     ■ Schank, R. C. (1976). The role of memory in language processing. In C. N. Cofer (Ed.), The structure of human memory. (pp. 162-189) San Francisco: W. H. Freeman.
     ■ Schank, R. C. (1986). Explanation patterns: Understanding mechanically and creatively. Hillsdale, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates.
     ■ Schank, R. C., & R. P. Abelson (1977). Scripts, plans, goals, and understanding. Hillsdale, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates.
     ■ SchroЁdinger, E. (1951). Science and humanism. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
     ■ Searle, J. R. (1981a). Minds, brains, and programs. In J. Haugeland (Ed.), Mind design: Philosophy, psychology, artificial intelligence (pp. 282-306). Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.
     ■ Searle, J. R. (1981b). Minds, brains and programs. In D. Hofstadter & D. Dennett (Eds.), The mind's I (pp. 353-373). New York: Basic Books.
     ■ Searle, J. R. (1983). Intentionality. New York: Cambridge University Press.
     ■ Serres, M. (1982). The origin of language: Biology, information theory, and thermodynamics. M. Anderson (Trans.). In J. V. Harari & D. F. Bell (Eds.), Hermes: Literature, science, philosophy (pp. 71-83). Baltimore: Johns Hopkins University Press.
     ■ Simon, H. A. (1966). Scientific discovery and the psychology of problem solving. In R. G. Colodny (Ed.), Mind and cosmos: Essays in contemporary science and philosophy (pp. 22-40). Pittsburgh: University of Pittsburgh Press.
     ■ Simon, H. A. (1979). Models of thought. New Haven, CT: Yale University Press.
     ■ Simon, H. A. (1989). The scientist as a problem solver. In D. Klahr & K. Kotovsky (Eds.), Complex information processing: The impact of Herbert Simon. Hillsdale, N.J.: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates.
     ■ Simon, H. A., & C. Kaplan (1989). Foundations of cognitive science. In M. Posner (Ed.), Foundations of cognitive science (pp. 1-47). Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.
     ■ Simonton, D. K. (1988). Creativity, leadership and chance. In R. J. Sternberg (Ed.), The nature of creativity. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
     ■ Skinner, B. F. (1974). About behaviorism. New York: Knopf.
     ■ Smith, E. E. (1988). Concepts and thought. In J. Sternberg & E. E. Smith (Eds.), The psychology of human thought (pp. 19-49). Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
     ■ Smith, E. E. (1990). Thinking: Introduction. In D. N. Osherson & E. E. Smith (Eds.), Thinking. An invitation to cognitive science. (Vol. 3, pp. 1-2). Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.
     ■ Socrates. (1958). Meno. In E. H. Warmington & P. O. Rouse (Eds.), Great dialogues of Plato W.H.D. Rouse (Trans.). New York: New American Library. (Original publication date unknown.)
     ■ Solso, R. L. (1974). Theories of retrieval. In R. L. Solso (Ed.), Theories in cognitive psychology. Potomac, MD: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates.
     ■ Spencer, H. (1896). The principles of psychology. New York: Appleton-CenturyCrofts.
     ■ Steiner, G. (1975). After Babel: Aspects of language and translation. New York: Oxford University Press.
     ■ Sternberg, R. J. (1977). Intelligence, information processing, and analogical reasoning. Hillsdale, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates.
     ■ Sternberg, R. J. (1994). Intelligence. In R. J. Sternberg, Thinking and problem solving. San Diego: Academic Press.
     ■ Sternberg, R. J., & J. E. Davidson (1985). Cognitive development in gifted and talented. In F. D. Horowitz & M. O'Brien (Eds.), The gifted and talented (pp. 103-135). Washington, DC: American Psychological Association.
     ■ Storr, A. (1993). The dynamics of creation. New York: Ballantine Books. (Originally published in 1972.)
     ■ Stumpf, S. E. (1994). Philosophy: History and problems (5th ed.). New York: McGraw-Hill.
     ■ Sulloway, F. J. (1996). Born to rebel: Birth order, family dynamics, and creative lives. New York: Random House/Vintage Books.
     ■ Thorndike, E. L. (1906). Principles of teaching. New York: A. G. Seiler.
     ■ Thorndike, E. L. (1970). Animal intelligence: Experimental studies. Darien, CT: Hafner Publishing Co. (Originally published in 1911.)
     ■ Titchener, E. B. (1910). A textbook of psychology. New York: Macmillan.
     ■ Titchener, E. B. (1914). A primer of psychology. New York: Macmillan.
     ■ Toulmin, S. (1957). The philosophy of science. London: Hutchinson.
     ■ Tulving, E. (1972). Episodic and semantic memory. In E. Tulving & W. Donaldson (Eds.), Organisation of memory. London: Academic Press.
     ■ Turing, A. (1946). In B. E. Carpenter & R. W. Doran (Eds.), ACE reports of 1946 and other papers. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.
     ■ Turkle, S. (1984). Computers and the second self: Computers and the human spirit. New York: Simon & Schuster.
     ■ Tyler, S. A. (1978). The said and the unsaid: Mind, meaning, and culture. New York: Academic Press.
     ■ van Heijenoort (Ed.) (1967). From Frege to Goedel. Cambridge: Harvard University Press.
     ■ Varela, F. J. (1984). The creative circle: Sketches on the natural history of circularity. In P. Watzlawick (Ed.), The invented reality (pp. 309-324). New York: W. W. Norton.
     ■ Voltaire (1961). On the Penseґs of M. Pascal. In Philosophical letters (pp. 119-146). E. Dilworth (Trans.). Indianapolis: Bobbs-Merrill.
     ■ Wagman, M. (1997a). Cognitive science and the symbolic operations of human and artificial intelligence: Theory and research into the intellective processes. Westport, CT: Praeger.
     ■ Wagman, M. (1997b). The general unified theory of intelligence: Central conceptions and specific application to domains of cognitive science. Westport, CT: Praeger.
     ■ Wagman, M. (1998a). Cognitive science and the mind- body problem: From philosophy to psychology to artificial intelligence to imaging of the brain. Westport, CT: Praeger.
     ■ Wagman, M. (1999). The human mind according to artificial intelligence: Theory, re search, and implications. Westport, CT: Praeger.
     ■ Wall, R. (1972). Introduction to mathematical linguistics. Englewood Cliffs, NJ: Prentice-Hall.
     ■ Wallas, G. (1926). The Art of Thought. New York: Harcourt, Brace & Co.
     ■ Wason, P. (1977). Self contradictions. In P. Johnson-Laird & P. Wason (Eds.), Thinking: Readings in cognitive science. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
     ■ Wason, P. C., & P. N. Johnson-Laird. (1972). Psychology of reasoning: Structure and content. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.
     ■ Watson, J. (1930). Behaviorism. New York: W. W. Norton.
     ■ Watzlawick, P. (1984). Epilogue. In P. Watzlawick (Ed.), The invented reality. New York: W. W. Norton, 1984.
     ■ Weinberg, S. (1977). The first three minutes: A modern view of the origin of the uni verse. New York: Basic Books.
     ■ Weisberg, R. W. (1986). Creativity: Genius and other myths. New York: W. H. Freeman.
     ■ Weizenbaum, J. (1976). Computer power and human reason: From judgment to cal culation. San Francisco: W. H. Freeman.
     ■ Wertheimer, M. (1945). Productive thinking. New York: Harper & Bros.
     ■ Whitehead, A. N. (1925). Science and the modern world. New York: Macmillan.
     ■ Whorf, B. L. (1956). In J. B. Carroll (Ed.), Language, thought and reality: Selected writings of Benjamin Lee Whorf. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.
     ■ Whyte, L. L. (1962). The unconscious before Freud. New York: Anchor Books.
     ■ Wiener, N. (1954). The human use of human beings. Boston: Houghton Mifflin.
     ■ Wiener, N. (1964). God & Golem, Inc.: A comment on certain points where cybernetics impinges on religion. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.
     ■ Winograd, T. (1972). Understanding natural language. New York: Academic Press.
     ■ Winston, P. H. (1987). Artificial intelligence: A perspective. In E. L. Grimson & R. S. Patil (Eds.), AI in the 1980s and beyond (pp. 1-12). Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.
     ■ Winston, P. H. (Ed.) (1975). The psychology of computer vision. New York: McGrawHill.
     ■ Wittgenstein, L. (1953). Philosophical investigations. Oxford: Basil Blackwell.
     ■ Wittgenstein, L. (1958). The blue and brown books. New York: Harper Colophon.
     ■ Woods, W. A. (1975). What's in a link: Foundations for semantic networks. In D. G. Bobrow & A. Collins (Eds.), Representations and understanding: Studies in cognitive science (pp. 35-84). New York: Academic Press.
     ■ Woodworth, R. S. (1938). Experimental psychology. New York: Holt; London: Methuen (1939).
     ■ Wundt, W. (1904). Principles of physiological psychology (Vol. 1). E. B. Titchener (Trans.). New York: Macmillan.
     ■ Wundt, W. (1907). Lectures on human and animal psychology. J. E. Creighton & E. B. Titchener (Trans.). New York: Macmillan.
     ■ Young, J. Z. (1978). Programs of the brain. New York: Oxford University Press.
     ■ Ziman, J. (1978). Reliable knowledge: An exploration of the grounds for belief in science. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.

    Historical dictionary of quotations in cognitive science > Bibliography

  • 3 БИБЛИОГРАФИЯ

    Мы приняли следующие сокращения для наиболее часто упоминаемых книг и журналов:
    IJP - International Journal of Psycho-analysis
    JAPA - Journal of the American Psychoanalytic Association
    SE - Standard Edition of the Complete Psychological Works of Sigmund Freud, ed. James Strachey (London: Hogarth Press and the Institute of Psycho-Analysis, 1953—74.)
    PSOC - Psychoanalytic Study of the Child (New Haven: Yale University Press)
    PQ - Psychoanalytic Quarterly
    WAF - The Writings of Anna Freud, ed. Anna Freud (New York: International Universities Press, 1966—74)
    PMC - Psychoanalysis The Major Concepts ed. Burness E. Moore and Bernard D. Fine (New Haven: Yale University Press)
    \
    О словаре: _about - Psychoanalytic Terms and Concepts
    \
    1. Abend, S. M. Identity. PMC. Forthcoming.
    2. Abend, S. M. (1974) Problems of identity. PQ, 43.
    3. Abend, S. M., Porder, M. S. & Willick, M. S. (1983) Borderline Patients. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    4. Abraham, K. (1916) The first pregenital stage of libido. Selected Papers. London, Hogarth Press, 1948.
    5. Abraham, K. (1917) Ejaculatio praecox. In: selected Papers. New York Basic Books.
    6. Abraham, K. (1921) Contributions to the theory of the anal character. Selected Papers. New York: Basic Books, 1953.
    7. Abraham, K. (1924) A Short study of the development of the libido, viewed in the light of mental disorders. In: Selected Papers. London: Hogarth Press, 1927.
    8. Abraham, K. (1924) Manic-depressive states and the pre-genital levels of the libido. In: Selected Papers. London: Hogarth Press, 1949.
    9. Abraham, K. (1924) Selected Papers. London: Hogarth Press, 1948.
    10. Abraham, K. (1924) The influence of oral erotism on character formation. Ibid.
    11. Abraham, K. (1925) The history of an impostor in the light of psychoanalytic knowledge. In: Clinical Papers and Essays on Psychoanalysis. New York: Basic Books, 1955, vol. 2.
    12. Abrams, S. (1971) The psychoanalytic unconsciousness. In: The Unconscious Today, ed. M. Kanzer. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    13. Abrams, S. (1981) Insight. PSOC, 36.
    14. Abse, D W. (1985) The depressive character In Depressive States and their Treatment, ed. V. Volkan New York: Jason Aronson.
    15. Abse, D. W. (1985) Hysteria and Related Mental Disorders. Bristol: John Wright.
    16. Ackner, B. (1954) Depersonalization. J. Ment. Sci., 100.
    17. Adler, A. (1924) Individual Psychology. New York: Harcourt, Brace.
    18. Akhtar, S. (1984) The syndrome of identity diffusion. Amer. J. Psychiat., 141.
    19. Alexander, F. (1950) Psychosomatic Medicine. New York: Norton.
    20. Allen, D. W. (1974) The Feat- of Looking. Charlottesvill, Va: Univ. Press of Virginia.
    21. Allen, D. W. (1980) Psychoanalytic treatment of the exhibitionist. In: Exhibitionist, Description, Assessment, and Treatment, ed. D. Cox. New York: Garland STPM Press.
    22. Allport, G. (1937) Personality. New York: Henry Holt.
    23. Almansi, R. J. (1960) The face-breast equation. JAPA, 6.
    24. Almansi, R. J. (1979) Scopophilia and object loss. PQ, 47.
    25. Altman, L. Z. (1969) The Dream in Psychoanalysis. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    26. Altman, L. Z. (1977) Some vicissitudes of love. JAPA, 25.
    27. American Psychiatric Association. (1987) Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders, 3d ed. revised. Washington, D. C.
    28. Ansbacher, Z. & Ansbacher, R. (1956) The Individual Psychology of Alfred Adler. New York: Basic Books.
    29. Anthony, E. J. (1981) Shame, guilt, and the feminine self in psychoanalysis. In: Object and Self, ed. S. Tuttman, C. Kaye & M. Zimmerman. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    30. Arlow. J. A. (1953) Masturbation and symptom formation. JAPA, 1.
    31. Arlow. J. A. (1959) The structure of the deja vu experience. JAPA, 7.
    32. Arlow. J. A. (1961) Ego psychology and the study of mythology. JAPA, 9.
    33. Arlow. J. A. (1963) Conflict, regression and symptom formation. IJP, 44.
    34. Arlow. J. A. (1966) Depersonalization and derealization. In: Psychoanalysis: A General Psychology, ed. R. M. Loewenstein, L. M. Newman, M. Schur & A. J. Solnit. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    35. Arlow. J. A. (1969) Fantasy, memory and reality testing. PQ, 38.
    36. Arlow. J. A. (1969) Unconscious fantasy and disturbances of mental experience. PQ, 38.
    37. Arlow. J. A. (1970) The psychopathology of the psychoses. IJP, 51.
    38. Arlow. J. A. (1975) The structural hypothesis. PQ, 44.
    39. Arlow. J. A. (1977) Affects and the psychoanalytic situation. IJP, 58.
    40. Arlow. J. A. (1979) Metaphor and the psychoanalytic situation. PQ, 48.
    41. Arlow. J. A. (1979) The genesis of interpretation. JAPA, 27 (suppl.).
    42. Arlow. J. A. (1982) Problems of the superego concept. PSOC, 37.
    43. Arlow. J. A. (1984) Disturbances of the sense of time. PQ, 53.
    44. Arlow. J. A. (1985) Some technical problems of countertransference. PQ, 54.
    45. Arlow, J. A. & Brenner, C. (1963) Psychoanalytic Concepts and the Structural Theory, New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    46. Arlow, J. A. & Brenner, C. (1969) The psychopathology of the psychoses. IJP, 50.
    47. Asch, S. S. (1966) Depression. PSOC, 21.
    48. Asch, S. S. (1976) Varieties of negative therapeutic reactions and problems of technique. JAPA, 24.
    49. Atkins, N. (1970) The Oedipus myth. Adolescence, and the succession of generations. JAPA, 18.
    50. Atkinson, J. W. & Birch, D. (1970) The Dynamics of Action. New York: Wiley.
    51. Bachrach, H. M. & Leaff, L. A. (1978) Analyzability. JAPA, 26.
    52. Bacon, C. (1956) A developmental theory of female homosexuality. In: Perversions,ed, S. Lorand & M. Balint. New York: Gramercy.
    53. Bak, R. C. (1953) Fetishism. JAPA. 1.
    54. Bak, R. C. (1968) The phallic woman. PSOC, 23.
    55. Bak, R. C. & Stewart, W. A. (1974) Fetishism, transvestism, and voyeurism. An American Handbook of Psychiatry, ed. S. Arieti. New York: Basic Books, vol. 3.
    56. Balint, A. (1949) Love for mother and mother-love. IJP, 30.
    57. Balter, L., Lothane, Z. & Spencer, J. H. (1980) On the analyzing instrument, PQ, 49.
    58. Basch, M. F. (1973) Psychoanalysis and theory formation. Ann. Psychoanal., 1.
    59. Basch, M. F. (1976) The concept of affect. JAPA, 24.
    60. Basch, M. F. (1981) Selfobject disorders and psychoanalytic theory. JAPA, 29.
    61. Basch, M. F. (1983) Emphatic understanding. JAPA. 31.
    62. Balldry, F. Character. PMC. Forthcoming.
    63. Balldry, F. (1983) The evolution of the concept of character in Freud's writings. JAPA. 31.
    64. Begelman, D. A. (1971) Misnaming, metaphors, the medical model and some muddles. Psychiatry, 34.
    65. Behrends, R. S. & Blatt, E. J. (1985) Internalization and psychological development throughout the life cycle. PSOC, 40.
    66. Bell, A. (1961) Some observations on the role of the scrotal sac and testicles JAPA, 9.
    67. Benedeck, T. (1949) The psychosomatic implications of the primary unit. Amer. J. Orthopsychiat., 19.
    68. Beres, C. (1958) Vicissitudes of superego functions and superego precursors in childhood. FSOC, 13.
    69. Beres, D. Conflict. PMC. Forthcoming.
    70. Beres, D. (1956) Ego deviation and the concept of schizophrenia. PSOC, 11.
    71. Beres, D. (1960) Perception, imagination and reality. IJP, 41.
    72. Beres, D. (1960) The psychoanalytic psychology of imagination. JAPA, 8.
    73. Beres, D. & Joseph, E. D. (1965) Structure and function in psychoanalysis. IJP, 46.
    74. Beres, D. (1970) The concept of mental representation in psychoanalysis. IJP, 51.
    75. Berg, M D. (1977) The externalizing transference. IJP, 58.
    76. Bergeret, J. (1985) Reflection on the scientific responsi bilities of the International Psychoanalytical Association. Memorandum distributed at 34th IPA Congress, Humburg.
    77. Bergman, A. (1978) From mother to the world outside. In: Grolnick et. al. (1978).
    78. Bergmann, M. S. (1980) On the intrapsychic function of falling in love. PQ, 49.
    79. Berliner, B. (1966) Psychodynamics of the depressive character. Psychoanal. Forum, 1.
    80. Bernfeld, S. (1931) Zur Sublimierungslehre. Imago, 17.
    81. Bibring, E. (1937) On the theory of the therapeutic results of psychoanalysis. IJP, 18.
    82. Bibring, E. (1941) The conception of the repetition compulsion. PQ, 12.
    83. Bibring, E. (1953) The mechanism of depression. In: Affective Disorders, ed. P. Greenacre. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    84. Bibring, E. (1954) Psychoanalysis and the dynamic psychotherapies. JAPA, 2.
    85. Binswanger, H. (1963) Positive aspects of the animus. Zьrich: Spring.
    86. Bion Francesca Abingdon: Fleetwood Press.
    87. Bion, W. R. (1952) Croup dynamics. IJP, 33.
    88. Bion, W. R. (1961) Experiences in Groups. London: Tavistock.
    89. Bion, W. R. (1962) A theory of thinking. IJP, 40.
    90. Bion, W. R. (1962) Learning from Experience. London: William Heinemann.
    91. Bion, W. R. (1963) Elements of Psychoanalysis. London: William Heinemann.
    92. Bion, W. R. (1965) Transformations. London: William Heinemann.
    93. Bion, W. R. (1970) Attention and Interpretation. London: Tavistock.
    94. Bion, W. R. (1985) All My Sins Remembered, ed. Francesca Bion. Adingdon: Fleetwood Press.
    95. Bird, B. (1972) Notes on transference. JAPA, 20.
    96. Blanck, G. & Blanck, R. (1974) Ego Psychology. New York: Columbia Univ. Press.
    97. Blatt, S. J. (1974) Levels of object representation in anaclitic and introjective depression. PSOC, 29.
    98. Blau, A. (1955) A unitary hypothesis of emotion. PQ, 24.
    99. Bleuler, E. (1911) Dementia Praecox or the Group of Schizophrenias. New York: Int. Univ. Press, 1951.
    100. Blos, P. (1954) Prolonged adolescence. Amer. J. Orthopsychiat., 24.
    101. Blos, P. (1962) On Adolescence. New York: Free Press.
    102. Blos, P. (1972) The epigenesia of the adult neurosis. 27.
    103. Blos, P. (1979) Modification in the traditional psychoanalytic theory of adolescent development. Adolescent Psychiat., 8.
    104. Blos, P. (1984) Son and father. JAPA_. 32.
    105. Blum, G. S. (1963) Prepuberty and adolescence, In Studies ed. R. E. Grinder. New York: McMillan.
    106. Blum, H. P. Symbolism. FMC. Forthcoming.
    107. Blum, H. P. (1976) Female Psychology. JAPA, 24 (suppl.).
    108. Blum, H. P. (1976) Masochism, the ego ideal and the psychology of women. JAPA, 24 (suppl.).
    109. Blum, H. P. (1980) The value of reconstruction in adult psychoanalysis. IJP, 61.
    110. Blum, H. P. (1981) Forbidden quest and the analytic ideal. PQ, 50.
    111. Blum, H. P. (1983) Defense and resistance. Foreword. JAFA, 31.
    112. Blum, H. P., Kramer, Y., Richards, A. K. & Richards, A. D., eds. (1988) Fantasy, Myth and Reality: Essays in Honor of Jacob A. Arlow. Madison, Conn.: Int. Univ. Press.
    113. Boehm, F. (1930) The femininity-complex In men. IJP,11.
    114. Boesky, D. Structural theory. PMC. Forthcoming.
    115. Boesky, D. (1973) Deja raconte as a screen defense. PQ, 42.
    116. Boesky, D. (1982) Acting out. IJP, 63.
    117. Boesky, D. (1986) Questions about Sublimation In Psychoanalysis the Science of Mental Conflict, ed. A. D. Richards & M. S. Willick. Hillsdale, N. J.: Analytic Press.
    118. Bornstein, B. (1935) Phobia in a 2 1/2-year-old child. PQ, 4.
    119. Bornstein, B. (1951) On latency. PSOC, 6.
    120. Bornstein, M., ed. (1983) Values and neutrality in psychoanalysis. Psychoanal. Inquiry, 3.
    121. Bowlby, J. (1960) Grief and morning in infancy and early childhood. PSOC. 15.
    122. Bowlby, J. (1961) Process of mourning. IJP. 42.
    123. Bowlby, J. (1980) Attachment and Loss, vol. 3. New York: Basic Books.
    124. Bradlow, P. A. (1973) Depersonalization, ego splitting, non-human fantasy and shame. IJP, 54.
    125. Brazelton, T. B., Kozlowsky, B. & Main, M. (1974) The early motherinfant interaction. In: The Effect of the Infant on Its Caregiver, ed. M. Lewis & L. Rosenblum New York Wiley.
    126. Brenner, C. (1957) The nature and development of the concept of repression in Freud's writings. PSOC, 12.
    127. Brenner, C. (1959) The masochistic character. JAPA, 7.
    128. Brenner, C. (1973) An Elementary Textbook of Psycho-analysis. New York Int. Univ. Press.
    129. Brenner, C. (1974) On the nature and development of affects PQ, 43.
    130. Brenner, C. (1976) Psychoanalytic Technique and Psychic Conflict. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    131. Brenner, C. (1979) The Mind in Conflict. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    132. Brenner, C. (1979) Working alliance, therapeutic alliance and transference. JAPA, 27.
    133. Brenner, C. (1981) Defense and defense mechanisms. PQ, 50.
    134. Brenner, C. (1983) Defense. In: the Mind in Conflict. New York Int. Univ. Press.
    135. Bressler, B. (1965) The concept of the self. Psychoanalytic Review, 52.
    136. Breuer, J. & Freud, S. (1983—95) Studies on Hysteria. SE, 3.
    137. Breznitz, S., ed. (1983) The Denial of Stress. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    138. Brody, S. (1964) Passivity. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    139. Brown, H. (1970) Psycholinquistics. New York: Free Press.
    140. Bruner, J. S. (1964) The course of cognitive growth. Amer. Psychologist. 19.
    141. Bruner, J., Jolly, A. & Sylva, K. (1976) Play. New York Basic Books.
    142. Bruner, J. E., Olver, R. R. &Greenfield, P. M. (1966) Studies in Cognitive Growth. New York: Wiley.
    143. Buie, D H. (1981) Empathy. JAPA, 29.
    144. Burgner, M. & Edgeumble, R. (1972) Some problems in the conceptualization of early object relationships. PSOC, 27.
    145. Call, J. ed. (1979) Basic Handbook of Child Psychiatry. New York: Basic Books.
    146. Carroll, G. (1956) Language, Thought and Reality. Cambridge & London: M. I. T. Press & John Wiley.
    147. Cavenar, J. O. & Nash, J. L. (1976) The effects of Combat on the normal personality. Comprehensive Psychiat., 17.
    148. Chassequet-Smirgel, J. (1978) Reflections on the connection between perversion and sadism. IJP, 59.
    149. Chomsky, N. (1978) Language and unconscious knowledge. In: Psychoanalysis and Language, ed. J. H. Smith. New Haven: Yale Univ. Press, vol. 3.
    150. Clower, V. (1975) Significance of masturbation in female sexual development and function. In: Masturbation from Infancy to Senescence, ed. I. Marcus & J. Francis. New York: Int. Uni" Press.
    151. Coen, S. J. & Bradlow, P. A. (1982) Twin transference as a compromise formation. JAPA, 30.
    152. Compton, A. Object and relationships. PMC. Forthcoming.
    153. Cullen, W. (1777) First Lines of the Practice of Psysic. Edinburgh: Bell, Brandfute.
    154. Curtis, B. C. (1969) Psychoanalytic understanding and treatment of impotence. In: Sexual Function and Dysfunction, ed. P. J. Fink & V. B. O. Hummett. Philadelphia: F. A. Davis.
    155. Darwin, C. (1874) The Descent of Man. New York: Hurst.
    156. Davidoff-Hirsch, H. (1985) Oedipal and preoedipal phenomena. JAPA, 33.
    157. Davis, M. & Wallbridge, D. (1981) Boundary and Space. New York: Brunner-Mazel.
    158. Deutsch, H. (1932) Homosexuality in women. PQ, 1.
    159. Deutsch, H. (1934) Some forms of emotional disturbance and their relationship to schizophrenia. PQ, 11.
    160. Deutsch, H. (1937) Absence of grief. PQ, 6.
    161. Deutsch, H. (1942) Some forms of emotional disturbance and their relationship to schizophrenia. PQ, 11.
    162. Deutsch, H. (1955) The impostor. In: Neuroses and Character Types. New York: Int. Univ. Press, 1965.
    163. Devereux, G. (1953) Why Oedipus killed Lains. IJP, 34.
    164. Dewald, P. (1982) Psychoanalytic perspectives On resistance. In: resistance, Psychodynamics. and Behavioral Approaches, ed. P. Wachtel. New York: Plenum Press.
    165. Dickes, R. (1963) Fetishistic behavior. JAPA. 11.
    166. Dickes, R. (1965) The defensive function of an altered state of consciousness. JAPA, 13.
    167. Dickes, R. (1967) Severe regressive disruption of the therapeutic alliance. JAPA, 15.
    168. Dickes, R. (1981) Sexual myths and misinformation. In: Understanding Human Behaviour in Health and Illness, ed. R. C. Simon & H. Pardes. Baltimore: Williams & Wilkins.
    169. Dorpat, T. L. (1985) Denial and Defense in the Therapeutic Situation. New York: Jason Aronson.
    170. Downey, T. W. (1978) Transitional phenomena in the analysis of early adolescent males. PSOC, 33.
    171. Dunbar, F. (1954) Emotions and Bodily Functions. New York: Columbia Univ. Press.
    172. Easson, W. M. (1973) The earliest ego development, primitive memory traces, and the Isakower phenomenon. PQ, 42.
    173. Edelheit, H. (1971) Mythopoiesis and the primal scene. Psychoanal. Study Society, 5.
    174. Edgcumbe, R. & Burgner, M. (1972) Some problems in the conceptualization of early object relation ships, part I. PSOC, 27.
    175. Edgcumbe, R. & Burgner, M. (1975) The phallicnarcissistic phase. PSOC, 30.
    176. Eidelberg, L. (1960) A third contribution to the study of slips of the tongue. IJP, 41.
    177. Eidelberg, L. (1968) Encyclopedia of Psychoanalysis. New York: The Free Press; London: Collier-MacMillan.
    178. Eissler, K. R. (1953) The effect of the structure of the ego on psychoanalytic technique. JAPA, 1.
    179. Ellenberg, H. F. (1970) The Discovery of the Unconscious. New York: Basic Books.
    180. Emde, R. N. (1980) Toward a psychoanalytic theory of affect: I. & G. H. Pollock. Washington NYMH.
    181. Emde R., Gaensbaner, T. & Harmon R. (1976) Emotional Expression in Infancy. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    182. Erode R. & Harmon, R. J. (1972) Endogenous and exogenous smiling systems in early infancy. J. Amer. Acad. Child Psychiat., 11.
    183. Engel, G. L. (1962) Psychological Development in Health and Disease. New York Saunders.
    184. Engel, G. L. (1967) Psychoanalytic theory of somatic disorder. JAPA, 15.
    185. Engel, G. L. (1968) A reconsideration of the role of conversion in somatic disease. Compr. Psychiat., 94.
    186. English, H. B. & English, A. C. (1958) A comprehensive Dictionary of Psychological and Psychoanalytical Terms. New York: David McKay.
    187. Erard, R. (1983) New wine in old skins. Int. Rev. Psychoanal., 10.
    188. Erdelyi, M. H. (1985) Psychoanalysis. New York: W. H. Freeman.
    189. Erikson, E. H. (1950) Childhood and Society. New York: Norton.
    190. Erikson, E. H. (1956) The concept of ego identity. JAPA, 4.
    191. Erikson, E. H. (1956) The problem of ego identity. JAPA, 4.
    192. Esman, A. H. (1973) The primal scene. PSOC, 28.
    193. Esman, A. H. (1975) The Psychology of Adolescence. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    194. Esman, A. H. (1979) Some reflections on boredom. JAPA, 27.
    195. Esman, A. H. (1983) The "stimulus barrier": a review and reconsideration. PSOC, 38.
    196. Fairbairn, W. R. D. (1952) Psychoanalytic Studies of the Personality. London: Routledge & Kegan Paul.
    197. Fairbairn, W. R. D. (1954) An Object-Relations Theory of the Personality. New York: Basic Books.
    198. Fairbairn, W. R. D. (1963) Synopsis of an Object-Relations theory of the personality. IJP, 44.
    199. Fawcett, J., Clark, D. C., Scheftner, W. H. & Hedecker, D. (1983) Differences between anhedonia and normal hedonic depressive states. Arch. Gen. Psychiat., 40.
    200. Fenichel, O. (1934) On the psychology of boredom. Collected Papers. New York: Norton, 1953, vol. 1.
    201. Fenichel, O. (1941) Problems of Psychoanalytic Technique. Albany, N. Y.: Psychoanalytic Quaterly.
    202. Fenichel, O. (1945) Character disorders. In: The Psychoanalytic Theory of the Neurosis. New York: Norton.
    203. Fenichel, O. (1945) The Psychoanalytic Theory of Neurosis New York: Norton.
    204. Fenichel, O. (1954) Ego strength and ego weakness. Collected Papers. New York: Norton, vol. 2.
    205. Ferenczi, S. (1909) Introjection and transference. In: Sex in Psychoanalysis. New York: Basic Books.
    206. Ferenczi, S. (191617) Disease or patho-neurosis. The Theory and Technique of Psychoanalysis. London: Hogarth Press, 1950.
    207. Ferenczi, S. (1925) Psychoanalysis of sexual habits. In: The Theory and Technique of Psychoanalysis. New York: Basic Books.
    208. Fine, B. D., Joseph, E. D. & Waldhorn, H. F., eds. (1971) Recollection and Reconstruction in Psychoanalysis. Monograph 4, Kris Study Group. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    209. Fink, G. (1967) Analysis of the Isakower phenomenon. JAPA, 15.
    210. Fink, P. J. (1970) Correlation between "actual" neurosis and the work of Masters and Johson. P. Q, 39.
    211. Finkenstein, L. (1975) Awe premature ejaculation. P. Q, 44.
    212. Firestein, S. K. (1978) A review of the literature. In: Termination in Psychoanalysis. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    213. Fisher, C. et. al. (1957) A study of the preliminary stages of the construction of dreams and images. JAPA, 5.
    214. Fisher, C. et. al. (1968) Cycle of penile erection synchronous with dreaming (REM) sleep. Arch. Gen. Psychiat., 12.
    215. Fliess, R. (1942) The metapsychology of the analyst. PQ, 12.
    216. Fliess, R. (1953) The Revival of Interest in the Dream. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    217. Fodor, N. & Gaynor, F. (1950) Freud: Dictionary of Psycho-analysis. New York: Philosophical Library.
    218. Fordham, M. (1969) Children as Individuals. London: Hodder & Stoughton.
    219. Fordham, M. (1976) The Self and Autism. London: Academic Press.
    220. Fraiberg, S. (1969) Object constancy and mental representation. PSOC, 24.
    221. Frank, A. Metapsychology. PMS. Forthcoming.
    222. Frank, A. & Muslin, H. (1967) The development of Freud's concept of primal repression. PSOC, 22.
    223. Frank, H. (1977) Dynamic patterns for failure in college students. Can. Psychiat. Ass. J., 22.
    224. French, T. & Fromm, E. (1964) Dream Interpretation. New York: Basic Books.
    225. Freud, A. (1936) The Ego and the Mechanisms of Defense. New York Int. Univ. Press.
    226. Freud, A. (1951) Observations on child development. PSOC, 6.
    227. Freud, A. (1952) The mutual influences in the development of ego and id. WAF, 4.
    228. Freud, A. (1958) Adolescence. WAF, 5.
    229. Freud, A. (1962) Assessment of childhood disturbances. PSOC, 17.
    230. Freud, A. (1962) Comments on psychic trauma. In: Furst (1967).
    231. Freud, A. (1963) The concept of developmental lines. PSOC, 18.
    232. Freud, A. (1965) Assessment of pathology, part 2. WAF, 6.
    233. Freud, A. (1965) Normality and Pathology in Childhood. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    234. Freud, A. (1970) The infantile neurosis. WAF, 7.
    235. Freud, A. (1971) Comments on aggression. IJP, 53.
    236. Freud, A. (1971) The infantile neurosis. PSOC, 26.
    237. Freud, A. (1981) Insight. PSOC, 36.
    238. Freud, S. (1887—1902) Letters to Wilhelm Fliess. New York: Basic Books, 1954.
    239. Freud, S. (1891) On the interpretation of the aphasias. SE, 3.
    240. Freud, S. (1893—95) Studies on hysteria. SE, 2.
    241. Freud, S. (1894) The neuropsychoses of defence. SE, 3.
    242. Freud, S. (1895) On the ground for detaching a particular syndrome from neurasthenia under the description "anxiety neurosis". SE, 3.
    243. Freud, S. (1895) Project for a scientific psychology. SE, 1.
    244. Freud, S. (1896) Draft K, Jameary 1, 1896, Neuroses of defense (A Christmas fairytale). In: Extracts from the Fliess papers (1892—99).
    245. Freud, S. (1896) Further remarks on the neuropsychosis of defense. SE, 3.
    246. Freud, S. (1896) Heredity and aetiology of neurosis. SE, 3.
    247. Freud, S. (1898) Sexuality in the aetiology of the neurosis. SE, 3.
    248. Freud, S. (1899) Screen memories. SE, 3.
    249. Freud, S. (1900) The interpretation of dreams. SE, 4—5.
    250. Freud, S. (1901) Childhood memories and screen memories SE, 6.
    251. Freud, S. (1901) On dreams. SE, 5.
    252. Freud, S. (1901) The psychopathology of everyday life. SE, 6.
    253. Freud, S. (1905) Fragments of an analysis of a case of hysteria. SE, 7.
    254. Freud, S. (1905) Jokes and their relation to the unconscious. SE, 8.
    255. Freud, S. (1905) Psysical (or mental) treatment. SE, 7.
    256. Freud, S. (1905) Three essays on the theory of sexuality. SE. 7.
    257. Freud, S. (1908) Character and anal erotism. SE, 9.
    258. Freud, S. (1908) On the sexual theories of children. SE, 9.
    259. Freud, S. (1908) Preface to Wilhelm Stekel's Nervous Anxiety-States and Their Treatment. SE, 9.
    260. Freud, S. (1909) Analysis of a phobia in a five-year-old boy. SE, 10.
    261. Freud, S. (1909) Family romances. SE, 9.
    262. Freud, S. (1909) Notes upon a case of obsessional neurosis. SE, 10.
    263. Freud, S. (1910) A special type of choice of object made by men. SE, 11.
    264. Freud, S. (1910) The autithentical meaning of primal words. SE, 11.
    265. Freud, S. (1910) The future prospects of psychoanalytic therapy. SE, 11.
    266. Freud, S. (1910) The psychoanalytic view of psychogenic disturbance of vision. SE, 11.
    267. Freud, S. (1911) Formulations on the two principles of mental functioning. SE, 12.
    268. Freud, S. (1911) Notes on a case of paranoia. SE, 12.
    269. Freud, S. (1911) Psychoanalytic notes on an autobiographical account of a case of paranoia. SE, 12.
    270. Freud, S. (1911—15) Papers on technique. SE, 12.
    271. Freud, S. (1912) Contribution to a discussion on masturbation. SE, 12.
    272. Freud, S. (1912) On the universal tendency to abasement in the sphere of love. SE, 11.
    273. Freud, S. (1912) The dynamics of transference. SE, 12.
    274. Freud, S. (1913) Editor's note The disposition to obsessional neurosis. SE, 12.
    275. Freud, S. (1913) On beginning the treatment. SE, 12.
    276. Freud, S. (1913) Totem and taboo. SE, 13.
    277. Freud, S. (1914) Fausse reconnaissance (deja reconte) in psychoanalytic treatment. SE, 13.
    278. Freud, S. (1914) Mourning and melancholia. SE, 15.
    279. Freud, S. (1914) Observations on transference love. SE, 12.
    280. Freud, S. (1914) On narcissism. SE. 14.
    281. Freud, S. (1914) On the history of the psychoanalytic movement. SE, 14.
    282. Freud, S. (1914) Remembering, repeating, and working-through. SE, 12.
    283. Freud, S. (1914—16) Some character types met with in psychoanalysis. (II) Those wrecked by success SE, 14.
    284. Freud, S. (1915) Das UnbewuЯte. Gesammelte Werke, 10.
    285. Freud, S. (1915) Instincts and their vicissitudes. SE, 14.
    286. Freud, S. (1915) Observation on transference-love. SE, I2.
    287. Freud, S. (1915) Repression. SE, 14.
    288. Freud, S. (1915) The unconscious. SE, 14.
    289. Freud, S. (1915—17) Introductory lectures on psychoanalysis. SE, 15 & 16.
    290. Freud, S. (1916) Introductory lectures on psychoanalysis. SE, 16.
    291. Freud, S. (1916) Some character types met with in psychoanalytic work. SE, 16.
    292. Freud, S. (1917) A metapsychological supplement to the theory of dreams. SE, 14.
    293. Freud, S. (1917) Introductory lectures on psychoanalysis. SE, 16.
    294. Freud, S. (1917) Mourning and melancholia. SE, 14.
    295. Freud, S. (1917) On transformations of instinct as exemplified in anal erotism. SE, 17.
    296. Freud, S. (1918) From the history of an infantile neurosis. SE, 17.
    297. Freud, S. (1919) "A child is being beaten". SE, 17.
    298. Freud, S. (1919) Lines of advance in psychoanalytic therapy. SE, 17.
    299. Freud, S. (1919) The uncanny. SE, 17.
    300. Freud, S. (1920) Beyond the pleasure principle. SE, 18.
    301. Freud, S. (1920) The Psychogenesis of a case of homosexuality in a woman. SE, 18.
    302. Freud, S. (1921) Group psychology and the analysis of the ego. SE, 18.
    303. Freud, S. (1923) The ego and the id. SE, 19.
    304. Freud, S. (1923) The infantile genital organization. SE, 19.
    305. Freud, S. (1924) A short account of psychoanalysis. SE, 19.
    306. Freud, S. (1924) Neurosis and psychosis. SE, 19.
    307. Freud, S. (1924) The dissolution of the Oedipus complex SE, 19.
    308. Freud, S. (1924) The economic problem of masochism. SE, 19.
    309. Freud, S. (1924) The loss of reality in neurosis and psychosis. SE, 19.
    310. Freud, S. (1925) Negation. SE, 19.
    311. Freud, S. (1925) Some psychical consequences of the anatomical distinction between the sexes. SE, 19.
    312. Freud, S. (1926) Inhibitions, symptoms and anxiety. SE, 20.
    313. Freud, S. (1926) The question of lay analysis. SE, 20.
    314. Freud, S. (1927) Fetishism. SE, 21.
    315. Freud, S. (1930) Civilization and its discontents. SE, 21.
    316. Freud, S. (1931) Female sexuality. SE, 21.
    317. Freud, S. (1931) Libidinal types. SE, 21.
    318. Freud, S. (1933) Femininity. SE, 22,.
    319. Freud, S. (1933) New introductory lectures on psycho-analysis. SE, 22.
    320. Freud, S. (1933) The psychology of women. New introductory lectures on psychoanalysis. SE, 22.
    321. Freud, S. (1936) A disturbance of memory on the Acropolis. SE, 22.
    322. Freud, S. (1937) Analysis terminable and interminable. SE, 23.
    323. Freud, S. (1937) Constructions in analysis. SE, 23.
    324. Freud, S. (1938) An outline on psychoanalysis. SE, 23.
    325. Freud, S. (1938) Splitting of the ego in the process of defense. SE, 23.
    326. Freud, S. (1939) Moses and monotheism. SE, 23.
    327. Freud, S. (1940) An outline of psychoanalysis. SE, 23.
    328. Frosch, J. (1966) A note on reality constancy. In: Psychoanalysis — A General Psychology, ed. R. M. Loewenstein, L. M. Newman, M. Schur & A. J. Solnit. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    329. Frosch, J. (1967) Delusional fixity sense of conviction and the psychotic conflict. IJP, 48.
    330. Frosch, J. (1977) The relation between acting out and disorders of impulse control. Psychiatry, 40.
    331. Frosch, J. (1980) Neurosis and psychosis. In: The Course of Life, ed. S. J. Greenspan & G. H. Pollock. Washington, D. C.: National Institute of Health, vol. 3.
    332. Frosch, J. (1983) The Psychotic Process. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    333. Furer, M. (1972) The history of the superego concept in psychoanalysis. In: Moral Value and the Superego concept in Psychoanalysis, ed. S. C. Fost. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    334. Furman, E. (1974) A Child s Parent Dies. New Heaven: Yale Univ. Press.
    335. Furman, E. (1980) Transference and externalization. PSOC, 35.
    336. Furst, S. Trauma. PMC, Forthcoming.
    337. Furst, S. (1967) Psychic trauma. In: Psychic Trauma, ed. S. S. Furst. New York: Basic Books.
    338. Furst, S. (1978) The stimulus barrier and the pathogenecity of trauma. IJP, 59.
    339. Gaddini, R. (1978) Transitional object and the psychosomatic symptom. In: Grolnich et. al. (1978).
    340. Galenson, E. & Roiphe, H. (1976) Some suggested revisions concerning early female development. JAPA, 24(5).
    341. Galenson, E. & Roiphe, H. (1980) The preoedipal development of the boy. JAPA, 28.
    342. Galenson, E. & Roiphe, H. (1981) Infantile Origins of Sexual Identity. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    343. Ganzarain, R. Group psychology. PMC. Forthcoming.
    344. Ganzarain, R. (1980) Psychotic-like anxieties and primitive defenses. Issues on Ego Psychology, 3(2).
    345. Ganzarain, R. (1988) A comparative study of Bion's concepts about groups. In: Object Relations Group Psychotherapy. Madison, Ct.: Int. Univ. Press.
    346. Gediman, H. K. (1971) The concept of the stimulus barrier. IJP, 52.
    347. Gedo, J. & Goldberg, A. (1973) Models of the Mind. Chicago & London: Univ. of Chicago Press.
    348. Geerts, A. E. & Prechardt, E., reporters (1978) Colloquium on "trauma". IJP, 59.
    349. Gero, G. (1943) The idea of psychogenesis in modern psychiatry and in psychoanalysis. Psychoanal. Rev., 30.
    350. Gill. M. M. (1963) Topography and Systems in Psychoanalytic Theory. Psychol. Issues, Monogr. 10. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    351. Gill. M. M. (1967) The primary process in motives and thought. In: Motives and Thought, ed. R. R. Holt. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    352. Gill. M. M. (1974) Psychoanalysis and psychotherapy. Int. Rev. Psychoanal., 11.
    353. Gill, M. M & Rapaport, D. (1942) A case of amnesia and its bearing on the theory of memory. Character and Personality, 11.
    354. Gillespie, W. (1956) The general theory of Sexual perversion. IJP, 37.
    355. Glenn, J. (in press) A parameter. In: Annu. Psychoanal.
    356. Glenn, J. & Kaplan, E. H. (1968) Types of orgasm in women. JAPA, 16.
    357. Glower, E. (1929) The "screening" function of traumatic memories. IJP, 4.
    358. Glower, E. (1931) Sublimation, substitution, and social anxiety. IJP, 12.
    359. Glower, E. (1933) The relation of perversion-formation to the development of reality sense. IJP, 14.
    360. Glower, E. (1955) The terminal phase. In: The Technique of Psychoanalysis. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    361. Goldberg, A. (1975) The evolution of psychoanalytic concepts of depression. In: Depression and Human Existence, ed. E. J. Anthony & T. Benedeck. Boston: Little, Brown.
    362. Goldberg, A. ed. (1978) The Psychology of the Self. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    363. Goldberg, A. (1983) Self psychology and alternate perspectives on internalization. In: Reflections on Self Psychology, ed. J. Lichtenberg & S. Kaplan. Hillsdale, N. J.: Analytic Press.
    364. Green, A. (1978) Potential space in Psychoanalysis. In: Grolnich et. al. (1978).
    365. Greenacre, P. (1949) A contribution to the study of screen memories. FSOC, 3/4.
    366. Greenacre, P. (1950) General problems of acting out. PQ, 19.
    367. Greenacre, P. (1950) Special problems of early female sexual development. In: Trauma, Growth and Personality New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    368. Greenacre, P. (1952) Pregenital patterning. IJP, 33.
    369. Greenacre, P. (1953) Penis awe and its relation to penis envy. In: Drives, Affects, Behavior, ed. R. M. Loewenstein. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    370. Greenacre, P. (1956) Experiences of awe in childhood. PSOC,11.
    371. Greenacre, P. (1957) The childhood of the artist. PSOC, 12.
    372. Greenacre, P. (1958) The family romance of the artist. In: Emotional Growth. New York: Int. Univ. Press, 1971, vol. 2.
    373. Greenacre, P. (1958) The relation of the impostor to the artist. In: Emotional Growth. New York: Int. Univ. Press, 1971, vol. 1.
    374. Greenacre, P. (1968) Perversions. PSOC, 23.
    375. Greenacre, P. (1969) The fetish and the transitional object, part 1. PSOC, 24.
    376. Greenacre, P. (1970) The fetish and the transitional object, part 2. IJP 51, vol. 4.
    377. Greenacre, P. (1970) The transitional object and the fetish. In: Emotional Growth. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    378. Greenacre, P. (1972) Crowds and crisis. PSOC, 27.
    379. Greenacre, P. (1973) The primal scene and the sense of reality. PQ, 42.
    380. Greenacre, P. (1975) On reconstruction. JAPA, 21.
    381. Greenberg, J. R. & Mitchell, S. A. (1983) Object Relations in Psychoanalytic Theory. Cambridge: Harvard Univ. Press.
    382. Greenson, R. R. (1949) The psychology of apathy. PQ, 18.
    383. Greenson, R. R. (1953) On boredom. JAPA, 1.
    384. Greenson, R. R. (1960) Empathy and its vicissitudes. IJP, 41.
    385. Greenson, R. R. (1962) On enthusiasm. JAPA, 10.
    386. Greenson, R. R. (1965) The working alliance and the transference neurosis. PQ, 34.
    387. Greenson, R. R. (1967) The technique and Practice of Psycho-analysis. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    388. Greenson, R. R. (1978) Exploration in Psychoanalysis. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    389. Greenspan, S. & Pollock, G., eds. (1980) The Course of Life. Vol. I. Washington, D. C.: U. S. Government Printing office.
    390. Grinberg, L., Sor, D. & Tabak de Bianchedi, E. (1975) Introduction to the Work of Bion, trans. A. Hahn. Scotland: Clunie Press.
    391. Grinker, E. R (1945) Psychiatric disorders in combat crews overseas and in returnees. Med. Clin. North. Amer., 29.
    392. Grinstein, A. (1983) Freud's Rules of Dream Interpretation. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    393. Grolnick, S., Barkin, L. & Muensterberger, W., eds. (1978) Between Reality and Fantasy. New York: Jason Aronson.
    394. Grosskurth, P. (1986) Melanie Klein. New York: Alfred Knopf.
    395. Grossman, W. E. & Stewart, W. A. (1976) Penis envy. JAPA, 24 (5).
    396. Grotstein, J. S. (1981) Splitting and Projective Indentification. New York: Jason Aronson.
    397. Guntrip, H. (1961) Personality Structure and Human Interaction. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    398. Guntrip, H. (1968) Schizoid Phenomena, Object-Relations and the Self. London: Hogarth Press.
    399. Harley, M. (1967) Transference developments in a five-year old child. In: the Child Analyst at Work, ed. E. Geleerd. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    400. Harley, M. (1974) Analyst and Adolescent at Work. New York: Quadrangle.
    401. Harley, M. (1986) Child analysis, 1947—1984, a retrospective. PSOC, 41.
    402. Harre, R. and Lamb, R. (1983) The Encyclopedia Dictionary of Psychology. Cambridge: M. I. T. Press.
    403. Harrison, J. B. (1975) On the maternal origins of awe. PSOC, 30.
    404. Harrison, J. B. (1979) On Freud's view of the infant-mother relationship and of the oceanic feeling. JAPA, 27.
    405. Harrison, S. J. (1970) Is psychoanalysis "our science?". JAPA, 18.
    406. Hartmann, H. PSOC, 5.
    407. Hartmann, H. (1937) Ego Psychology and the Problem of Adaptation. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    408. Hartmann, H. (1939) Ego Psychology and the Problem of Adaptation. New York: Int. Univ. Press, 1958.
    409. Hartmann, H. (1939) Psychoanalysis and the concept of health. In: Hartmann (1964).
    410. Hartmann, H. (1947) On rational and irrational action. In: Essays on Ego Psychology. New York: Int. Univ. Press, 1964.
    411. Hartmann, H. (1948) Comments on the theory of instinctual drives. PQ, 17.
    412. Hartmann, H. (1950) Comments on the psychoanalytic theory of the ego. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    413. Hartmann, H. (1951) Technical implications of ego psychology PQ, 20.
    414. Hartmann, H. (1952) The mutual influences in the development of ego and id. PSOC, 7.
    415. Hartmann, H. (1953) Contribution to the metapsychology of schizophrenia. In: Hartmann, PSOC, 8.
    416. Hartmann, H. (1953) The metapsychology of schizophrenia. PSOC, 8.
    417. Hartmann, H. (1955) Notes on the theory of sublimation. PSOC, 10.
    418. Hartmann, H. (1956) The development of the ego concept in Freud's work. IJP, 37.
    419. Hartmann, H. (1964) Essays in Ego Psychology. New York Int. Univ. Press.
    420. Hartmann, H. (1964) The development of the ego concept in Freud's work. IJP, 37.
    421. Hartmann, H., Kris, E. & Loewenstein, R. M. (1946) Comments in the formation of psychic structure. PSOC, 2.
    422. Hartmann, H., Kris, E. & Loewenstein, R. M. (1949) Notes on the theory of aggression. PSOC, 3/4.
    423. Hartmann, H. & Loewenstein, R. M. (1962) Notes on the superego. PSOC, 17.
    424. Hassler, A. D. (1960) Guideposts of migrating fish. Science, 122.
    425. Hastings, D. W. (1963) Impotence and Frigidity. Boston: Little, Brown.
    426. Heimann, P. (1952) Certain functions of introjection and projection in early infancy. In: Klein et al. (1952).
    427. Heimann, P. & Valenstein, A. F. (1962) Notes on the anal stage IJP, 43.
    428. Heimann, P. & Valenstein, A. F. (1972) The psychoanalytical concept of aggression. IJP, 53.
    429. Hendrick, I. (1958) Facts and Theories of Psychoanalysis, 3rd ed. New York: Alfred Knopf.
    430. Hill, M. (1982) Analysis of transference. In: Theory and Technique, vol. 1. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    431. Hoffer, W. (1949) Mouth, hand, and ego integration. PSOC, 3/4.
    432. Holder, A. (1982) Preoedipal contributions to the formation of the superego. PSOC, 37.
    433. Holt, R. R. (1964) The emergence of cognitive psychology JAPA, 12.
    434. Holt, R. R. (1967) Beyond vitalism and mechanism. In: Science and Psychoanalysis, ed. J. H. Masserman. Hew York: Grune & Stratton, vol. 2.
    435. Hook, S. (1959) Psychoanalysis, Scientific Method and Philosophy. New York: Grove Press.
    436. Horney, K. (1924) On the genesis of the castration complex in women. IJP, 5.
    437. Horney, K. (1926) The flight from womanhood. IJP, 7.
    438. Horowitz, M. J. (1972) Modes of representation of thought. JAFA, 20.
    439. Horowitz, M. J. (1979) States of Mind, 2d. ed. New York: Plenum, 1987, chap. 3.
    440. Hurvich, M. (1970) On the concept of reality testing. IJP, 51.
    441. Isaacs, S. (1952) The nature and function of phantasy. In: Klein et. al. (1952).
    442. Isakower, O. (1938) A contribution to the pathopsychology of phenomena associated with falling asleep. IJP, 19.
    443. Isakower, O. (1963) Minutes of the faculty meeting. New York Psychoanalytic Institute, Oct. 14—Nov. 20. A. Z. Pteffer, reporter.
    444. Isay, R. A. (1986) Homosexuality in homosexual and heterosexual men. In: The Psychology of Men, ed. G. Fogel, F. Lane & R. Liebert. New York: Basic Books.
    445. Jacobi, J. (1959) Complex (Archetype) Symbol in the Work of C. G. Jung. Princeton, N. J.: Princeton Univ. Press.
    446. Jacobs, T. J. (1986) Transference relationships, relationships between transferences and reconstruction. In: Psycho-analysis, the Science of Mental Conflict, ed. A. D. Richards & M. S. Willick. Hillsdale N. J.: Analytic Press.
    447. Jacobson, E. (1953) Contribution to the metapsychology of cyclothymic depression. In: Affective Disorders, ed. P. Greenacre. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    448. Jacobson, E. (1954) Contribution to the metapsychology of psychotic identifications. JAPA, 2.
    449. Jacobson, E. (1957) Normal and pathological moods. PSOC, 12.
    450. Jacobson, E. (1959) Depersonalization. JAPA, 7.
    451. Jacobson, E. (1964) The Self and the Object World. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    452. Jacobson, E. (1967) Psychotic Conflict and Reality. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    453. Jacobson, E. (1971) Depression. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    454. Jacobson, E. (1971) Depression: Comparative Studies of Normal, Neurotic and Psychotic Conditions. Madison, Conn.: Int. Univ. Press.
    455. Jacobson, E. (1971) Normal and pathological moods. In: Depression. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    456. Jacobson, E. (1975) The regulation of self-esteem. In: Depression and Human Existence. ed. E. J. Anthony & T. Benedeck. Boston: Little, Brown.
    457. Jaffe, A. (1971) The Myth of Meaning. New York: Putnam.
    458. Jaffe, D. S. (1970) Forgetting and remembering. P. Q, 39.
    459. Janet, Dr. Pierre (1924) Principles of Psychotherapy. New York: Macmillan.
    460. John, E. R. (1976) A model of consciousness. In: Consciousness and Self-Regulation, ed. G. E. Schwartz & D. Shapiro. New York: Plenum Press, 1976, vol. 1.
    461. Jones, E. (1908) Rationalization in everyday life J Abnorm. Psychol., 3: 161—169.
    462. Jones, E. (1918) Anal-erotic character traits. In: Papers on Psychoanalysis London— Balliere Tindall & Cox, 1948.
    463. Jones, E. (1931) The concept of a normal mind. In: Papers on Psychoanalysis, 5th ed., London. Bailliйre, Tindall & Cox, 1948.
    464. Jones, E. (1933) The phallic phase. IJP, 14.
    465. Jones, E. (1934) Editorial preface to the Collected Papers of Sigmund Freud, 4. London— Hogarth Press.
    466. Jones, E. (1941) Evolution and revolution. IJP, 22.
    467. Jones, E. (1949) Hamlet and Oedipus. New York: Norton.
    468. Jones, E. (1957) The life and work of Sigmund Freud, vol. 3. New York: Basic Books.
    469. Joseph, E. D. (1965) Regressive Ego Phenomena in Psychoanalysis. Monograph I, Kris Study Group. New York Int. Univ. Press.
    470. Joseph, E. D. (1966) Memory and conflict. PQ, 35.
    471. Joseph, E. D. & Wallerstein, R. S (1982) Psychotherapy. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    472. Jung, C. G. (1921—57) Collected Works of C. G. Jung Princeton, N. J.: Princeton Univ. Press.
    473. Jung, C. G. (1938) Psychological aspects of the mother archetype. In: Collected Works, vol. 9, pt. 1.
    474. Jung, C. G. (1957) Animus and Anima. Zurich: Spring.
    475. Jung, C. G. (1963) Memories Dreams, Reflections. New York Pantheon.
    476. Kamyer, M. (1985) Identification and its vicissitudes. IJP, 66.
    477. Kandell, E (1976) Cellular Basis of Behavior. San Francisco— W H. Freeman.
    478. Kanzer, M. (1948) The passing of the Oedipus complex' in Greek drama. IJP, 29.
    479. Kanzer, M. (1964) On interpreting the Oedipus plays Psychoanal Study Society, 3.
    480. Kanzer, M. (1981) Freud's "analytic pact". JAPA, 29.
    481. Kardiner, A. (1941) The Traumatic Neurosis of War New. York: Hoeber.
    482. Karma, L. (1981) A clinical report of penis envy. JAPA, 29.
    483. Karush, A., Daniels, C. E., Flood, C. & O'Connor, J. F. (1977) Psychotherapy in Chronic Ulcerative Colitis. Philadelphia: Sannders.
    484. Katan, A. (1972) The infant's first reaction to strangers. IJP, 53.
    485. Katan, M. (1940) The role of the word in mania. Bull. Phi la. Assn. Psychoanal., 22.
    486. Katz, J. (1963) On primary gain and secondary gain. PSOC, 18.
    487. Katz, J. (1985) Book review of Melanie Klein by Hanna Segal. New York: Viking Press. 1980 JAPA, 33 (suppl.).
    488. Kaywin, L. (1966) Problems of sublimation. JAPA, 14.
    489. Kernberg, O. F. (1966) Structural derivations of object relationships. IJP, 47.
    490. Kernberg, O. F. (1967) Borderline personality organization. JAPA, 15.
    491. Kernberg, O. F. (1975) Borderline Conditions and Pathological Narcissism. New York: Jason Aronson.
    492. Kernberg, O. F. (1976) Object Relations Theory and Clinical Psychoanalysis. New York: Jason Aronson.
    493. Kernberg, O. F. (1977) Boundaries and structure in love relations. JAPA, 25.
    494. Kernberg, O. F. (1980) Fairbairn's theory and challenge. In: Internal World and External Reality: Object Relations Theory Applied. New York: Jason Aronson.
    495. Kernberg, O. F. (1980) Internal World and External Reality. New York: Jason Aronson.
    496. Kernberg, O. F. (1984) Severe Personality Disorders. New Haven: Yale Univ. Press.
    497. Kessler, J. W. (1970) Contributions of the mentally retarded toward a theory of cognitive development. In: Cognitive Studies, ed. J. Hellmuth. New York Brunner/Mazel.
    498. Kestenberg, J. S. (1967) Phases of adolescence. J. Amer. Acad. Child. Psychiat., 6.
    499. Khan, M. (1982) Introduction. In: D. W. Winnicott, Through Paediatrics to Psychoanalysis. London: Hogarth Press.
    500. Klein, G. S. (1966) The several grades of memory. In: Psychoanalysis. A General Psychology, pd. H. M. Lowenstein, L M. Newman, M. Schur & A. J. Solnit. New York Int. Univ. Press.
    501. Klein, M. (1932) The Psychoanalysis of Children London: Hogarth Press.
    502. Klein, M. (1946) Notes on some schizoid mechanisms IJP, 27.
    503. Klein, M. (1948) Contributions to Psychoanalysis, 1921—45. London: Hogarth Press.
    504. Klein, M. (1950) Narrative of a Child Analysis. New York Basic Books.
    505. Klein, M. (1957) Envy and Gratitude. New York: Basic Books.
    506. Klein, M. (1957) On identification. In: New Directions in Psychoanalysis, ed. M. Klein, P. Heimann & R. Money-Kyrle. New York: Basic Books.
    507. Klein, M. (1959) On the development of Mental functioning. In: Envy and Gratitude London: Delacorte Press, 1975.
    508. Klein, M., Heimann, P., Isaacs, S. & Riviere J. (eds.) (1952) Developments in Psychoanalysis. London: Hogarth Press.
    509. Knight, R. P. (1953) Borderline states. Bull. Menn. Clin., 17.
    510. Knight, R. P. (1972) Clinician and Therapist: Selected Papers of Robert P. Knight, ed. Stuart C. Miller. New York: Basic Books.
    511. Kohut, H. (1959) Introspection, empathy, and psycho-analysis. JAPA, 7.
    512. Kohut, H. (1971) The Analysis of the Self. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    513. Kohut, H. (1977) The Restoration of the Self. New York Int. Univ. Press.
    514. Kohut, H. (1978) The Search for the Self, ed. P. Ornstein. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    515. Kohut, H. (1984) How Does Analysis Cure? ed. A Goldben & P. Stepansky. Chicago: Univ. Chicago Press.
    516. Kohut, H. & Wolf, E. S. (1978) The disorders of the self and their treatment. IJP, 59.
    517. Krapf, E. E. (1961) The concept of normality and mental, health in psychoanalysis. IJP, 59.
    518. Kreisler, L. (1984) Fundamentals for a psychosomatic pathology of infants. In: Frontiers of Infant Psychiatry, ed. J. D. Call, E. Galenson & R. L. Tyson. New York: Basic Books, vol. 2.
    519. Kris, A. O. (1982) Free Association. New Haven: Yale Univ. Press.
    520. Kris, A. O. (1984) The conflicts of ambivalence. PSOC, 39.
    521. Kris, E. (1951) Ego psychology and interpretation in psychoanalytic therapy. P. Q, 20.
    522. Kris, E. (1952) Psychoanalytic Exploration in Art. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    523. Kris, E. (1956) On some vicissitudes of insight in psychoanalysis. IJP, 37.
    524. Kris, E. (1956) The personal myth. JAPA, 4.
    525. Kris, E. (1956) The recovery of childhood memories in psychoanalysis. PSOC, 11.
    526. Krupuick, J. L. & Horowitz, M. J. (1981) Stress response syndromes. Arch. Gen. Psychiat., 38.
    527. Krystal, H. ed. (1968) Massive Psychic Trauma. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    528. Krystal, H. (1978) Trauma and affects. PSOC, 33.
    529. Krystal, H. (1981) The hedonic element in affectivity. J. Psychoanal., 9.
    530. Krystal, H. (1982) Alexithymia and the affectiveness of psychoanalytic treatment. Int. J. Psychoanal. Psychother., 9.
    531. Kubie, L. S. (1947) The fallacious use of quantitative concepts in dynamic psychology. P. Q, 16.
    532. Kubie, L. S. (1962) The fallacious misuse of the concept of sublimation. PQ, 31.
    533. Kubie, L. S. (1972) Personal communication.
    534. Kubie, L. S. (1975) The language tools of psychoanalysis. Int. Rev. Psychoanal., 2.
    535. Labov, W. (1972) Language in the Inner City. Philadelphia: Univ. Penn. Press.
    536. Lagache, D. (1953) Behavior and psychoanalytic experience In Drives. Affects, Behavior, ed. R. Loewenstein. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    537. Langer, S. K. (1962) Problems and techniques of psychoanalytic validation and progress. In: Psychoanalysis as Science, ed. E. Pumplan-Mindlin. Stanford: Stanford Univ. Press.
    538. Langer, W. (1958) The next assignment. Amer. Imago, 15.
    539. Langhlin, H. P. (1967) The Neurosis. Washington: Butterworth.
    540. Laplanche, J. & Pontalis, J. B. (1967) Vocabulaire de la Psychoanalyse. Paris: Presses Universitaires de France.
    541. Laplanche, J. & Pontalis, J. B. (1973) The Language of Psychoanalysis. London: Hogarth Press.
    542. Laplanche, J. & Pontalis, J. B. (1983) The Language of psychoanalysis. London: Hogarth Press.
    543. Laseque, C. (1977) Les exhibitionnistes. L'Union Medicale, Froisieme Serie, 23.
    544. Leaff, L. A. (1971) Affect versus feeling. JAPA, 19.
    545. Leon, I. G. (1984) Psychoanalysis, Piaget and attachment. Int. Rev. Psychoanal., 11.
    546. Lerner, H. E. (1976) Parental Mislabeling of female genitals as a determinant of penis envy and learning inhibitions in women. JAPA, 24 (suppl.).
    547. Levey, M. (1985) The concept structure in psychoanalysis. Annu. Psychoanal. 12—13.
    548. Levy, D. (1983) Wittgenstein on the form of psychoanalytic interpretation. Int. Rev. Psycho-anal., 10.
    549. Levy, S. T. (1984) Principles of Interpretaion. New York: Aronson.
    550. Levy, S. T. (1984) Psychoanalytic perspectives on emptiness. JAPA, 32.
    551. Levy, S. T. (1985) Empathy and psychoanalytic technique. JAPA, 33.
    552. Lewin, B. D. (1933) The body as phallus. PQ, 2.
    553. Lewin, B. D. (1946) Sleep, the mouth, and the dream screen. PQ, 15.
    554. Lewin, B. D. (1950) The Psychoanalysis of Elation. New York: Norton.
    555. Lewin, B. D. (1953) Reconslde ration of the dream screen. PQ, 22.
    556. Lewis, H. B. (1971) Shame and Guilt in Neurosis. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    557. Lichtenberg, J., Bornstein, M. & Silver, D., eds. (1984) Empathy, vols. 1—2. Hillsdale & London: Analytic Press.
    558. Lichtenberg, J. D. & Kaplan, S. (1983) Reflections on Self Psychology. Hillsdale, N. J.: Analytic Press.
    559. Lichtenberg, J. D. & Slap, J. W. (1973) Notes on the concept of splitting and defense mechanism of splitting of representations. JAPA, 21.
    560. Lichtenstein, H. (1961) Identity and sexuality. JAPA, 9.
    561. Lichtenstein, H. (1970) Changing implications of the concept of psychosexual development. JAPA, 18.
    562. Lidz, T., Fleck, S. & Cornelison. A. R. (1965) Schizophrenia and the Family. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    563. Lifschutz, J. E. (1976) A critique of reporting and assessment in the training analysis. JAPA, 24.
    564. Limentani, A. (1979) The significance of transsexualism in relation to some basic psychoanalytic concepts. Int. Rev. Psychoanal., 6.
    565. Loewald, H. W. (1951) Ego and reality. IJP, 32.
    566. Loewald, H. W. (1959) The waning of the Oedipus complex. JAPA, 27.
    567. Loewald, H. W. (1962) Internalization, separation, mourning, and the superego. PQ, 31.
    568. Loewald, H. W. (1971) Some considerations on repetition and repetition compulsion. IJP, 52.
    569. Loewald, H. W. (1973) On internalization. IJP, 54.
    570. Loewenstein, R. M. (1951—72) Practice and Precept in Psycho analytic Technique. New Haven: Yale Univ. Press, 1982.
    571. Loewenstein, R. M. (1951) The problem of interpretation. PQ, 20.
    572. Loewenstein, R. M. (1957) A contribution to the psychoanalytic theory of masochism. JAPA, 5.
    573. Loewenstein, R. M., Newman, L. M., Schur, M. & Solnit, A. J., eds. (1966) Psychoanalysis — A General Psychology. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    574. Lorand, S. (1950) Clinical Studies in Psychoanalysis. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    575. Lowinger, J. (1976) Ego Development. San Francisco: Jossey Bass.
    576. Luria, A. R. (1978) The human brain and conscious activity. In: Consciousness and Self-Regulation, ed. G. E. Shwarta & D. Shapiro. New York: Plenum Press, 1978, vol. 2.
    577. Lustman, J. (1977) On splitting. PSOC, 32.
    578. Lynd, H. M. (1961) On Shame and the Search for Identity New York: Science Editions.
    579. Madow, Z. & Snow, L. H., eds. (1970) The Psychodynamic Implications of the Physiological Studies on Dreams. Springfield, III: Thomas.
    580. Mahler, M. S. (1952) On child psychosis and schizophrenia. PSOC, 7.
    581. Mahler, M. S. (1963) Thoughts and development and individuation. PSOC. 12.
    582. Mahler, M. S. (1966) Notes on the development of basic moods: the depressive affect in psychoanalysis. In: Psychoanalysis — A General Psychology, ed. R. M. Loewenstein, L. M. Newman, M. Schuz & A. J. Solnit. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    583. Mahler, M. S. (1968) On Human Symbiosis and the Vicissitudes of Individuation. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    584. Mahler, M. S. (1975) Discussion on Bernard L. Pacella's paper. JAPA, 23.
    585. Mahler, M. S. (1975) On the current status of infantile neurosis. JAPA, 23.
    586. Mahler, M. S. (1979) Selected Papers of Margaret S. Mahler, vol. 2. New York: Jason Aronson.
    587. Mahler, M. S. & Purer, M. (1968) On Human Symbiosis and the Vicissitudes of Individuation. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    588. Mahler, M. S. & Gosliner, B. J. (1955) On Symbiotic child psychosis. PSOC, 10.
    589. Mahler, M. S., Pine, F. & Bergman, A. (1975) The Psychological Birth of the Human Infant. New York: Basic Books.
    590. Mahony, P. (1979) The boundaries of free association. Psychoanal. Contemp. Thought, 2.
    591. Malcove, L. (1975) The analytic situation (and Panel discussion). J. Phila. Assn. Psychoanal., 2.
    592. Marcovitz, E. (1973) On confidentiality in psychoanalysis. Bull. Phila. Assn. Psychoanal., 23.
    593. Marcus, I. M. & Francis, J. J. (1975) Masturbation. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    594. Marty, P. & de M'Uzan, M. (1963) La pensйe opйratoire. Rev. Psychoanaltique, 27 suppl.
    595. Masson, J. M. (1980) The Oceanic Feeling. Boston: D. Reidel Publishing Company.
    596. Masters, W. H. & Johnson, V. E. (1966) Human Sexual Response. Boston: Little, Brown.
    597. McDaugall, J. (1984) The "dis-affected" patient. PQ, 53.
    598. McDevitt, J. B. (1975) Separation-individuation and object constancy. JAPA, 23.
    599. Meehl, P. E. (1962) Hedonic capacity. Bull. Menn. Clin., 39.
    600. Meissner, W. H. (1978) The Paranoid Process. New York: Aronson.
    601. Meissner, W. W. (1979) Internalization and object relations. JAPA, 27.
    602. Meissner, W. W. (1981) Internalization in Psychoanalysis. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    603. Meissner, W. W. (1981) Metapsychology: who needs it. JAPA, 29.
    604. Meissner, W. W., Mack, J. E. & Semrad, E. V. (1975) Classical Psychoanalysis. In: Comprehensive Textbook of Psychiatry, ed. A. M. Freedman, H. I. Kaplan & J. Sadock. Baltimore: Williams & Wilkins.
    605. Menninger, W. (1943) Characterologic and symptomatic expressions related to the anal phase of psycho sexual development. PQ, 12.
    606. Mesmer, Franz Anton (1965) The Nature of Hypnosis, ed. Ronald E. Shor and Martin T. Orne. New York: Holt, Rinehart and Winston.
    607. Metcalf, D. & Spitz, R. A. (1978) The transitional object. In: Grolnick et al. (1978).
    608. Meyer, B. C. (1972) The contribution of psychoanalysis to biography. Psychoanal. Contemp. Sci., 1.
    609. Meyer, J. (1982) The theory of gender identity disorders. JAPA, 30.
    610. Meyer, J. (1985) Ego-dystonic homosexuality. In: Comprehensive Textbook of Psychiatry, 4th ed., ed. H. Kaplan & B. Sadock. Baltimore: Williams & Wilkins.
    611. Meyer, J. (1985) Paraphilia. In: Comprehensive Textbook of Psychiatry, ed. H. Kaplan & B. Sadock. Baltimore, Williams & Wilkins, 4th ed.
    612. Michaels, R. & Gaeger, R. K. Adaptation. PMC. Forthcoming.
    613. Milrod, D. (1982) The wished-for-self-image. PSOC, 37.
    614. Modell, A. H. (1958) The Theoretical implications of hallucinatory experiences in schizophrenia. JAFA, 6.
    615. Modell, A. H. (1965) Object Love and Reality. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    616. Modell, A. H. (1970) The transitional object and the creative act. PQ, 39.
    617. Modell, A. H. (1975) The ego and the id. IJP, 56.
    618. Money, J. & Green, R. (1969) Transsexualism and Sex Reassignment. Baltimore: Johns Hopkins Univ. Press.
    619. Monroe, R. R (1970) Episodic Behavior Disorders. Cambridge: Harvard Univ. Press.
    620. Moore, B. E. (164) Frigidity. PQ. 33.
    621. Moore, B. E. (1975) Freud and female sexuality. IJP, 57.
    622. Moore, B. E. (1975) Toward a clarification on the concept of narcissism. PSOC, 30.
    623. Moore, B. E. (1976) Freud and female sexuality. IJP, 57.
    624. Moore, B. E. (1977) Psychic representation and female orgasm. In: Female Psychology, ed. H. P. Blum. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    625. Moore, B. E. & Fine, B. D., eds. (1967) A Glossary of Psychoanalytic Terms and Concepts. New York: Amer. Psychoanal. Assn.
    626. Moore, B. E. & Rubinfine, D. Z. (1969) The mechanism of denial. Kris Study Group Monographs, New York: Int. Univ. Press, vol. 3.
    627. Moses, R. (1978) Adult psychic trauma. IJP, 59.
    628. Murray, C. D. (1930) Psychogenic factors in the etiology of ulcerative colitis and bloody diarrhea. Amer. J. Med. Sci., 180.
    629. Nagera, H., ed. (1966) Early Childhood Disturbances, the Infantile Neurosis, and the Adulthood Disturbances. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    630. Nagera, H. (1967) The concepts of structure and structuralization. PSOC, 22.
    631. Nagera, H. (1969—71) Basic Psychoanalytic Concepts. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    632. Nagera, H. (1976) Obsessional Neuroses. New York: Aronson.
    633. Natterson, J. M. (1980) The Dream in Clinical Practice. New York: Jason Aronson.
    634. Nemiah, J. C. & Sifneos, P. E. (1970) Affect and fantasy in patients with psychosomatic disorders. In: Modern Trends in Psychosomatic Medicine, ed. O. W. Hill. London: Butterworths, vol. 2.
    635. Neubaner, P. B. (1979) The role of insight in psychoanalysis JAPA, 27.
    636. Neubaner, P. B. (1982) Rivalry, envy, and Jealousy. PSOC, 37.
    637. Novick, J. (1982) Varieties of transference in the analysis of an adolescent. IJP, 42.
    638. Novick, J. & Kelly, K. (1970) Projection and externalization. PSOC, 25.
    639. Noy, P. Wollstein, S. & Kaplan-de-Nour, A. (1966) Clinical observations of the psychogenesis of impotence. Brit. J. Med. Psychol., 39.
    640. Nunberg, H. (1948) The synthetic function of the ego. In: Practice and Theory of Psychoanalysis. New York: Int. Univ. Press, vol. 1.
    641. Nunberg, H. (1954) Evaluation of the results of psychoanalytic treatment. IJP, 35.
    642. Nunberg, H. (1955) Principles of Psychoanalysis. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    643. Ogden, T. (1982) Projective Identification and Psycho-therapeutic Technique. New York: Jason Aronson.
    644. Olinick, S. Z. (1964) The negative therapeutic reaction. IJP, 45.
    645. Olinick, S. Z. (1980) The Psychotheraputic Instrument. New York: Jason Aronson.
    646. Ornston, D. G. (1978) On projection. PSOC, 33.
    647. Ornston, D. G. (1982) Strachey's influence. IJP, 63.
    648. Ornston, D. G. (1985a) Freud's conception is different from Strachey's. JAPA, 33.
    649. Ornston, D. G. (1985b) The invention of "cathexes" and Strachey's strategy. Int. Rev. Psychoanal., 12.
    650. Ornston, D. G. (1988) How standard is the "Standard Edition? In Freud in Exile, ed. E. Timns & N. Segal. New Haven: Yale Univ. Press.
    651. Orr, D. W. (1954) Transference and countertransference. JAPA, 2.
    652. Ostow, M. (1974) Sexual Deviation. New York: Quadrangle.
    653. Pacella, B. (1975) Early ego development and the deja vu. JAPA, 23.
    654. Panel (1957) Acting out and its relation to impulse disorders. M. Kanzer, reporter. JAPA, 5.
    655. Panel (1958) Problems of identity. D. Z. Rubinfine, reporter. JAPA, 6.
    656. Panel (1958) Technical aspects of regression during psychoanalysis. K. T. Calder, reporter. JAFA, 11.
    657. Panel (1963) The concept of the id. E. Marcovitz, reporter. JAPA, 11.
    658. Panel (1964) Depersonalization. W. A. Stewart, reporter. JAPA, 12.,.
    659. Panel (1966) Clinical and theoretical aspects of "as-if" characters. J. Weiss, reporter. JAPA, 11.
    660. Panel (1969) The theory of genital primacy in the light of ego psychology. M. Berezin, reporter. JAPA, 17.
    661. Panel (1971) Action, acting out, and the symptomatic act. N. Actins, reporter. JAPA, 18.
    662. Panel (1970) Psychoanalytic theory of affects. L. B. Lofgren, reporter. JAPA, 16.
    663. Panel (1970) The development of the child's sense of his sexual identity. Virginia, L. Glower, reporter. JAPA, 18.
    664. Panel (1970) The negative therapeutic reaction. S. L. Olinick, reporter. JAPA, 18.
    665. Panel (1972) Levels of confidentiality in the psychoanalytic situation. A. S. Watson, reporter JAPA, 20.
    666. Panel (1974) Toward a theory of affects. P. Castelneuvo-Tedesco, reporter. JAPA, 22. W.
    667. Panel (1975) The analytic situation. S. T. Shapiro, reporter. J. Phila. Aasn. Psychoanal.,2.
    668. Panel (1980) New directions in affect theory. E. P. Lester, reporter. JAPA, 30.
    669. Panel (1981) Insight. K. H. Blacker, reporter. JAPA, 29.
    670. Panel (1981) Masochism. W. Fischer, reporter. JAPA, 29.
    671. Panel (1982) Beyond lay analysis. H. Fischer, reporter. JAPA, 30.
    672. Panel (1983) Clinical aspects of character. M. Willick, reporter. JAPA, 31.
    673. Panel (1983) Theory of character. S. M. Abend, reporter. JAPA, 31.
    674. Panel (1984) The neutrality of the analyst in the analytic situation, R. J. Leider, reporter. JAPA, 32. (1985) Perspectives on the nature of psychic reality. E. Roughton, reporter. JAPA, 33.
    675. Panel (1987) Toward the further understanding of homosexual women. A Wolfson, reporter. JAPA, 35.
    676. Pao, P.-N. (1971) Elation, hypomania and mania. JAFA, 19.
    677. Parens, H. (1979) The Development of Aggression in Early Childhood. New York: Jason Aronson.
    678. Parens, H. (1980) Psychic development during the second and third years of life. In: The Course of Life, ed. S. Greenspan & G. Pollock. Washington: Nat. Inst. Health.
    679. Parens, H. & Saul, L. J. (1971) Dependence in Man. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    680. Person, E. & Ovesey, L. (1974) The transsexual syndrome in males. Amer. J. Psychother., 28.
    681. Person, E. & Ovesey, L. (1983) Psychoanalytic theories of gender identity. J. Amer. Acad. Psychoanal., 2.
    682. Peterfreund, E. & Schwartz, J. T. (1971) Information, systems, and Psychoanalysis. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    683. Peto, A. (1976) The etiological significance of the primal scene in perversions. PQ, 44.
    684. Pfeffer, A. Z. (1984) Modes of obsessional thinking. Presented at the New York Psychoanalytic Society, October 23.
    685. Piaget, J. (1937) The Construction of Reality in the Child. New York: Basic Books, 1954.
    686. Piaget, J. (1962) Play, Dreams and Imitation in Childhood New York: Norton.
    687. Piers, G. & Singer, M. B. (1953) Shame and Guilt. Springfield: Thomas; New ed., New York: Norton.
    688. Pine, F. (1985) Developmental Theory and Clinical Process. New Haven: Yale Univ. Press.
    689. Poland, W. S. (1984) On the analyst's neutrality. JAFA, 32.
    690. Pollock, G. H. (1961) Mourning and adaptation. IJP, 42.
    691. Pollock, G. H. (1978) Process and affect. IJP, 59.
    692. Potamianau, A. (1985) The personal myth. PSOC, 40.
    693. Provence, S. & Lipton, R. (1962) Infants in Institutions. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    694. Pulver, S. E. Symptomatology. PMC. Forthcoming.
    695. Pulver, S. E. (1970) Narcissism. JAPA, 18.
    696. Rado, S. (1949) An adaptational view of sexual behavior In Psychosexual Development in Health and Disease, ed. P. H. Hock & J. Lubin. New York: Grune & Stratton.
    697. Rangell, L. Affects. PMC. Forthcoming.
    698. Rangell, L. (1959) The nature of conversion. JAPA, 7.
    699. Rangell, L. (1963) Structural problems in intrapsychic conflict. PSOC, 18.
    700. Rangell, L. (1966) An overview of the ending of an analysis. In: Psychoanalysis in Americas, ed. R. E. Litman. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    701. Rangell, L. (1968) A point of view on acting out. IJP, 49.
    702. Rangell, L. (1981) From insight to change. JAPA, 29.
    703. Rangell, L. (1981) Psychoanalysis and dynamic psychotherapy. PQ, 50.
    704. Rangell, L. (1983) Defense and resistance in psychoanalysis and life. JAPA, 31 (suppl.).
    705. Rangell, L. (1985) The object in psychoanalytic theory. JAPA, 33.
    706. Rank, O. (1909) The Myth of the Birth of the Hero. New York: Nerv. Ment. Dis. Monogr., 18.
    707. Rank, O. (1924) The Trauma of Birth. New York: Robert Brunner, 1952.
    708. Rapaport, D. (1942) Emotions and Memory. New York: Int. Univ. Press, 1950.
    709. Rapaport, D. (1960) The structure of Psychoanalytic Theory. Psychol. Issues, monogr. 6, New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    710. Rapaport, D. & Gill, M. M. (1959) The points of view and assumptions of metapsychology. In: The Collected Papers of David Rapaport. New York: Basic Books, 1967.
    711. Rapoport, A. (1955) The role of symbols in human behavior. Psychiatric Research Reports, vol. 2, ed. J. S. Gottlieb et al. Washington: Amer. Psychiat. Assn.
    712. Rappaport, E. A. (1968) Beyond traumatic neurosis. IJP, 49.
    713. Reich, A. (1951) On countertransference. In: Psychoanalytic Contributions. New York: Int. Univ. Press, 1973.
    714. Reich, A. (1953) Narcissistic object choice in women. JAPA, 1.
    715. Reich, A. (1954) Early identifications as archaic elements in the superego. JAPA, 2.
    716. Reich, A. (1960) Pathologic forms of self-esteem regulation. PSOC, 15.
    717. Reich, W. (1933) Character Analysis. New York: Orgone Press, 1949.
    718. Reich, W. (1933) Some circumscribed character forms. In: Character Analysis. New York: Orgone Institute Press.
    719. Reik, T. (1919) Ritual. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    720. Reiser, M. (1984) Mind, Brain and Body New York: Basic Books.
    721. Richards, A. D. (1985) Isakower-like experience on the couch. PQ. 54.
    722. Ricoeur, P. (1970) Freud and Philosophy. New Haven — Yale Univ. Press.
    723. Ricoeur, P. (1976) Interpretation Theory. Forth Worth-Texas Christian Univ. Press.
    724. Rinsley, D. B. (1982) Fairbairn's object relations and classical concepts of dynamics and structure. In: Borderline and Other Self Disorders' A Developmental and Object-Relations Respective New York: Jason Aronson.
    725. Rioch, M. (1970) The work of W. R Bion on groups. Psychiatry, 33.
    726. Ritvo, S. (1971) Late adolescence. PSOC, 18.
    727. Ritvo, S. (1974) Current status of the concept of infantile neurosis. PSOC, 29.
    728. Robbins, F & Sadow, L (1974) A developmental hypothesis of reality processing. JAPA, 22.
    729. Rodman, F. R. (1987) Introduction In the Spontaneous Gesture — Selected Letters of D. W. Winnicott, ed. F. R. Rodman Cambridge—Harvard Univ. Press.
    730. Roiphe, H. (1968) On an early genital phase. PSOC, 23.
    731. Roiphe, H. & Galenson, E. (1981) Infantile Roots of Sexual Identity. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    732. Rose, G. (1978) The creativity of everyday life. In: Grolnick et al (1978).
    733. Rose, H. (1928) A Handbook of Greek Mythology. London: Methuen.
    734. Rosenblatt, A. D. & Thickstun, J T. (1970) A study of the concept of psychic energy. IJP, 51.
    735. Rosenthal, S. M. (1968) The involutional depressive syndrome. Amer J. Psychiat., 124.
    736. Ross, N. (1967) The "as-if" concept. JAPA, 15.
    737. Ross, N. (1970) The primacy of genitality in the light of ego psychology. JAPA, 18.
    738. Rothstein, A. (1983) The Structural Hypothesis. New York: Int., Univ. Press.
    739. Roughton, R. Action and acting out. FMC. Forthcoming.
    740. Rubinstein, B. B. (1972) On metaphor and related phenomena. In: Psychoanalysis and Contemporary Science, ed. A. R. Holt & E. Peterfreund., New York: Int. Univ. Press, vol. 1.
    741. Rutter, M. (1972) Maternal Deprivation. Baltimore: Penguin Books.
    742. Rycroft, C. (1968) A critical Dictionary of Psychoanalysis New York: Basic Books.
    743. Sachs, D. M. (1979) On the relationship between psycho-analysis and psychoanalytic psychotherapy. Bull. Phila Assn. Psychoanal, 6.
    744. Sachs, H. (1942) The Creative Unconscious Cambridge, Mass.: Sci. Art. Publishers.
    745. Samuels, A. (1985) Jung and the Post-Jungians London — Routledge & Kegan Paul.
    746. Sandler, J. (1960) On the concept of the superego. PSOC, 15.
    747. Sandler, J., Dare, C. & Holder, A (1973) The negative therapeutic reaction. In: The Patient and the Analyst New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    748. Sandler, J. & Freud, A. (1985) The Analysis of Defense. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    749. Sandler, J., Hodler, A. & Meers, D. (1963) The ego ideal and the ideal self. PSOC, 18.
    750. Sandler, J., Kennedy, H & Tyson, R. L (1980) The Technique of Child Psychoanalysis. Cambridge—Harvard Univ. Press.
    751. Sandler, J. & Rosenblatt, B. (1962) The concept of the representational world. PSOC, 17.
    752. Sandler, J. & Sandier, A. M. (1978) On the development of object relationships and affects. IJP, 59.
    753. Sarlin, C. N. (1962) Depersonalization and derealization. JAPA, 10.
    754. Sarlin, C. N. (1970) The current status of the concept of genital primacy. JAPA. 18.
    755. Sarnoff, C. A. (1978) Latency. New York: Aronson.
    756. Saussure de, F. (1911) Course in General Linguistic. New York: McGraw Hill.
    757. Schafer. R. (1968) Aspects of Internalization. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    758. Schafer. R. (1974) Problems in Freud's psychology of women. JAPA, 22.
    759. Schafer. R. (1975) Psychoanalysis without psychodynamics. IJP, 56.
    760. Schafer. R. (1976) A New Language for Psychoanalysis. New Haven: Yale Univ. Press.
    761. Schafer. R. (1983) The Analytic Attitude. New York: Basic Books.
    762. Schechner, R. & Schuman, M. (1976) Ritual, Play and Performance New York: Seabury Press.
    763. Schlesinger, N. & Robbins, F. P. (1983) A Developmental View of the Psychoanalytic Process. New York; Int. Univ. Press.
    764. Schneirla, T. C. (1959) An evolutionary and developmental theory of biphasic processes underlying approach and withdrawal. In: Nebraska Symposium on Motivation, ed. H. R. Jones. London: Univ. Nebraska Press.
    765. Schur, M. (1955) Comments on the metapsychology of somatization. PSOC, 10.
    766. Schur, M. (1966) The Id and the Regulatory Principles of Mental Functioning. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    767. Schuster. D. B. (1969) Bisexuality and body as phallus. PQ, 38.
    768. Schwartz, H. J., ed. (1984) Psychotherapy of the Combat Veteran. New York: SP Medical and Scientific Books.
    769. Segal, H. (1957) Notes on symbol formation. IJP, 39.
    770. Segal, H. (1964) Introduction to the Work of Melanie Klein. London: Hogarth Press, 1973.
    771. Segal, H. (1973) Introduction to the work of Melanie Klein. London: W. Heinemann.
    772. Segal, H. (1981) The Work of Hanna Segal. New York: Jason Aronson.
    773. Segal, H. (1986) Illumination of the dim, shadowy era. Sunday Times, London, May 11, 1986.
    774. Shane, M. Shane, E. (1982) Psychoanalytic theories of aggression. Psychoanal. Inquiry, 2.
    775. Shane, M. Shane, E. (1984) The end phase of analysis. JAPA, 32.
    776. Shane, M. Shane, E. (1985) Change and integration in psychoanalytic developmental theory. In: New Ideas in Psychoanalysis, ed. C. F. Settlage & R. Brockbank. Hillsdale, N. J. Analytic Press.
    777. Shapiro, T. (1979) Clinical Psycholinguistics. New York: Plenum Press.
    778. Shapiro, T. (1984) On neutrality. JAPA, 32.
    779. Shengold, L. (1967) The effects of overstimulation. IJP, 48.
    780. Shopper, M. (1979) The (re)discovery of the vagina and the importance of the menstrual tampon. In: Female Adolescent Development, ed. M. Sugar. New York: Brunner/Mazel.
    781. Sifneos, P. E. (1975) Problems of psychotherapy of patients with alexithymic characteristics and physical disease Psychother & Psychosom., 26.
    782. Slap, J. & Saykin, J. (1984) On the nature and organization of the repressed. Psychoanal. Inquiry, 4.
    783. Slovenko, R. (1973) Psychiatry and Law. Boston: Little, Brown.
    784. Smith, J. H. (1976) Language and the genealogy of the absent object. In: Psychiatry and the Humanities, vol. 1, ed. J. H. Smith. New Haven-Yale Univ. Press.
    785. Smith, J. H. ed. (1978) Psychoanalysis and Language. New Haven: Yale Univ. Press.
    786. Smith, W. R. (1894) The Religion of the Semites. New York: Meridian Library, 1956.
    787. Socarides, C. W. (1963) The historical development of theoretical and clinical aspects of female homosexuality. JAPA, 11.
    788. Socarides, C. W. (1970) A psychoanalytic study of the desire for sexual transformation ("transsexualism"). IJP, 51.
    789. Socarides, C. W. (1978) Homosexuality. New York: Jason Aronson.
    790. Socarides, C. W. (1982) Abdication fathers, Homosexual Sons. In: Father and Child, ed. S. H. Cath, A. R. Gurwitt & J. M. Ross. Boston: Little, Brown.
    791. Solnit, A. J. & Ritvo, S. Instinct theory. PMC. Forthcoming.
    792. Sophocles. The Oedipus Cycle, tr. D. Fitts & R. Fitzgerald. New York: Harcourt, Brace & World, 1969.
    793. Sours, J. A. (1974) The anorexia nervosa syndrome. IJP, 55.
    794. Sours, J. A. (1980) Starving to Death in a Sia of Objects. New York: Aronson.
    795. Spence, J. T. & Helmrich, R. L. (1978) Masculinity and Femininity. Austin and London: Univ. of Texas Press.
    796. Sperber, D. (1974) Rethinking Symbolism. Cambridge: Cambridge Univ. Press.
    797. Sperling, M. (1976) Anorexia nervosa. In: Psychosomatic Disorders in Childhood, ed. O. Sperling. New York: Aronson.
    798. Spitz, R. A. (1945) Hospitalism. FSOC. 1.
    799. Spitz, R. A. (1946) Anaclitic depression. PSOC, 2.
    800. Spitz, R. A. (1946) Hospitalism: A follow-up report. PSOC, 2.
    801. Spitz, R. A. (1946) The smiling response. Genet. Psychol. Monagr. 34.
    802. Spitz, R. A. (1955) The primal cavity. PSOC, 10.
    803. Spitz, R. A. (1957) No and Yes. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    804. Spitz, R. A. (1959) A Genetic Field Theory of Ego Formation. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    805. Spitz, R. A. (1965) The First Year of Life. New York:Int. Univ. Press.
    806. Spitz, R. A. & Wolf, K. M. (1946) The smiling response. Genet. Psycholol. Monogr., 34.
    807. Spruiell, V. The self. PMC. Forthcoming.
    808. Stamm, J. L. (1962) Altered ego states allied to the depersonalization. JAPA, 10.
    809. Stein, M. (1971) The principle of multiple function. Bull. Phila. Assn. Psychoanal., 21.
    810. Stekely, L. (1960) Success, success neurosis and the self. Brit. J. Med. Psychol., 33.
    811. Sterba, R. E. (1936—37) Hardwцrterbuch der Psychoanalyse. Vienna: Int. Psychoanal. Verlag.
    812. Stern, D. N. (1974) The goal and structure of mother-infant play. J. Amer. Acad. Child Psychiat., 13.
    813. Stern, D. N. (1984) Affect attunement. In: Frontiers of Infant Psychiatry. New York: Basic Books, vol. 2.
    814. Stern, D. N. (1985) The Interpersonal World of the Infant New York: Basic Books.
    815. Stevens, A. (1982) Archetype. London: Rouledge & Kegan Paul.
    816. Stoller, R. J. (1971) The term "transvestism". Arch. Gen. Psychiat., 24.
    817. Stoller, R. J. (1972) The "bedrock" of masculinity and femininity: bisexuality. Arch. Gen. Psychiat., 26.
    818. Stoller, R. J. (1974) Hostility and mystery in perversion. IJP, 55.
    819. Stoller, R. J. (1975) Sex and Gender, vol. 2. New York: Jason Aronson.
    820. Stoller, R. J. (1976) Primary femininity. JAPA, 24 (5).
    821. Stoller, R. J. (1982) Hear miss. In: Eating, Sleeping, and Sexuality, ed. M. Zalea. New York: Brunner/ Mazel.
    822. Stoller, R. J. (1985) Observing the Erotic Imagination. New Haven: Yale Univ. Press.
    823. Stolorow, R. (1984) Self psychology — a structural psychology. In: Reflections on Self Psychology, ed. J. Lichtenberg & S. Kaplan Hillsdale, N. J.: Analytic Press.
    824. Stolorow, R. Transference. PMC. Forthcoming.
    825. Stone, L. (1954) The widening scope of indications for psychoanalysis. JAPA, 2.
    826. Stone, L. (1961) The Psychoanalytic Situation. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    827. Stone, L. (1967) The psychoanalytic situation and transference. JAPA, 15.
    828. Stone, L. (1971) Reflections on the psychoanalytic concept of aggression. FQ, 40.
    829. Stone, L. (1973) On resistance to the psychoanalytic process. In: Psychoanalysis and Contemporary Science, ed. B. B. Rubinstein. New York: Macmillan, vol. 2.
    830. Stone, M. H. (1980) Borderline Syndromes. New York: McGrow Hill.
    831. Strachey, J. (1934) The nature of the therapeutic action of psychoanalysis. IJP, 15.
    832. Strachey, J. (1962) The emergence of Freud's fundamental hypothesis. SE, 3.
    833. Strachey, J. (1963) Obituary (Joan Riviere). IJP, 44.
    834. Strachey, J. (1966) General preface. SE, 1.
    835. Swank, R. L. (1949) Combat exhaustion. J. Nerv. Ment. Dis., 109.
    836. Szekely, L. (1960) Success, success neurosis and the self. Brit. J. Med. Psychol., 33.
    837. Taylor, G. J. (1977) Alexithymia and countertranceference. Psychother & Psychosom., 28.
    838. Ticho, E. (1972) Termination of psychoanalysis. PQ, 41.
    839. Tolpin, M. (1970) The infantile neurosis. PSOC, 25.
    840. Tolpin, M. (1971) On the beginnings of a cohesive self. PSOC. 26.
    841. Tolpin, M. & Kohut, H. (1980) The disorders of the self. In: The Course of Life, ed. S. Greenspan & G. Pollock. Washington, B. C.: U. S. Dept. Health and Human Services.
    842. Turkle, S. (1986) A review of Grosskurth, P.: Molanie Klein. New York: Times Books, Review, May 18, 1986.
    843. Tyson, P. Development. PMC. Forthcoming.
    844. Tyson, P. (1982) A developmental line of gender identity, gender role, and choice of love object. JAPA, 30.
    845. Tyson, P. & Tyson, R. L. Development. PMC. Forthcoming.
    846. Tyson, P. & Tyson, R. L. The psychoanalitic theory of development. PMC. Forthcoming.
    847. Tyson, P. & Tyson, R. L. (1984) Narcissism and superego development. JAPA, 34.
    848. Tyson, R. & Sundler, J. (1971) Problems in the selection of patients for psychoanalysis. Brit. J. Med. Psychol., 44.
    849. Valenstein, A. F. (1979) The concept of "classical" psycho-analysis. JAPA. 27. (suppl.).
    850. Volkan, V. D. (1981) Linking Objects and Linking Phenomena. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    851. Waelder, R. (1930) The principle of multiple function. PQ, 5.
    852. Waelder, R. (1962) Book review of Psychoanalysis, Scientific Method and Philosophy, ed. S. Hook. JAPA, 10.
    853. Waelder, R. (1962) Psychoanalysis scientific method, and philosophy. JAPA, 10.
    854. Waelder, R. (1963) Psychic determinism and the possibility of prediction. PQ, 32.
    855. Waelder, R. (1967) Trauma and the variety of extraordinary challenges. In: Fuest (1967).
    856. Waelder, R. (1967) Inhibitions, symptoms and anxiety: forty years later. PQ, 36.
    857. Waldhorn, H. F. (1960) Assessment of analyzability. PQ, 29.
    858. Waldhorn, H. F. & Fine, B. (1971) Trauma and symbolism. Kris Study Group monogr. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    859. Wallace, E. R. (1983) Freud and Anthropology. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    860. Wallerstein, R. Reality. PMC. Forthcoming.
    861. Wallerstein, R. (1965) The goals of psychoanalysis. JAPA, 13.
    862. Wallerstein, R. (1975) Psychotherapy and Psychoanalysis. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    863. Wallerstein, R. (1983) Defenses, defense mechanisms and the structure of the mind. JAPA, 31 (suppl.).
    864. Wallerstein, R. (1988) One psychoanalysis or many? IJP, 69.
    865. Wangh, M. (1979) Some psychoanalytic observations on boredom. IJP, 60.
    866. Weinshel, E. M. (1968) Some psychoanalytic considerations on moods. IJP, 51.
    867. Weinshel, E. M. (1971) The ego in health and normality. JAPA, 18.
    868. Weisman, A. D. (1972) On Dying and Denying. New York: Behavioral Publications.
    869. Weinstock, H. J. (1962) Successful treatment of ulcerative colitis by psychoanalysis. Brit. J. Psychoanal. Res., 6.
    870. Welmore, R. J. (1963) The role of grief in psychoanalysis. IJP. 44.
    871. Werner, H. & Kaplan, B. (1984) Symbol Formation. Hillsdale N. J.: Lawrence Eribaum.
    872. White. R. W. (1963) Ego and Reality in Psychoanalytic Theory. Psychol. Issues, 3.
    873. Whitman, R. M. (1963) Remembering and forgetting dreams in psychoanalysis. JAPA, 11.
    874. Wiedeman, G. Sexuality. PMC. Forthcoming.
    875. Wiedeman, G. (1962) Survey of psychoanalytic literature on overt male homosexuality. JAPA, 10.
    876. Wieder, H. (1966) Intellectuality. PSOC, 21.
    877. Wieder, H. (1978) The psychoanalytic treatment of preadolescents In Child Analysis and Therapy, ed. J. Glenn. New York Aronson.
    878. Willick, M. S. Defense. PMC. Forthcoming.
    879. Wilson, C. P. (1967) Stone as a symbol of teeth. PQ, 36.
    880. Wilson, C. P Hohan, C. & Mintz, I. (1983) Fear of Being Fat. New York: Aronson.
    881. Wilson, C. P. S Mintz, I. (1982) Abstaining and bulimic anorexics. Primary Care, 9.
    882. Wilson, E. O. (1978) On Human Nature. Cambridge: Harvard Univ. Press.
    883. Winnicott, C. (1978) D. W. W.: a reflection. In: Between Reality and Fantasy. New York: Jason Aronson.
    884. Winnicott, D. W. (1953) Transitional object and transitional phenomena. In: Collected Papers. New York Basic Books, 1958.
    885. Winnicott, D. W. (1956) Primary maternal preoccupation. In: Winnicott (1958).
    886. Winnicott, D. W. (1958) Collected Papers. New York: Basic Books, Inc.
    887. Winnicott, D. W. (1960) Ego distortions in terms of true and false self. In: The Maturational Processes and the Facilitating Environment. New York: Int. Univ. Press, 1965.
    888. Winnicott, D. W. (1960) The theory of the parent-infant relationship. In: Winnicott (1965).
    889. Winnicott, D. W. (1965) The Maturational Processes and the Facilitating Environment. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    890. Winnicott, D. W. (1971) Playing and Reality. New York: Basic Books.
    891. Winnicott, D. W. (1971) Therapeutic Consultations in Child Psychiatry. New York: Basic Books.
    892. Winnicott, D. W. (1977) The Piggle. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    893. Winson, J. (1985) Brain and Psyche. New York: Anchor Press.
    894. Wolf, E. S. (1976) Ambience and abstinence. Annu. Psycho-anal., 4.
    895. Wolf, E. S. (1980) On the developmental line of self-object relations. In: Advances in Self Psychology, ed. A. Goldberg. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    896. Wolf, E. S. (1983) Empathy and countertransference. In: The Future of Psychoanalysis, ed. A. Coldberg. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    897. Wolf, E. S. (1984) Disruptions in the psychoanalytic treatment of disorders of the self. In: Kohut's Legacy, ed. P. Stepansky & A. Coldberg, Hillsdale, H. J.: Analytic Press, 1984.
    898. Wolf, E. S. (1984) Selfobject relations disorders. In: Character Pathology, ed. M. Zales. New York: Bruner/Mazel.
    899. Wolf, E. S. & Trosman, H. (1974) Freud and Popper-Lynkeus. JAPA, 22.
    900. Wolfenstein, M. (1966) How is mourning possible? PSOC, 21.
    901. Wolman, B. B. ed. (1977) The International Encyclopedia of Psychiatry, Psychology, Psychoanalysis, and Neurology. New York: Aesculapius.
    902. Wolpert, E. A. (1980) Major affective disorders. In: Comprehensive Textbook of Psychiatry, ed. H. I. Kaplan, A. M. Freedman & B. J. Saddock. Boston: Williams & Wilkins, vol. 2.
    903. Wurmser, L. (1977) A defense of the use of metaphor in analytic theory formation. PQ, 46.
    904. Wurmser, L. (1981) The Mask of Shame. Baltimore: Johns Hopkins Univ. Press.
    905. Zetzel, E. R. (1956) Current concepts of transference. TJP, 37.

    Словарь психоаналитических терминов и понятий > БИБЛИОГРАФИЯ

  • 4 second

    A n
    1 ( unit of time) also Math, Phys seconde f ; ( instant) instant m ; the whole thing was over in seconds tout s'est passé en (l'espace de) quelques secondes ; with (just) seconds to spare à quelques secondes près ; this won't take a second cela ne prendra qu'un instant ; now just a second! un instant, là! ; (with)in seconds she was asleep elle s'est endormie en l'espace de quelques instants ; they should arrive any second now ils devraient arriver d'un instant à l'autre ; we arrived at six o'clock to the second nous sommes arrivés à six heures pile ;
    2Numbers ( ordinal number) deuxième mf, second/-e m/f ; she came a good ou close second elle ne s'est fait battre que de justesse dans la course ; X was the most popular in the survey, but Y came a close second dans le sondage X était le plus populaire mais Y suivait de près ; he came a poor second il est arrivé deuxième, mais loin derrière le premier ; his family comes a poor second to his desire for success sa famille passe loin après son désir de réussir ; the problem of crime was seen as second only to unemployment le problème du crime venait juste derrière le chômage ;
    3Date ( date) the second of May le deux mai ;
    4 GB Univ upper/lower second licence f avec mention bien/assez bien ;
    5 ( also second gear) Aut deuxième f, seconde f ; in second en deuxième or seconde ;
    6 ( defective article) article m à défauts ; these plates are (slight) seconds ce sont des assiettes à défauts ;
    7 (in boxing, wrestling) soigneur m ; ( in duel) témoin m ; seconds out (of the ring)! (in boxing, wrestling) soigneurs, hors du ring! ;
    8 Mus ( interval) seconde f.
    B seconds npl rab m ; to ask for/have seconds demander/prendre du rab .
    C adj deuxième, second ; for the second time pour la deuxième fois ; the second teeth les dents définitives ; second violin Mus second violon ; he thinks he's a second Churchill il se prend pour un second Churchill ; every second day/Monday un jour/un lundi sur deux ; to have ou take a second helping (of sth) reprendre (de qch) ; to have a second chance to do sth avoir une nouvelle chance de faire ; you won't get a second chance! ( good opportunity) l'occasion ne se représentera pas ; ( to take exams) tu n'auras pas de deuxième chance ; to ask for a second opinion ( from doctor) demander l'opinion d'un autre médecin ; ( from lawyer) demander l'opinion d'un autre avocat ; I like this one, but can you give me a second opinion? j'aime bien celui-ci, mais qu'en penses-tu?
    D adv
    1 ( in second place) deuxième ; to come ou finish second (in race, competition) arriver or finir deuxième or en deuxième position ; I agreed to speak second j'ai accepté de parler le deuxième ; to travel second voyager en deuxième classe ; the second biggest/most beautiful building le deuxième bâtiment de par sa grandeur/sa beauté ; the second oldest in the family le deuxième de la famille ; his loyalty to the firm comes second to ou after his personal ambition sa loyauté envers la société passe après son ambition personnelle ; the fact that he's my father comes second le fait qu'il soit mon père est secondaire ;
    2 ( also secondly) deuxièmement ; second, I have to say… deuxièmement, je dois dire…
    E vtr
    1 ( help) gen seconder [person] ; Sport être le soigneur de [boxer] ; être le témoin de [duellist] ;
    2 ( support) gen soutenir [person] ; appuyer [idea] ; (in debate, election) appuyer [motion, resolution, vote of thanks] ;
    3 Mil, Comm détacher (from de ; to à).
    every second counts chaque seconde compte ; to be second nature être une seconde nature ; after a while, driving becomes second nature au bout d'un certain temps, conduire devient une seconde nature ; it's second nature to him c'est une seconde nature chez lui ; to be second to none être sans pareil ; to do sth without (giving it) a second thought faire qch sans se poser de questions ; he didn't give them a second thought il ne s'est pas posé de questions à leur sujet ; on second thoughts à la réflexion ; to have second thoughts avoir quelques hésitations or doutes ; to have second thoughts about doing avoir moins envie de faire ; to get one's second wind trouver son second souffle.

    Big English-French dictionary > second

  • 5 touch

    tʌtʃ
    1. сущ.
    1) а) прикосновение delicate touch ≈ нежное, осторожное прикосновение gentle, light, soft touch ≈ мягкое, легкое прикосновение heavy touch ≈ грубое прикосновение б) салки (детская игра) в) осязание sense of touchчувство осязания г) штрих;
    перен. характерная черта, отметина, печать;
    манера, приемы ( художника и т. п.) personal touch ≈ характерные черты( человека)
    2) а) чуточка, примесь, налет, оттенок, отсвет The expression looked different. One would have said that there was a touch of cruelty in the mouth. ≈ Выражение лица изменилось. Казалось, что в улыбке была едва-едва заметная безжалостность (О.Уайльд, "Портрет Дориана Грея", гл.
    7). There was a touch of bitterness in what he said. ≈ В его словах чувствовалась горечь. б) легкий приступ( болезни) ;
    небольшой ушиб и т. п. a touch of the sun ≈ перегрев
    3) а) общение, соприкосновение Keep in close touch with me. ≈ Не теряйте со мной контакта. I am out of touch with the present situation. ≈ Я не имею представления о настоящей ситуации. to lose touch with ≈ потерять связь, контакт ( с кем-л.) close touch ≈ близкое соприкосновение out of touch with ≈ не иметь представления о чем-л. б) подходлюдям) ;
    такт He has a marvellous touch in dealing with children. ≈ он прекрасно ладит с детьми. в) сл. вымогательство;
    получение денег обманным путем
    4) испытание, проба to put/bring to the touch ≈ подвергнуть испытанию
    5) муз. туше
    6) спорт площадь за боковыми линиями футбольного и т. п. поля ∙ in touch within touch
    2. гл.
    1) а) (при) касаться, трогать, притрагиваться б) соприкасаться;
    геом. касаться, быть касательной в) притрагиваться к еде, есть He has not touched food for two days. ≈ Он два дня ничего не ел. I couldn't touch anything. ≈ Я не был голоден.
    2) а) касаться, слегка затрагивать (тему, вопрос) б) трогать, волновать, задевать за живое в) касаться, иметь отношение( к чему-л.) How does this touch me? ≈ Какое это имеет отношение ко мне?
    3) а) обыкн. страд. быть слегка испорченным Leaves are touched with frost. ≈ Листья тронуты морозом. He is slightly touched. ≈ У него не все дома. б) слегка окрашивать;
    придавать какой-л. легкий оттенок в) оказывать воздействие Nothing will touch these stains. ≈ Этих пятен ничем не выведешь.
    4) а) разг. получать, добывать (деньги, особ. в долг или мошенничеством) (for) He touched me for a large sum of money. ≈ Он занял, выклянчил у меня большую сумму (денег). б) получать (жалованье) He touches L2 6s a week. ≈ Он получает 2 фунта 6 шиллингов в неделю.
    5) сравниться;
    достичь такого же высокого уровня There is nothing to touch sea air for bracing you up. ≈ Нет ничего полезнее морского воздуха для укрепления здоровья. ∙ touch at touch bottom touch down touch for touch in touch off touch on touch up touch upon touch wood to touch smb. on a sore/tender placeзадеть кого-л. за живое прикосновение;
    касание - at a * при (первом) прикосновении - a * of /with/ a stick прикосновение палочкой - a * to the cap приветствие прикосновением к шапке - to give a * прикоснуться - to give one's horse a * of the spurs слегка пришпорить коня - he felt a cold * on his arm он почувствовал на руке холодное прикосновение - momentary * (of the shoulders to the mat) кратковременное соприкосновение лопаток с ковром (спортивная борьба) осязание - * is the fifth of our senses осязание - наше пятое чувство - soft to the * мягкий на ощупь - to know smth. by (the) * узнать что-л. на ощупь - he has a delicate sense of * у него очень чувствительная кожа, у него очень развито осязание /чувство осязания/ чувствительность;
    чуткость, такт - she has a wonderful * with chldren она удивительно тактична с детьми тактильное ощущение - the velvety * of fabric бархатистость ткани - the cold * of marble холод мрамора соприкосновение, общение;
    связь, контакт - in * with smb. в контакте с кем-л. - I'll be in * я далеко не уеду, я дам о себе знать - to get in /into/ * with smb. связаться с кем-л. - to keep in * with smb. поддерживать связь /контакт/ с кем-л. - I can't get in * with him никак не могу поймать его - to put smb. in * with smb. познакомить /связать/ кого-л. с кем-л. - to be out of * /to lose */ with smb. потерять связь /не общаться/ с кем-л. - to lose * with the older generation терять контакты со старшим поколением - have you lost * with your friends back home? вы потеряли связь с друзьями на родине? знание, понимание, контроль - to be in * with the situation быть в курсе дел;
    знать, как идут дела - to keep smb. in * with smth. держать кого-л. в курсе дел - to be out of * with smth. быть не в курсе дел;
    перестать следить за чем-л. - to be out of * with modern methods не знать современных методов, не владеть /не уметь пользоваться/ современными методами - to lose * with reality утратить представление о действительности, жить в мире грез штрих;
    черточка;
    деталь - vivid *es in the story живые детали в рассказе - a few deft *es несколько искусных штрихов - to put /to give/ the finishing /the final/ *es to smth., to add the final * to smth. добавлять последние штрихи к чему-л., отделывать что-л.;
    заканчивать /завершать/ что-л. характерная черта - the personal * характерная черта (человека) - * of nature черта характера - a characteristic * in speech характерная нотка в речи - a dress with individual * about it платье с выдумкой - a man with a * of good breeding хорошо воспитанный человек, человек с прекрасными манерами (художественная) манера, стиль;
    прием;
    сноровка - a sculptor with a bold * скульптор со смелым резцом - he writes with a light * он пишет просто /доходчиво/ - I know the *es of his tools я знаю его работу - one can easily recognize the * of the master легко можно узнать руку большого художника - a tennis player who has lost his * теннисист, утративший свой стиль - his room needs a woman's * этой комнате не хватает женской руки;
    в этой комнате не чувствуется присутствия женщины( разговорное) особый фасон или манера - the latest * последний крик моды( музыкальное) туше - firm * уверенное туше эффект туше или удара - a piano with a stiff * фортепьяно с тугими клавишами - the typewriter has a light * у этой (пишущей) машинки легкая клавиатура чуточка;
    примесь;
    оттенок, налет - a * of garlic привкус чеснока - a * of perfume слабый запах /аромат/ духов - a * of irony оттенок иронии - an acid * in smb.'s voice кислая нотка в голосе - the first *es of autumn первые признаки осени - to have a * of colour быть слегка окрашенным - there's a * of colour in her cheeks ее щеки слегка порозовели - there was a * of frost in the air чувствовался легкий морозец, слегка морозило - there was a * of the Dane about him в нем было что-то от датчанина - his hope is a * too wild его надежды немножко беспочвенны - ask me no more, for at a * I yield не просите меня больше, еще слово - и я уступлю легкий приступ (болезни) ;
    небольшой ушиб и т. п. - a * of the sun легкий солнечный удар - a * of rheumatism слабый /небольшой/ приступ ревматизма - * of fever небольшой жар, температурка - he has a * of flu он немного простужен (разговорное) сумма - the dinner was a guinea * обед обошелся в гинею (сленг) деньги, полученные взаймы или выпрошенные;
    деньги, полученные мошенническим путем - to come for a * прийти с целью поживиться - to make a *, to put the * (on smb.) подзанять денег (у кого-л.) ;
    выклянчить/ выцыганить/ деньги (у кого-л.) (сленг) мошенничество, обман, надувательство - it's a * меня надули, меня объегорили качественная проба (золота, серебра и др. металлов) метка, клеймо, проба ( на золоте, серебре и др. металлах) проба на степень густоты сиропа (в сахароварении) (устаревшее) пробный камень (медицина) ощупывание;
    пальпация намагничивание( прикосновение предмета к магниту) (спортивное) площадь, лежащая за боковыми линиями футбольного поля - to kick the ball into * выбить мяч за боковую линию (спортивное) боковая линия - out of * за боковой линией > easy /soft/ * человек, легко дающий деньги в долг;
    слабое место, слабое звено > he's an easy /soft/ * у него легко занять деньги;
    его легко надуть > he thinks you're a soft * in the family он думает, что ты в нашей семье - слабое место > common *, * of elbows чувство локтя > a near * опасное /рискованное/ положение;
    опасность, которую едва удалось избежать > rum * странный /эксцентричный/ человек;
    странное дело > in /within/ * близко, под рукой;
    доступно, достижимо > to put to the * подвергнуть испытанию немного, чуточку - to aim a * too low прицелиться чуть-чуть ниже, чем нужно касаться, трогать, прикасаться, притрагиваться - to * slightly слегка прикоснуться - to * the ball (спортивное) задеть мяч, коснуться мяча - to * a thing with the hand трогать вещь рукой - to * land приземлиться - to * the horse with the spur, to * one's spurs to the horse слегка пришпорить коня - to * a person on the arm привлечь чье-л. внимание, коснувшись руки - he *ed his lute /the strings of his lute/ delicately он нежно коснулся струн лютни касаться, соприкасаться - the two ships *ed два судна соприкоснулись - our palms *ed наши ладони коснулись друг друга быть каким-л. на ощупь - the rock *es rough скала кажется шершавой на ощупь (обычно отриц. или вопр.) трогать (пальцами, руками) - visitors are requested not to * the exhibits посетителей просят не трогать руками экспонаты - nothing must be *ed until the police have come нельзя ничего трогать до прихода полиции (обычно отриц. или вопр.) притрагиваться (к еде, вину и т. п.) ;
    есть, пить - he has not *ed food for two days два дня он ничего не ел - I couldn't * anything я не мог ничего есть - he never *es a drop он не пьет ни капли( обычно отриц. или вопр.) тронуть, ударить - don't * her! только посмей тронуть ее! - he swears he never *ed the child он клянется, что никогда не трогал ребенка (обычно отриц. или вопр.) заниматься( чем-л.), делать( что-л.) ;
    брать в руки;
    прикасаться - we have not been able to * our work all day за весь день мы не смогли прикоснуться к работе - I haven't *ed the piano for a long time я давно не играл на пианино - he had never *ed a card before then до этого он вообще не брал в руки карт( обычно отриц. или вопр.) касаться, иметь половые отношения - I doubt it he had ever *ed a woman before his marriage сомневаюсь, что он имел дело с женщинами до женитьбы соприкасаться, примыкать, граничить - his garden *es mine его сад граничит с моим - the country *es mountains on the north с севера страну замыкают /к стране примыкают/ горы достигать;
    доставать - can you * the ceiling? вы можете достать до потолка? - to * bottom коснуться дна достигать, доходить до, равняться - the thermometer *ed 30 degrees yesterday вчера термометр поднялся до 30 градусов - he *es 6 feet он шести футов ростом равняться, идти в сравнение с - there is nothing to * sea air for bracing you up нет ничего полезнее морского воздуха для укрепления здоровья - is there one of you that could * him? разве кто-нибудь из вас может сравниться с ним? - my cooking can't * yours мое кулинарное искусство не идет в сравнение с вашим иметь отношение (к чему-л.) - the question *es you nearly вопрос близко касается вас - the new law doesn't * the case at all новый закон никак не распространяется на этот случай;
    этот случай совершенно не подходит под новый закон - how does this * me? какое это имеет ко мне отношение? - I won't * that business я не хочу иметь ничего общего с этим делом влиять, оказывать влияние - his war experiences seem not to have *ed him at all военные переживания не оставили никакого следа в его душе - alert to everything that *ed his personal honour чувствительный ко всему, что затрагивало его честь оказывать физическое воздействие - nothing will * these stains эти пятна ничем не выведешь - this acid will not * silver эта кислота не действует на серебро - this metal is so hard that a file cannot * it металл настолько твердый, что напильник его не берет обыкн. р.р. наносить вред, ущерб;
    слегка портить - the leaves are *es with frost листья тронуты морозом - the paintings were not *ed by the fire огонь не тронул картин - this horse is slightly *ed in the wind у этой лошади дыхание немного не в порядке /не все в порядке с дыханием/ обыкн. р.р. действовать на психику - he is slightly *ed он немного не в себе, у него не все дома - the fright has *ed his wits он помешался от испуга обыкн. р.р. легко ранить, задеть - no soldiers were *ed in the skirmish ни один солдат в стычке не пострадал трогать, волновать - the sad story *ed her heart эта печальная история взволновала ее - he was *ed by her kindness он был тронут ее добротой - no memory of the past *ed him картины прошлого не волновали его - he was *ed to tears он был растроган до слез - his repentance *ed me to the heart его раскаяние тронуло меня до глубины души задевать за живое;
    сердить, раздражать - his vanity was *ed no less than his sense of duty его тщеславие было задето не меньше, чем его чувство долга - to * smb. to the quick, to * smb. home, to * smb. on a raw /on a sore, on a tender/ place, to * smb. on the raw задеть кого-л. за живое, задеть чье-л. больное место;
    уязвить кого-л. до глубины души обыкн. р.р. слегка окрашивать;
    придавать оттенок - clouds *ed with pink розоватые облака обыкн. р.р. подмешивать, примешивать - admiration *ed with envy восхищение, к которому примешивается зависть, восхищение с оттенком зависти ставить пробу, клеймо, метку (на металле) (редкое) упоминать, намекать( медицина) ощупывать, пальпировать (математика) касаться, быть касательной (спортивное) наносить удар (фехтование) - to * one's opponent коснуться противника (рапирой) (устаревшее) намагничивать( прикосновением к магниту) затрагивать (тему, вопрос) - we *ed many topics in our talk в разговоре мы коснулись многих тем - he merely *ed the subject он лишь затронул вопрос наносить (линии, штрихи) изменять, подправлять, перекрашивать( штрихами, мазками) давать сигнал( звонком, горном) - to * the bell нажать на кнопку звонка получать (жалованье, стипендию) - he *es $2 a week он получает два доллара в неделю быть следующим за чем-л. (о мастях карт и т. п.) - diamonds * hearts бубны следуют за червями /идут сразу после червей/ (морское) плыть круто к ветру (о парусниках) - to touch at a port заходить в порт( о судах) - what ports did your boat * at on your trip? в какие порты заходил ваш пароход во время путешествия? - to touch smb. for smth. (разговорное) выпрашивать, клянчить, занимать, выманивать что-л. у кого-л.;
    (амер) воровать, красть, вынимать из кармана что-л. у кого-л. - he *ed John for a dollar он заставил Джона раскошелиться на доллар - he *ed me for a large sum of money он занял /выклянчил/ у меня большую сумму денег - to * smb. for his watch вынуть у кого-л. (из кармана) часы, срезать часы у кого-л. - to touch (up) on smth. затрагивать, касаться, упоминать что-л.;
    влиять, оказывать влияние на что-л.;
    иметь отношение к чему-л.;
    подходить близко, граничить с чем-л.;
    доходить до, достигать (о температуре и т. п.) - I have already *ed on these questions я уже говорил об этом - the revolution *ed on almost all aspects of human activity революция затронула почти все аспекты человеческой деятельности - his actions * on treason его действия граничат с предательством, его действия - почти предательство - to touch one's hat to smb. коснуться шляпы, приподнять шляпу в знак приветствия - to touch smth. to smth. подносить что-л. к чему-л. - he *ed a lighted match to the candle он поднес зажженную спичку к свече > to * and go коснуться дна;
    выиграть один шанс из тысячи;
    едва удаться > to * shore подплыть к берегу > to * bottom дойти до предельно низкого уровняценах) ;
    опуститься;
    добраться до сути дела;
    (авиация) (жаргон) разбиться > our hopes *ed bottom надежда в нас едва теплилась > to * pitch иметь дело с сомнительным предприятием или субъектом > to * the spot попасть в цель, соответствовать своему назначению;
    понять суть дела;
    найти корень зла > a glass of iced beer *es the spot on a hot day стакан холодного пива - незаменимая вещь в жаркий день > to * wood пытаться умилостивить судьбу, стучать по дереву, чтобы не накликать беду > * wood! не сглазьте!;
    постучите по дереву! > I would not * him with a barge-pole /with a pair of tongs, (американизм) with a ten foot pole/ он мне противен /омерзителен/ > to * the wind (морское) заполаскивать (о парусах) ~ слегка окрашивать;
    придавать оттенок;
    clouds touched with rose розоватые облака ~ typist машинистка, работающая по слепому методу;
    common touch чувство локтя ~ соприкосновение, общение;
    in touch (with smb.) в контакте (с кем-л.) ;
    to get in touch (with smb.) связаться( с кем-л.) ~ подход (к людям) ;
    такт;
    he has a marvellous touch in dealing with children он прекрасно ладит с детьми ~ притрагиваться к еде, есть;
    he has not touched food for two days он два дня ничего не ел;
    I couldn't touch anything я не был голоден ~ (обыкн. pass.) слегка портить;
    leaves are touched with frost листья тронуты морозом;
    he is slightly touched = у него не все дома ~ разг. получать, добывать (деньги, особ. в долг или мошенничеством;
    for) ;
    he touched me for a large sum of money он занял, выклянчил у меня большую сумму (денег) to ~ (smb.) on a sore (или tender) place задеть (кого-л.) за живое;
    he touches six feet он шести футов ростом ~ касаться, иметь отношение (к чему-л.) ;
    how does this touch me? какое это имеет отношение ко мне? ~ притрагиваться к еде, есть;
    he has not touched food for two days он два дня ничего не ел;
    I couldn't touch anything я не был голоден ~ спорт. площадь за боковыми линиями (футбольного и т. п.) поля;
    in touch за боковой линией ~ соприкосновение, общение;
    in touch (with smb.) в контакте (с кем-л.) ;
    to get in touch (with smb.) связаться (с кем-л.) in (или within) ~ близко, под рукой in (или within) ~ доступно, достижимо;
    near touch опасность, которую едва удалось избежать;
    no touch (to smth.) ничто по сравнению( с чем-л.), не выдерживает никакой критики ~ (обыкн. pass.) слегка портить;
    leaves are touched with frost листья тронуты морозом;
    he is slightly touched = у него не все дома to lose ~ (with smb.) потерять связь, контакт (с кем-л.) in (или within) ~ доступно, достижимо;
    near touch опасность, которую едва удалось избежать;
    no touch (to smth.) ничто по сравнению( с чем-л.), не выдерживает никакой критики in (или within) ~ доступно, достижимо;
    near touch опасность, которую едва удалось избежать;
    no touch (to smth.) ничто по сравнению (с чем-л.), не выдерживает никакой критики ~ оказывать воздействие;
    nothing will touch these stains этих пятен ничем не выведешь ~ характерная черта;
    the touch of a poet поэтическая струнка;
    personal touch характерные черты (человека) ~ штрих;
    to put the finishing touches (to) делать последние штрихи, отделывать;
    заканчивать ~ проба, испытание;
    to put (или to bring) to the touch подвергнуть испытанию ~ осязание;
    soft to the touch мягкий на ощупь ~ сравниться;
    достичь такого же высокого уровня;
    there is nothing to touch sea air for bracing you up нет ничего полезнее морского воздуха для укрепления здоровья ~ чуточка;
    примесь;
    оттенок, налет;
    a touch of salt чуточка соли;
    there was a touch of bitterness in what he said в его словах чувствовалась горечь touch sl вымогательство;
    получение денег обманным путем ~ геом. касаться, быть касательной;
    touch at мор. заходить( в порт) ;
    touch down приземлиться, коснуться земли ~ геом. касаться, быть касательной;
    touch at мор. заходить (в порт) ;
    touch down приземлиться, коснуться земли ~ характерная черта;
    the touch of a poet поэтическая струнка;
    personal touch характерные черты (человека) ~ чуточка;
    примесь;
    оттенок, налет;
    a touch of salt чуточка соли;
    there was a touch of bitterness in what he said в его словах чувствовалась горечь ~ легкий приступ (болезни) ;
    небольшой ушиб;
    a touch of the sun перегрев ~ up взволновать;
    touch upon = touch on;
    to touch shore подплыть к берегу ~ (при) касаться, трогать, притрагиваться;
    соприкасаться;
    to touch one's hat (to smb.) приветствовать( кого-л.), приподнимая шляпу ~ up взволновать;
    touch upon = touch on;
    to touch shore подплыть к берегу ~ доходить до ~ геом. касаться, быть касательной;
    touch at мор. заходить (в порт) ;
    touch down приземлиться, коснуться земли ~ касаться, иметь отношение (к чему-л.) ;
    how does this touch me? какое это имеет отношение ко мне? ~ касаться, слегка затрагивать (тему, вопрос) ~ (при) касаться, трогать, притрагиваться;
    соприкасаться;
    to touch one's hat (to smb.) приветствовать (кого-л.), приподнимая шляпу ~ касаться ~ контакт ~ легкий приступ (болезни) ;
    небольшой ушиб;
    a touch of the sun перегрев ~ манера, приемы (художника и т. п.) ~ оказывать воздействие;
    nothing will touch these stains этих пятен ничем не выведешь ~ осязание;
    soft to the touch мягкий на ощупь ~ подход (к людям) ;
    такт;
    he has a marvellous touch in dealing with children он прекрасно ладит с детьми ~ получать (жалованье) ~ разг. получать, добывать (деньги, особ. в долг или мошенничеством;
    for) ;
    he touched me for a large sum of money он занял, выклянчил у меня большую сумму (денег) ~ спорт. площадь за боковыми линиями (футбольного и т. п.) поля;
    in touch за боковой линией ~ прикосновение ~ притрагиваться к еде, есть;
    he has not touched food for two days он два дня ничего не ел;
    I couldn't touch anything я не был голоден ~ проба, испытание;
    to put (или to bring) to the touch подвергнуть испытанию ~ разница между лучшей ценой продавца и лучшей ценой покупателя по конкретному виду ценных бумаг ~ салки (детская игра;
    тж. touch and run) ~ связь ~ слегка окрашивать;
    придавать оттенок;
    clouds touched with rose розоватые облака ~ (обыкн. pass.) слегка портить;
    leaves are touched with frost листья тронуты морозом;
    he is slightly touched = у него не все дома ~ соприкосновение, общение;
    in touch (with smb.) в контакте (с кем-л.) ;
    to get in touch (with smb.) связаться (с кем-л.) ~ соприкосновение ~ сравниться;
    достичь такого же высокого уровня;
    there is nothing to touch sea air for bracing you up нет ничего полезнее морского воздуха для укрепления здоровья ~ трогать, волновать, задевать за живое ~ муз. туше ~ характерная черта;
    the touch of a poet поэтическая струнка;
    personal touch характерные черты (человека) ~ чуточка;
    примесь;
    оттенок, налет;
    a touch of salt чуточка соли;
    there was a touch of bitterness in what he said в его словах чувствовалась горечь ~ штрих;
    to put the finishing touches (to) делать последние штрихи, отделывать;
    заканчивать ~ at a port заходить в порт ~ off быстро набросать;
    передать сходство ~ off вызвать( спор и т. п.) ~ off вызывать спор ~ off выпалить( из пушки) ~ off давать отбой (по телефону) ~ off дать отбой( по телефону) ~ on граничить (с чем-л.) (напр., с дерзостью) ~ on затрагивать, касаться вкратце (вопроса и т. п.) to ~ (smb.) on a sore (или tender) place задеть (кого-л.) за живое;
    he touches six feet он шести футов ростом to ~ pitch иметь дело с сомнительным предприятием или субъектом;
    to touch the spot попасть в цель;
    соответствовать своему назначению ~ typist машинистка, работающая по слепому методу;
    common touch чувство локтя ~ up взволновать;
    touch upon = touch on;
    to touch shore подплыть к берегу ~ up заканчивать ~ up исправлять, заканчивать, отделывать, класть последние штрихи, мазки ~ up исправлять ~ up напомнить, натолкнуть ~ up отделывать ~ up подстегнуть (лошадь) to ~ wood пытаться умилостивить судьбу, предотвратить дурное предзнаменование;
    touch wood! не сглазьте! to ~ pitch иметь дело с сомнительным предприятием или субъектом;
    to touch the spot попасть в цель;
    соответствовать своему назначению ~ up взволновать;
    touch upon = touch on;
    to touch shore подплыть к берегу to ~ wood пытаться умилостивить судьбу, предотвратить дурное предзнаменование;
    touch wood! не сглазьте!

    Большой англо-русский и русско-английский словарь > touch

  • 6 touch

    1. n
    1) дотик; торкання; доторкання, дотикання

    soft (hard) to the touch — м'який (твердий) на дотик

    to know smth. by touch — розпізнати щось на дотик

    2) зв'язок, спілкування, контакт
    3) штрих; характерна риса
    4) художня манера, художній стиль (прийом)
    5) розм. особливий фасон; особлива манера (мода)
    6) муз. удар
    7) муз. туше
    8) присмак; відтінок, наліт
    9) легкий приступ (удар)
    11) моральний вплив; навіювання
    12) розм. сума
    13) гроші, одержані по-шахрайському; позичені гроші

    to come for a touch — прийти, щоб поживитися

    14) проба на якість (золота тощо)
    15) мітка, проба, клеймо, тавро (на золоті тощо)
    16) пробний камінь
    17) мед. обмацування
    19) спорт. площа за боковими лініями футбольного поля
    20) статевий контакт

    rum touch — а) дивна людина; б) дивна справа

    within (in) touch — близько, під рукою

    2. v
    1) торкатися, доторкатися; чіпати

    to touch a person on the arm (on the shoulder) — привернути чиюсь увагу, торкнувшись руки (плеча)

    2) доторкатися (до їжі, вина тощо); їсти, пити
    3) відчувати на дотик, сприймати дотиком
    4) стикатися, прилягати, межувати
    5) досягати, діставати
    6) зрівнятися (з чимсь)
    7) впливати фізично
    8) мати відношення (до чогось), стосуватися (чогось)
    9) завдавати шкоди; злегка псувати
    10) діяти (впливати) на психіку

    he is slightly touched — він несповна розуму; у нього не всі дома

    11) зворушувати, хвилювати
    12) сердити, роздратовувати; зачіпати за живе

    to touch smb. on the raw — уразити когось до глибини душі

    13) злегка забарвлювати; надавати відтінку
    14) незаконно привласнювати (щось)
    15) натякати, згадувати
    16) мед. обмацувати
    17) мат. бути дотичною
    18) зачіпати (тему)
    19) ставити пробу (тавро, мітку); таврувати, мітити
    20) заштриховувати; лініювати
    21) змінювати, підправляти; перефарбовувати
    23) давати сигнал (дзвінком тощо)
    24) одержувати (платню)
    25) позичати, канючити, видурювати (гроші)
    26) амер. красти (з кишені)
    27) намагнічувати (дотиком до магніту)

    touch down — приземлитися, торкнутися землі

    touch offа) викликати (суперечку); б) вистрелити (з гармати); в) дати відбій (по телефону)

    touch on — а) торкатися, зачіпати (питання тощо); б) межувати (з чимсь); в) стосуватися (чогось)

    touch up — а) виправляти, закінчувати; б) підганяти (коня); в) нагадати, наштовхнути

    to touch bottomа) дійти до гранично низького рівня (про ціни); б) перен. опуститися; в) дійти до суті; в) ав., розм. розбитися

    to touch the spot — а) влучити в ціль; б) відповідати своєму призначенню

    * * *
    I n
    1) дотик; торкання

    at a touchпри ( першому) дотику

    a- of /with/ a stick — дотик паличкою

    soft [rough, hard, slimy]to the touch — м'який [шорсткий, твердий, слизький]на дотик

    to know smth by (the) touch — дізнатися що-н. на дотик

    he has a delicate sense of touch — у нього дуже чутлива шкіра, у нього дуже розвинений дотик; чутливість; чуйність, такт

    she has a wonderful touch with children — вона дивно тактовна з дітьми; тактильне почуття

    3) зіткнення, спілкування; зв'язок, контакт

    in touch with smb — у контакті з ким-н.

    I'll be in touch — я далеко не виїду, я дам про себе знати

    to get in /into/ touch with smb — зв'язатися з ким-н.

    to keep in touch with smb — підтримувати зв'язок /контакт/ з ким-н.

    to put smb in touch with smb — познайомити /зв'язати/ кого-н. з ким-н.

    to be out of touch /to lose touch/ with smb — втратити зв'язок /не спілкуватися/ з ким-н.

    to lose. touch with the older generation — втрачати контакти із старшим поколінням

    have you lost touch with your friends back home — є ви втратили зв'язок з друзями на батьківщиніє; знання, розуміння, контроль

    to be in touch with the situation — бути в курсі справ; знати, як йдуть справи

    to keep smb in touch with smth — тримати кого-н. в курсі справ

    to be out of touch with smth — бути не в курсі справ; припинити стежити за чим-н.

    to be out of touch with modern methods — не знати сучасних методів, не володіти /не вміти користуватися/ сучасними методами

    4) штрих; риска; деталь

    vivid [poetic] touches in the story — живі [поетичні]деталі в розповіді

    to put /to give/ the finishing /the final/ touches to smth, to add the fmal touch to smth — додавати останні штрихи до чого-н., обробляти що-н.; закінчувати /завершувати/ що-н.; характерна межа

    a man with a touch of good breeding — добре вихована людина, людина з прекрасними манерами; ( художня) манера, стиль; прийом; вправність

    a tennis player who has lost his touch — тенісист, що втратив свій стиль

    this room needs a woman's touch — цій кімнаті не вистачає жіночої руки; у цій кімнаті не відчувається присутність жінки; особливий фасон або манера

    the latest touch — останній крик моди; мyз. туше; ефект туше або удару

    5) чуточка; домішка; відтінок, наліт

    a touch of perfume — слабкий запах /аромат/ духів

    a touch of irony [of bitterness, of mockery] — відтінок іронії [гіркота, насмішки]

    an acid touch in smb 's voice — кисла нотка в голосі

    there was a touch of frost in the air — відчувався легкий морозець, злегка морозило

    ask me no more, for at a touch I yield — не просіть мене більше, ще слово -, я поступлюся; легкий напад ( хвороби); невеликий удар

    a touch of rheumatism [of gout] — слабкий /невеликий/ напад ревматизму [подагра]

    touch of fever — невеликий жар, температурка

    the dinner was a guinea touch — обід обійшовся в гінею; cл. гроші, отримані у позику або ті, що випросили; гроші, отримані шахрайським шляхом

    to make a touch, to put the touch (on smb)позичити гроші (у кого-н.); виканючити /вициганити/ гроші (у кого-н.); cл. шахрайство, обман, обдурювання

    its a touch — мене надули, мене обдурили

    7) якісна проба (золото, срібло); влучна, клеймо, проба (на золоті, сріблі, ін. металах); проба на ступінь густини сиропу ( у цукроварінні); icт. пробний камінь
    8) мeд. обмацування; пальпація
    10) cпopт. площа, лежача за бічними лініями футбольного поля

    to kick the ball into touch — вибити м'яч за бічну лінію; бічна лінія

    easy /soft/ touch — людина, що легко позичає гроші у борг

    he's an easy /soft/ touch — у нього легко зайняти гроші: його легко надути; слабке місце, слабка ланка

    he thinks you're a soft touch in the family — він думає, що ти в наший сім'ї - слабке місце

    common touch, touch of elbows — відчуття ліктя

    a near touch — небезпечне /ризиковане/ положення; небезпека, яку ледве вдалося уникнути

    rum touch — дивна /ексцентрична/ людина; дивна справа

    in /within/ touch — близько, під рукою; доступно, досяжно

    II adv
    небагато, трішки

    to aim a touch too low — прицілитися трохи нижче, ніж потрібно

    III v
    1) торкатися, чіпати

    to touch the ballcпopт. зачепити м'яч, торкнутися м'яча

    to touch a thing with the hand [with a stick] — чіпати річ рукою [палицею]

    to touch the horse with the spur, to touch one's spurs to the horse — злегка пришпорити коня

    to touch a person on the arm [on the shoulder] — привернути чиюсь увага, торкнувшись руки [плеча]

    he touched his lute /the strings of his lute/ delicately — він ніжно торкнувся струн лютні; торкатися, стикатися

    our palms touched — наші долоні торкнулися одна одну; бути якимсь на дотик

    2) (зазапер. або пит.) чіпати (пальцями, руками) visitors are requested not to touch the exhibits відвідувачів просять не чіпати руками експонати

    nothing must be touched until the police have come — не можна нічого чіпати до приходу поліції; торкатися (до їжі, вин; їсти, пити)

    he never touches a drop — він не п'є ні краплі; чіпати, ударити

    he swears he never touched the child — він присягається, що ніколи не чіпав дитини; займатися (чим-н.), робити (що-н.); брати в руки; торкатися

    he had never touched a card before then — до цього він взагалі не брав в руки карт; торкатися, мати статеві відношення

    I doubt if he had ever touched a woman before his marriage — сумніваюся, що він мав справу з жінками до одруження

    3) стикатися, примикати, граничити
    4) досягати; діставати

    to touch bottom — торкнутися дна [див. є]; досягати, доходити до, дорівнювати

    the thermometer touched 30° yesterday — вчора термометр піднявся до 30°; he touches 6 feet він шість футів зросту

    5) дорівнювати, йти в порівняння з
    6) мати відношення (до чого-н.); the question touches you nearly питання близько стосується вас

    the new law doesn't touch the case at all — новий закон ніяк не розповсюджується на цей випадок; цей випадок абсолютно не підходить під новий закон

    7) впливати, робити вплив

    alert to everything that touched his personal honour — чутливий до всього, що зачіпало його честь

    Ex:
    this horse is slightly touched in the wind — у цього коня дихання трохи не в порядку /не все гаразд з диханням/; діяти на психіку
    he is slightly touched — він трохи не в собі, у нього не всі вдома
    the fright has touched his wits — він збожеволів від переляку; легко ранити, зачепити

    this metal is so hard that a file cannot touch it — метал настільки твердий, що напилок не його бере

    8)

    p. p. завдавати шкоди, збиток; злегка псувати

    9) чіпати, хвилювати

    his repentance touched me to the heart — його розкаяння зворушило мене до глибини душі; зачіпати за живе; сердити, дратувати

    his vanity was touched no less than his sense of duty — його пихатість була зачеплена не менше, ніж його почуття боргу

    to touch smb to the quick, to touch smb home, to touch smb on a raw /on a sore, on a tender/ place, to touch smb on the raw — зачепити кого-н. за живе, зачепити чиєсь хворе місце; уразити кого-н. до глибини душі

    10) p. p. злегка офарблювати; додавати відтінок

    clouds touched with pink — рожеві хмари; підмішувати, домішувати

    admiration touched with envy — захоплення, до якого домішується заздрість, захоплення з відтінком заздрості

    11) ставити пробу, клеймо, мітку ( на металі)
    12) згадувати, натякати
    13) мeд. обмацувати, пальпувати
    14) мaт. торкатися, бути дотичною
    15) cпopт. завдавати удару ( фехтування)
    16) icт. намагнічувати ( дотик до магніт ІІ А)
    17) зачіпати (тему, питання)
    18) наносити (лінії, штрихи); змінювати, підправляти, перефарбовувати (штрихами, мазаннями)
    19) давати сигнал (дзвінком, сурмою)
    20) отримувати (платню, стипендію)
    21) бути наступним за чим-н. ( про масті карт)
    22) мop. плисти круто до вітру ( про парусники)
    23) to touch at a port заходити в порт (про судн; what ports did your boat touch at on your trip є у які порти заходив ваш пароплав під час подорожіє)
    24) to touch smb for smth випрошувати, канючити, займати, виманювати що-н. у кого-н.; he touched John for a dollar він примусив Джона розщедритися на долар; he touched me for a large sum of money він зайняв /виканючив/ у мене велику суму грошей; aмep. красти, красти, виймати з кишені що-н. у кого-н.; to touch smb for his watch вийняти у кого-н. ( з кишені)
    25) to touch (up) on smth these questions я вже говорив про це; впливати, робити вплив на щось

    the revolution touched on almost all aspects of human activity — революція торкнулася майже всіх аспектів людської діяльності; мати відношення до чого-н.; підходити близько, граничити з чим-н.

    his actions touch on treason — його дії граничать із зрадою, його дії - майже зрада; доходити до, досягати ( про температуру)

    26) to touch one's hat to smb торкнутися капелюха, підняти капелюх на знак вітання
    27) to touch smth to smth підносити що-н. до чого-н.

    to touch and go — торкнутися дна; = виграти один шанс з тисячі; ледве вдатися

    our hopes touched bottom — надія в нас ледве жевріла; дістатися до суті справи; aв.; жapг. розбитися; [див. I 4]

    to touch the spot — попасти в ціль, відповідати своєму призначенню

    a glass of iced beer touches the spot on a hot day — стакан холодного пива - незамінна річ в спекотний день; зрозуміти суть справи; знайти корінь зла

    to touch wood — намагатися вмилостивити долю, стукати по дереву, щоб не накликати біду

    touch woodl — не наврочте!; постукайте по дереву!

    I would not touch him with a barge-pole /with a pair of tongs, амер. with a ten foot pole/ — він мені осоружний /огидливий/

    to touch the windмop. заполіскувати ( про вітрил)

    English-Ukrainian dictionary > touch

  • 7 general

    adj.
    general.
    tener nociones generales de griego to have a general knowledge of Greek
    esa es la opinión general de los que no leen los periódicos that's what people who don't read the papers usually think
    por lo general, en general in general, generally
    por lo general, suelo ir en tren I generally go by train, in general I go by train
    m.
    general (military).
    general de división major general
    * * *
    1 general
    2 (común) common, usual, widespread
    1 (oficial) general
    \
    en general in general, generally
    por lo general in general, generally
    * * *
    noun mf. adj.
    - por lo general
    * * *
    1. ADJ
    1) (=común, no detallado) general

    una visión general de los problemas del paísan overall o general view of the problems of the country

    2)

    en general —

    a) [con verbo] generally, in general

    en general, las críticas de la obra han sido favorables — generally (speaking) o in general, the play has received favourable criticism

    b) [detrás de s] in general

    literatura, música y arte en general — literature, music and the arts in general

    3)

    iban a visitarla, por lo general, dos o tres veces al año — they generally went to see her two or three times a year

    los resultados son, por lo general, bastante buenos — in general o on the whole, the results are pretty good

    2.
    SMF (Mil) general
    3.
    SM (Rel) general
    4. SF
    1) (tb: carretera general)
    Esp main road
    2) (tb: clasificación general) (Ciclismo) general classification
    3)
    * * *
    I
    a) (no específico, global) general

    en general — on the whole, in general

    por lo general: por lo general llega a las nueve she usually o generally arrives at nine; por lo general prefiero ir en auto — in general I prefer to drive

    II
    masculino y femenino (Mil) general
    * * *
    I
    a) (no específico, global) general

    en general — on the whole, in general

    por lo general: por lo general llega a las nueve she usually o generally arrives at nine; por lo general prefiero ir en auto — in general I prefer to drive

    II
    masculino y femenino (Mil) general
    * * *
    general1
    1 = general.
    Nota: Nombre.

    Ex: It should not be assumed that this has got to be a semiformal talk, followed by a few halfhearted questions: a kind of general's visit to the barracks.

    * como norma general = as a general rule.

    general2
    2 = all-embracing, broad [broader -comp., broadest -sup.], comprehensive, general, large [larger -comp., largest -sup.], sweeping, ubiquitous, umbrella, widespread, pervasive, blanket, all-encompassing, broadly based, wide-ranging [wide ranging], overriding, broad-based [broad based], wide-scale, overarching, received, epidemic, pandemic, wide-angle(d), generalised [generalized, -USA], embracing, encompassing.

    Ex: Some databases are very all-embracing in their coverage and attempt to provide comprehensive coverage of entire disciplines.

    Ex: This broader consideration of descriptive cataloguing problems serves to set a context for the consideration of cataloguing problems associated with nonbook materials.
    Ex: One of the factors to consider in the selection of a data base is whether the data base is comprehensive or not.
    Ex: Nevertheless, the fact that these general lists cannot serve for every application has triggered a search for more consistent approaches.
    Ex: Serial searching for a string of characters is usually performed on a small subset of a large file.
    Ex: Such a statement of objectives may appear narrowly defined in its practices and yet, at the same time, rather sweeping in its assumptions.
    Ex: Worldwide, however, the printed book is still the most ubiquitous source of record = Sin embargo, el libro impreso es aún en todo el mundo la fuente de información escrita más común.
    Ex: This article describes how an ' umbrella licence' was obtained covering a group of libraries within the region.
    Ex: Comment published so far is favourable, but the code still awaits widespread adoption.
    Ex: The unease is pervasive, not an occasional outcropping of discontent.
    Ex: Likert in no way attempts to make a blanket prescription for employee-centered supervisory styles.
    Ex: In publishing itself there is little use made of the all-encompassing schemes such as Dewey or the Library of Congress.
    Ex: Library schools are offering broadly based courses with increasing emphasis on technology and information systems, but practising librarians still need the traditional skills.
    Ex: The contents of this handbook are comprehensive and wide-ranging.
    Ex: Consequently, the overriding demand made by the academic community is bibliographical in nature.
    Ex: However, the organisation is well on its way to becoming a broad-based provider of databases and end-user oriented information services in all areas of engineering.
    Ex: Without the stimuli of cooperative agencies, many programmes such as wide-scale interlibrary loan would not have developed so rapidly.
    Ex: There appears to be an unhealthy tendency among information technology professionals to elevate any single, highly successful practical experience instantly into an overarching paradigm for managerial success.
    Ex: It was interesting, in view of the received opinion that 'We don't have many problems round here'.
    Ex: The article is entitled 'Acquired immunodeficiency syndrome (AIDS) and the epidemic growth of its literature' = El artículo se titula "El síndrome de inmunodeficiencia adquirida (SIDA) y el crecimiento exponencial de su literatura".
    Ex: Test score data were broken down to show that the decline is pandemic throughout the culture & not limited to sex, race, or class variables.
    Ex: Except for the principal no one besides the librarian has such a wide-angle view of the school's instructional programme.
    Ex: Although it is coy about admitting the fact it is only mentioned twice in the whole of the thirty pages of publicity material it is in effect a generalized and modernized Thesaurofacet: a facetted classification with a thesaurus structure forming an integral part.
    Ex: What is needed is an embracing approach to guarantee freedom for Palestine and legitimacy for Israel.
    Ex: By drawing Russia into an encompassing coalition with Europe and other powers, the risk of conflict will be diminished.
    * abogado general = advocate-general.
    * Acuerdo General sobre Aranceles y Comercio (GATT) = General Agreement on Tariffs and Trade (GATT).
    * anestesia general = general anaesthesia.
    * asamblea general = general assembly.
    * biblioteca general = general library.
    * como norma general = as a general rule of thumb, as a rough guide.
    * consenso general = general consensus.
    * creencia general = conventional wisdom.
    * criterio general = rule of thumb.
    * dar una idea general = paint + a broad picture.
    * de aplicación general = general-purpose, of general application.
    * de forma general = bulk.
    * de interés general = of general interest.
    * de lo general a lo particular = from the general to the particular.
    * de lo particular a lo general = from the particular to the general.
    * de propósito general = general-purpose.
    * describir en líneas generales = outline.
    * desde un punto de vista general = in a broad sense.
    * desde un punto de vista más general = in a broader sense.
    * designación general de la clase de documento = general material designation.
    * de tipo general = broad scoped.
    * de un modo muy general = crudely.
    * de utilidad general = all-purpose.
    * director general = senior director.
    * elección general = general election.
    * encabezamiento demasiado general = much-too-broad heading.
    * encabezamiento informativo general = general explanatory heading.
    * en el sentido más general = in the broadest sense.
    * en general = at large, by and large, for the most part, generally, in general, in the main, on balance, on the whole, overall, broadly, as a whole, generally speaking.
    * en líneas generales = broadly speaking, generally, on the whole, in basic outline, roughly speaking, as a rough guide.
    * ensayo general = dress rehearsal.
    * en su sentido más general = in its/their broadest sense.
    * en términos generales = in broad terms, generally speaking.
    * en un sentido general = in a broad sense.
    * en un sentido más general = in a broader sense.
    * esquema general = outline.
    * gobernador general = Governor General.
    * hablando en términos generales = loosely speaking.
    * idea general = rough idea.
    * índice general = general index.
    * informe sobre el estado general de las carreteras = road report.
    * instrucción general = blanket instruction.
    * interés general = public interest.
    * la comunidad en general = the community at large.
    * la sociedad en general = society at large.
    * materia más general = broader subject.
    * norma general = rule of thumb.
    * Norma General Internacional para la Descripción de Archivvos (ISAD-G) = General International Standard Archival Description (ISAD(G)).
    * opinión general = consensus of opinion, conventional wisdom.
    * opinión general, la = received wisdom, the.
    * parálisis general = general paresis.
    * población en general, la = general population, the.
    * por lo general = on the whole, all in all, in general, generally, generally speaking, in the normal run of events, in the normal run of things.
    * público en general = broader audience, broad audience, broad public, broader public.
    * público en general, el = general public, the.
    * Secretaría General = Secretariat.
    * ser de uso general = be generally available.
    * sistema de clasificación general = general scheme.
    * Sistema General de Ordenación (SGO) = Broad System of Ordering (BSO).
    * una guía general = a rough guide.
    * una idea general = a rough guide.

    * * *
    1 (no específico, global) general
    el estado general del enfermo the patient's general condition
    temas de interés general subjects of general interest
    el pronóstico general del tiempo para mañana the general weather forecast for tomorrow
    el país está pasando una crisis a nivel general the country as a whole is going through a crisis
    me habló del proyecto en líneas generales she gave me a broad outline of the project
    un panorama general de la situación an overall view o an overview of the situation
    tiene nociones generales de informática he has a general idea about information technology
    2 ( en locs):
    en general on the whole, in general
    ¿qué tal el viaje? — en general bien how was the trip? — good, on the whole
    en general prefiero el vino blanco on the whole o in general, I prefer white wine
    el público en general the general public
    ¿qué te molesta de él? — todo en general y nada en particular what don't you like about him? — everything and nothing
    por lo general: por lo general los domingos nos levantamos tarde we usually o generally get up late on Sundays
    por lo general llega a las nueve she usually o generally arrives at nine, she arrives at nine as a rule
    por lo general prefiero una novela a un ensayo in general I prefer novels to essays
    3
    generales fpl ( Esp) ( Pol) general elections
    1 ( Mil) general
    2 ( Relig) general
    Compuestos:
    (en el ejército) ≈ major general, brigadier general ( in US), brigadier ( in UK); (en las fuerzas aéreas) ≈ brigadier general ( in US), ≈ air commodore ( in UK)
    (en el ejército) ≈ major general; (en las fuerzas aéreas) ≈ major general ( in US), ≈ air vice marshal ( in UK)
    * * *

     

    Multiple Entries:
    Gral.    
    general
    Gral. sustantivo masculino (
    General) Gen.

    general adjetivo
    a) (no específico, global) general;


    hablando en líneas generales broadly speaking;
    un panorama general de la situación an overall view of the situation
    b) ( en locs)


    el público en general the general public;
    por lo general as a (general) rule
    ■ sustantivo masculino y femenino (Mil) general
    general
    I adjetivo general
    director general, general manager, director-general
    huelga general, general strike
    secretario general, Secretary-General
    II m Mil Rel general
    ♦ Locuciones: por lo o en general, in general, generally
    ' general' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    abogada
    - abogado
    - anestesia
    - asesinar
    - bachillerato
    - bien
    - camino
    - capitán
    - capitana
    - cerrarse
    - CGPJ
    - ciudad
    - comida
    - cuartel
    - decretar
    - desbandada
    - DGT
    - economía
    - EGB
    - el
    - elección
    - enferma
    - enfermo
    - ensayo
    - entre
    - error
    - esperar
    - fiscal
    - golpista
    - gral.
    - huelga
    - ladrón
    - ladrona
    - lata
    - lista
    - LOGSE
    - mayoría
    - nombrar
    - panorama
    - parecerse
    - piso
    - policlínica
    - política
    - protesta
    - pública
    - público
    - regalar
    - regla
    - sazón
    - secretaría
    English:
    AGM
    - all-out
    - as
    - Attorney General
    - backdrop
    - blanket
    - booze
    - bosom
    - breast
    - buck
    - crime
    - current
    - disheveled
    - dishevelled
    - dress
    - dress rehearsal
    - dry run
    - education
    - election
    - GATT
    - GCE
    - GCSE
    - general
    - general anaesthetic
    - general assembly
    - general election
    - general knowledge
    - general practice
    - general practitioner
    - general public
    - generally
    - GP
    - GPO
    - headquarters
    - HQ
    - large
    - main
    - managing
    - master
    - mobilize
    - most
    - opposite
    - outline
    - overall
    - overview
    - Postmaster General
    - practitioner
    - prevailing
    - public
    - quash
    * * *
    adj
    1. [común] general;
    sólo tengo unas nociones muy generales de griego I only have a very general knowledge of Greek;
    esa es la opinión general de los que no leen los periódicos that's what people who don't read the papers usually think;
    mi valoración general es negativa my overall opinion of it is negative
    2. [en frases]
    por lo general, en general in general, generally;
    los candidatos, en general, estaban muy cualificados the candidates were generally very well qualified, in general, the candidates were very well qualified;
    en general el clima es seco on the whole, the climate is dry, the climate is generally dry;
    ¿qué tal te va la vida? – en general, no me puedo quejar how's life treating you? – I can't complain, on the whole;
    por lo general, suelo ir en tren I generally go by train, in general I go by train
    nm
    Mil general general de brigada Br brigadier, US brigadier general;
    general de división major general
    nf
    Dep [clasificación] overall standings;
    con su victoria se ha puesto segunda en la general her victory has moved her up to second place in the overall standings
    * * *
    I adj general;
    en general in general;
    por lo general usually, generally
    II m general
    * * *
    general adj
    1) : general
    2)
    por lo general : in general, generally
    general nmf
    1) : general
    2)
    general de división : major general
    * * *
    general1 adj general
    general2 n (militar) general

    Spanish-English dictionary > general

  • 8 avoir

    avoir [avwaʀ]
    ━━━━━━━━━
    ━━━━━━━━━
    ➭ TABLE 34
    ━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━
    ► Lorsque avoir fait partie d'une locution comme avoir faim, avoir raison, reportez-vous à l'autre mot.
    ━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━
    1. <
    ━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━
    ► En anglais britannique, I've got, he's got etc remplace souvent I have, he has etc.
    ━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━
    j'ai trois frères I have or I've got three brothers
    j'ai la réponse I have or I've got the answer
    il n'avait pas d'argent he had no money or didn't have any money
    en avoir (inf!) ( = être courageux) to have balls (vulg!)
    ━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━
    ► Lorsque avoir est utilisé pour localiser un bâtiment, un objet etc, il peut se traduire par to have (got), mais l'anglais préférera souvent une tournure avec to be.
    ━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━
       c. ( = obtenir) to get
    pouvez-vous nous avoir ce livre ? can you get this book for us?
       d. ( = porter) [+ vêtements] to wear
    ici, le lac a 2 km de large the lake is 2km wide here
       f. (âge) ( = avoir) to be ; ( = atteindre) to turn
       g. ( = souffrir de) [+ rhume, maladie] to have
    qu'est-ce que tu as ? what's wrong with you?
    il a qu'il est jaloux he's jealous, that's what's wrong with him
    qu'est-ce qu'il a à pleurer ? what's he crying for?
       h. ( = faire) to make
       i. ( = recevoir chez soi) to have
       j. ( = avoir un cours de, avoir à faire) to have
    le vendredi, j'ai trois heures d'anglais I have three hours of English on Fridays
       k. ( = atteindre, attraper) to get
    je l'ai eu ! (cible) got it!
    on les aura ! we'll get them! (inf)
    je t'aurai ! I'll get you! (inf)
       l. ( = duper) (inf) [escroc] to have (inf) ; [plaisantin] to fool
    je t'ai bien eu ! got you there! (inf)
    je me suis fait avoir de 300 € I was conned out of 300 euros (inf!)
    2. <
    ━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━
    ► Le passé composé français peut se traduire soit par le prétérit, soit par le parfait anglais, selon le contexte.
    ━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━
    hier, j'ai mangé trois bananes yesterday, I ate three bananas
    as-tu faim ? -- non, j'ai mangé trois bananes are you hungry? -- no, I've eaten three bananas
    j'étais pressé, alors j'ai couru I was in a hurry so I ran
    avoir à + infinitif ( = devoir)
    c'est simple, vous n'avez qu'à lui écrire it's simple, just write to him
    s'il n'est pas content, il n'a qu'à partir if he doesn't like it, he can always leave
    3. <
    il y a
    il y a voiture et voiture ! there are cars and cars!
    qu'y a-t-il ? what is it?
    qu'est-ce qu'il y a ? what's the matter?
    il y a que nous sommes mécontents ! (inf) we're annoyed, that's what! (inf)
    qu'est-ce qu'il y a eu ? what's happened?
    il n'y a pas que toi ! you're not the only one!
    il n'y a que lui pour faire cela ! trust him to do that!
    j'achète du pain ? -- non, il y en a encore shall I buy some bread? -- no, there's some left
    il y en a qui disent... there are those who say...
    il y en a qui feraient mieux de se taire ! some people would do better to keep quiet!
    il y en a, je vous jure ! (inf) really, some people! (inf) il n'y en a que pour
    il n'y en a que pour mon petit frère, à la maison my little brother gets all the attention at home
    il y a pas, faut que je parte it's no good, I've got to go
    y a pas, il faut qu'il désobéisse he just won't do as he's told
    il y a pas à dire, il est très there's no denying he's very intelligentil n'y a qu'à (+ infinitif), y a qu'à (+ infinitif) (inf)
       b. (temps)
    ━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━
    ► Lorsque il y a se rapporte à une action non révolue, l'anglais utilise for.
    ━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━
    ► Pour exprimer une durée, le présent français devient un parfait en anglais, l'imparfait un pluperfect.
    ━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━
    ━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━
    ► Dans le cas d'une action révolue, on emploie ago et le prétérit.
    ━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━
    il y a dix ans, j'ai obtenu mon diplôme I graduated ten years ago
    combien y a-t-il d'ici à Lille ? how far is it from here to Lille?
    4. <
       a. ( = bien) assets
       b. ( = actif) credit ; ( = billet) credit note
    5. <
    * * *

    I avwaʀ
    1) ( obtenir) to get [objet, rendez-vous]; to catch [train, avion]

    j'ai réussi à l'avoir — I managed to get through to him/her

    3) ( porter) to wear, to have [something] on
    4) (colloq) ( triompher) to beat, to get (colloq), to have

    cette fois-ci, on les aura — this time, we'll get ou have them

    5) ( duper) to have (colloq); ( par malveillance) to con (colloq)

    elle s'est fait or laissée avoir — she's been had (colloq)

    6) ( éprouver moralement) to feel

    avoir du chagrin/de la haine — to feel sorrow/hate

    qu'est-ce que tu as?what's wrong ou the matter with you?

    7) (servant à exprimer l'âge, des sensations physiques)

    j'ai 20 ans/faim/froid — I am 20 years old/hungry/cold

    la salle a 20 mètres de long — the room is 20 metres [BrE] long


    II avwaʀ
    nom masculin
    1) Commerce ( somme) credit; ( attestation) credit note
    2) ( possessions) assets (pl), holdings (pl)
    Phrasal Verbs:

    ••
    Dans la plupart des situations exprimant la possession, la disponibilité avoir sera traduit par to have ou to have got: j'ai des livres/enfants/employés = I have (got) books/children/employees; je n'ai pas assez de place/temps = I don't have (ou I haven't got) enough room/time; la maison a l'électricité/cinq pièces = the house has electricity/five rooms; j'aurai mon visa demain = I'll have my visa tomorrow; ils vont/elle va avoir un bébé en mai = they're/she's having a baby in May
    Les autres sens de avoir, verbe transitif simple (obtenir, porter, triompher de etc), sont traités dans l'entrée plus bas
    On pourra également consulter les diverses notes d'usage répertoriées, notamment celles consacrées à l'expression de l'âge, aux maladies, à l'expression de l'heure etc
    On trouvera ci-dessous les divers emplois de avoir pour lesquelles une explication est nécessaire
    avoir = verbe auxiliaire
    avoir verbe auxiliaire se traduit toujours par to have sauf dans le cas du passé composé: ils avaient révisé les épreuves quand je suis parti = they had revised the proofs when I left; quand ils eurent (ou ont eu) révisé les épreuves, ils sont partis = when they had revised the proofs, they left; ils auront fini demain = they will have finished tomorrow; il aurait (ou eût) aimé parler = he would have liked to speak. Lorsqu'on a un passé composé en français, il sera traduit soit par le prétérit: ils ont révisé les épreuves en juin = they revised the proofs in June; ils ont révisé les épreuves avant ma démission = they revised the proofs before I resigned; je suis sûr qu'il l'a laissé là en partant = I'm sure he left it here when he left; soit par le ‘present perfect’: ils ont révisé les épreuves plusieurs fois = they have revised the proofs several times
    avoir = verbe semi-auxiliaire
    De même, avoir semi-auxiliaire dans les tournures attributives du type avoir le coeur malade/les genoux cagneux, se traduit de façon variable ( to be ou to have) selon la structure adoptée par l'anglais pour rendre ces tournures; voir, en l'occurrence, les entrées coeur et cagneux; mais c'est en général sous l'adjectif que ce problème est traité
    avoir à + infinitif
    Exprimant l'obligation ou la convenance, cette locution verbale se rend généralement par to have to suivi de l'infinitif: j'aurais à ajouter que... = I would have to add that...; tu auras à rendre compte de tes actes = you'll have to account for your actions; je n'ai pas à vous raconter ma vie = I don't have to tell you my life-story; vous n'aviez pas à le critiquer = you didn't have to criticize him; il n'a pas à te parler sur ce ton = he shouldn't speak to you in that tone of voice; j'ai beaucoup à faire = I have (ou I've got) a lot to do; tu n'as rien à faire? = don't you have (ou haven't you got GB) anything to do?; j'ai à faire un rapport/un rapport à faire = I have to write a report/a report to write
    Quand cette locution équivaut à suffir, plusieurs possibilités de traduction se présentent: tu n'avais qu'à = tu aurais dû, elle se rend par should have suivi du participe passé; tu n'as qu'à leur écrire = you only have to (ou you've only got to GB, ou all you have to do is) write to them; tu n'auras que cinq minutes à attendre = you'll only have to wait five minutes; tu n'avais qu'à faire attention/me le dire/partir plus tôt = you should have paid attention/told me/left earlier
    On trouvera sous assez, marre, etc les expressions figées en avoir assez, en avoir marre etc. Voir aussi les emplois avec il y a plus bas
    L'anglais distingue généralement entre une tâche précise ( to take) et une activité ou absence indéterminée ( to be): vous en avez (ou aurez) pour combien de temps? (à faire ce travail) = how long will it take you?, (à me faire attendre) = how long are you going to be?; j'en ai pour cinq minutes (= je reviens dans...) = I'll be five minutes; je n'en ai pas pour longtemps = I won't be long; j'en ai eu pour deux heures = it took me two hours
    Se traduit par to cost suivi du pronom personnel complément correspondant au pronom sujet français (voir aussi argent): j'en ai eu pour 500 francs = it cost me 500 francs; nous en aurons pour combien? = how much will it cost us?
    (sl) en avoir = to have balls (sl); ne pas en avoir = to have no balls (sl)
    il y a du lait dans le réfrigérateur = there's some milk in the fridge; il y a des souris/des araignées au grenier = there are mice/spiders in the attic; il n'y a pas/plus de riz = there's no/no more rice ou there isn't any/any more rice; il doit y avoir (ou il y aura) des souris dans le grenier = there must be mice in the attic; il n'y a pas eu moins de 50 concurrents = there were no less than 50 competitors; il y a chapeau et chapeau = there are hats and hats; il y aura Paul, Marie,... = there will be Paul, Marie,...; et il y aura Paul et Marie! = and Paul and Marie will be there!; il n'y a pas de raison de faire/que tu fasses = there's no reason to do/for you to do; il a dû y avoir quelque chose de grave = something serious must have happened; qu'est-ce qu'il y a? (qui ne va pas) = what's wrong?, (qui se passe) = what's going on?; il y a qu'elle m'énerve = she's getting on my nerves, that's what's wrong; il y a que l'ordinateur est en panne = the computer has broken down
    Attention, un mot singulier en français peut être traduit par un mot fonctionnant comme un pluriel en anglais: il y a beaucoup de monde = there are a lot of people; y avait-il du monde? = were there many people?
    il est venu il y a longtemps/cinq ans = he came a long time/five years ago; il y a cinq ans que j'habite ici = I have been living here for five years; il y aura cinq ans demain que j'ai pris ma retraite = it will be five years tomorrow since I retired; il y aura deux mois mardi que je travaille ici = I will have been working here for two months on Tuesday; il n'y a que deux mois que je suis/travaille ici = I have only been/been working here for two months; il n'y a pas cinq minutes qu'il est parti = he left less than five minutes ago; il n'y a pas 200 ans que l'espèce est éteinte = the species has been extinct for no more than 200 years; il y a combien de temps/d'années que tu habites ici? = how long/many years have you lived here?; il y a combien de temps/d'années qu'on ne s'est vus? = how long is it/many years has it been since we last met?
    Elle se fait généralement à l'aide du verbe to be: combien y a-t-il jusqu'à la gare/d'ici à la gare? = how far is it to the station/to the station from here?; combien y a-t-il encore jusqu'à la gare? = how much further is it to the station?; il y a 15 kilomètres jusqu'à/d'ici à la gare = the station is 15 kilometres [BrE] away/away from here; il y a au moins 15 kilomètres = it's at least 15 kilometres [BrE] away; il y a encore 15 kilomètres = it's another 15 kilometres [BrE]; il n'y a pas/que 200 mètres d'ici à la gare = it's less than/only 200 metres [BrE] from here to the station
    il y a à + infinitif
    il y a à manger pour quatre = there's enough food for four; il y a (beaucoup) à faire = there's a lot to be done (ceci traduit également il y a de quoi faire); souligner le danger/l'avantage qu'il y a à faire = to stress how dangerous/advantageous it is to do; les risques qu'il y avait/aurait à faire = how risky it was/would be to do; il n'y a pas à hésiter/s'inquiéter = there's no need to hesitate/worry; il n'y a pas à discuter! = no arguments!; il n'y a qu'à le repeindre! - y a qu'à (colloq), c'est facile à dire! = all you have to do is repaint it! - just repaint it! easier said than done!
    L'existence se rend par there is/are, le temps par to take, et le coût par to cost ou to come to: il y en a qui n'ont pas peur du ridicule! = there are some people who aren't afraid of being ridiculed!; il y en a toujours pour se plaindre (ou qui se plaignent) = there's always someone who complains; il y en a (ou aura) pour deux heures = it'll take two hours; il y en a eu/aurait eu pour deux heures = it took/would have taken two hours; il n'y en a plus que pour deux heures = it'll only take another two hours; il y en a encore pour combien de temps? = how much longer will it take?; il y en a (ou aura) pour 200 francs = it'll cost (ou come to) 200 francs; il y en a eu pour 200 francs = it cost (ou came to) 200 francs
    Noter aussi: il n'y en a que pour leur chien = they only think of their dog ou their dog comes first
    Remarque: certaines formes personnelles du verbe avoir sont équivalentes au présentatif il y a. En corrélation avec le relatif qui, elles ne se traduisent pas; directement suivies de l'objet présenté, elles se traitent comme il y a: j'ai mon stylo qui fuit = my pen is leaking; elle avait les larmes aux yeux = there were tears in her eyes; j'ai ma cicatrice qui me fait souffrir = my scar is hurting; à droite, vous avez une tapisserie d'Aubusson = on your right, there's an Aubusson tapestry
    * * *
    avwaʀ
    1. nm
    1) (= biens) assets pl
    2) COMMERCE (= note de crédit) credit
    2. vt
    1) (= posséder) to have, to have got

    Elle a 2 enfants. — She has 2 children., she has got 2 children

    Elle a une belle maison. — She has a lovely house., She has got a lovely house.

    Il a les yeux bleus. — He has blue eyes., He has got blue eyes.

    Tu as de beaux cheveux. — You have beautiful hair., You have got beautiful hair.

    Il a beaucoup d'amis. — He has a lot of friends., He has got a lot of friends.

    2) (= obtenir) to get
    3) (= trouver)

    ici, vous avez la cuisine — here we have the kitchen

    4) (= éprouver) [sensation, sentiment] to have

    J'avais un pressentiment. — I had a feeling.

    Il a des démangeaisons. — He is itching.

    J'ai une petite douleur ici. — I've got a slight pain here.

    J'ai un drôle de pressentiment. — I have a funny feeling.

    qu'est-ce que tu as?; qu'as-tu? — what's wrong?, what's the matter?

    See:
    faim, peur, mal

    avoir 3 ans — to be 3 years old, to be 3

    J'avais 10 ans quand je l'ai rencontré. — I was 10 when I met him.

    6) * (= duper) to do *

    on vous a eu! — you've been done!, you've been had!

    Vous n'avez qu'à lui demander. — You only have to ask him.

    Tu n'as pas à me poser des questions. — It's not for you to ask me questions.

    en avoir pour...; J'en ai pour une demi-heure. — It'll take me half an hour.

    On en a eu pour 100 euros. — It cost us 100 euros.

    3. vb aux

    J'ai déjà mangé. — I've already eaten.

    Il a mangé des frites. — He had some chips.

    Hier je n'ai pas mangé. — I didn't eat yesterday.

    Je lui ai parlé hier. — I spoke to him yesterday.

    Il a neigé pendant la nuit. — It snowed during the night.

    4. vb impers

    il y a (+ singulier) — there is, (+ pluriel) there are

    Il y a quelqu'un à la porte. — There's somebody at the door.

    Il y a un bon film à la télé. — There's a good film on TV.

    Il y a des chocolats sur la table. — There are some chocolates on the table.

    Il y a beaucoup de monde. — There are lots of people.

    il doit y avoir; Il doit y avoir une explication. — There must be an explanation.

    qu'est-ce qu'il y a?; qu'y a-t-il? — what's the matter?, what is it?

    Il n'y a qu'à... — We will just have to...

    Il n'y a qu'à partir plus tôt. — We'll just have to leave earlier.

    Il ne peut y en avoir qu'un. — There can only be one.

    Je l'ai rencontré il y a 2 ans. — I met him 2 years ago.

    Il y a 10 ans qu'il est arrivé. — It's 10 years since he arrived.

    * * *
    I.
    avoir ⇒ Note d'usage verb table: avoir vtr
    1 ( obtenir) to get [objet, rendez-vous]; to catch [train, avion]; j'ai pu vous avoir votre visa I managed to get your visa for you; j'ai eu ce vase pour cinq euros I got this vase for five euros; pouvez-vous m'avoir un des traducteurs? can you get me one of the translators?; je n'ai pas eu mon train I didn't catch my train; il l'a eue le soir même he had her that very evening;
    2 ( au téléphone) j'ai réussi à l'avoir I managed to get through to him/her; essayer d'avoir le ministre to try to get through to the minister; pouvez-vous m'avoir son adjoint/Hongkong can you put me through to ou get me his assistant/Hong Kong;
    3 ( porter) to wear, to have [sth] on; elle avait une robe bleue à son mariage she wore a blue dress at her wedding; elle a toujours une écharpe autour du cou she's always got a scarf round her neck; il avait un béret (sur la tête) he had a beret on ou he was wearing a beret;
    4 ( triompher) to beat, to get, to have; l'équipe de Marseille nous a eus the Marseilles team beat us; ne nous laissons pas avoir par la concurrence let's not let the competition beat us; cette fois-ci, on les aura this time, we'll get ou have them;
    5 ( duper) to have; ( par malveillance) to con; j'ai été eu I've been had; il t'a bien eu! ( l'escroc) he conned you!; ( le plaisantin) he was having you on! GB, he put one over on you!; elle s'est fait or laissé avoir she's been had; j'ai failli me faire avoir I was nearly conned; je ne me laisserai pas avoir par un abruti I won't be conned by a moron;
    6 ( éprouver moralement) to feel; avoir du chagrin/de la haine to feel sorrow/hate; qu'est-ce que tu as? what's wrong ou the matter with you?; j'ai qu'il m'énerve he's getting on my nerves, that's what's wrong; qu'est-ce que tu as à crier comme ça? what are you shouting like that for?; j'ai que mon ordinateur ne marche pas because my computer doesn't work; qu'est-ce qu'il a à conduire comme ça? why is he driving like that?; il a qu'il est soûl because he's drunk, that's why;
    7 (servant à exprimer l'âge, des sensations physiques) j'ai 20 ans/faim/froid I am 20 years old/hungry/cold; la salle a 20 mètres de long the room is 20 metresGB long.
    en avoir to have balls; ne pas en avoir to have no balls.
    II.
    avoir nm
    1 Comm ( somme) credit; ( attestation) credit note;
    2 ( possessions) assets (pl), holdings (pl); avoirs à l'étranger foreign assets ou holdings; avoirs en caisse cash holdings; avoirs en dollars dollar-based assets;
    3 Compta ( notion) assets (pl); ( titre d'entrée) credit.
    avoir fiscal tax credit.
    I
    [avwar] nom masculin
    [en comptabilité] credit side
    2. ÉCONOMIE & FINANCE
    avoirs assets, holdings
    II
    [avwar] verbe auxiliaire
    A.
    1. [avec des verbes transitifs]
    as-tu lu sa lettre? did you read ou have you read his letter?
    non content de les avoir humiliés, il les a jetés dehors not content with humiliating them, he threw them out
    2. [avec des verbes intransitifs]
    3. [avec le verbe 'être']
    il aurait été enchanté he would've ou would have been delighted
    B.
    1. [exprime la possibilité]
    avoir à: je n'ai rien à boire I haven't got anything ou I have nothing ou I've got nothing to drink
    a. [conseil] all they have to do ou all they've got to do is write to the manager
    s'il vous manque quelque chose, vous n'avez qu'à me le faire savoir if you're missing anything, just let me know
    2. [exprime l'obligation]
    et voilà, je n'ai plus qu'à recommencer! so now I've got to start all over again!
    3. [exprime le besoin]
    il a à te parler he's got something to ou there's something he wants to tell you
    tu n'as pas à t'inquiéter you shouldn't worry, you have nothing to worry about
    ————————
    [avwar] verbe transitif
    A.
    1. [être propriétaire de - action, bien, domaine etc.] to have, to own, to possess ; [ - chien, hôtel, voiture] to have, to own
    tu n'aurais pas un stylo en plus? have you got ou do you happen to have a spare pen?
    2. [ami, collègue, famille etc.] to have
    avoir un/une/des... qui: elle a un mari qui fait la cuisine she's got the sort ou kind of husband who does the cooking
    3. [détenir - permis de conduire, titre] to have, to hold ; [ - droits, privilège] to have, to enjoy ; [ - emploi, expérience, devoirs, obligations] to have ; [ - documents, preuves] to have, to possess
    4. [obtenir - amende, article] to get ; [ - information, rabais, récompense] to get, to obtain
    [au téléphone] to get through to
    5. [jouir de - beau temps, bonne santé, liberté, bonne réputation] to have, to enjoy ; [ - choix, temps, mauvaise réputation] to have
    6. [recevoir chez soi]
    avoir de la famille/des amis à dîner to have relatives/friends over for dinner
    7. RADIO & TÉLÉVISION [chaîne, station] to receive, to get
    bientôt, nous aurons les chaînes européennes soon, we'll be able to get the European channels
    8. [attraper - otage, prisonnier] to have
    9. [atteindre - cible] to get, to hit
    10. [monter à bord de - avion, bus, train] to catch
    B.
    1. [présenter - tel aspect] to have (got)
    elle a un joli sourire she's got ou she has a nice smile
    [avec pour complément une partie du corps] to have
    2. [porter sur soi - accessoire, vêtement, parfum] to have on (separable), to wear
    faites attention, il a une arme careful, he's got a weapon ou he's armed
    3. [faire preuve de]
    avoir du culot (familier) to be cheeky, to have a nerve
    avoir du talent to have talent, to be talented
    ayez la gentillesse de... would you ou please be kind enough to...
    4. [exprime la mesure] to be
    tu en as pour 12 jours/deux heures it'll take you 12 days/two hours
    5. [exprime l'âge] to be
    C.
    1. [subir - symptôme] to have, to show, to display ; [ - maladie, hoquet, mal de tête etc.] to have ; [ - accident, souci, ennuis] to have ; [ - difficultés] to have, to experience ; [ - opération] to undergo, to have ; [ - crise] to have, to go through (inseparable)
    avoir de la fièvre to have ou to be running a temperature
    le car n'a rien eu du tout, mais la moto est fichue (familier) there wasn't a scratch on the bus but the motorbike's a write-off
    qu'est-ce qu'elle a encore, cette voiture? (familier) NOW what's wrong with this car?
    un enfant/chaton qui a des vers a child/kitten with worms
    2. [émettre, produire - mouvement] to make ; [ - ricanement, regard, soupir] to give
    elle eut cette phrase devenue célèbre she said ou uttered those now famous words
    3. [ressentir]
    avoir faim to be ou to feel hungry
    avoir peur to be ou to feel afraid
    avoir de l'amitié pour quelqu'un to regard ou to consider somebody as a friend
    ce chien/cette guêpe en a après toi! this dog/wasp has got it in for you!
    4. [élaborer par l'esprit - avis, idée, suggestion] to have
    D.
    1. [battre, surpasser] to get, to beat
    2. [escroquer] to have, to do, to con
    1 500 euros pour ce buffet? tu t'es fait avoir! 1,500 euros for that dresser? you were conned ou had ou done!
    3. [duper] to take in (separable), to take for a ride, to have
    tu t'es fait avoir! you've been had ou taken in ou taken for a ride!
    E. [devoir participer à - débat, élection, réunion] to have, to hold ; [ - rendez-vous] to have
    ————————
    il y a verbe impersonnel
    1. [dans une description, une énumération - suivi d'un singulier] there is ; [ - suivi d'un pluriel] there are
    il n'y a qu'ici qu'on en trouve this is the only place (where) you can find it/them
    il n'y a rien à faire, la voiture ne démarre pas it's no good, the car won't start
    il n'y a pas à dire, il sait ce qu'il veut there's no denying he knows what he wants
    il y en a ou il y a des gens, je vous jure! (familier) some people, honestly ou really!
    2. [exprimant la possibilité, l'obligation etc.]
    il n'y a qu'à lui dire you/we etc. just have to tell him
    3. [indiquant la durée]
    4. [indiquant la distance]

    Dictionnaire Français-Anglais > avoir

  • 9 γινώσκω

    γινώσκω (in the form γιγνώσκω [s. below] since Homer; γιν. in Attic ins in Meisterhans3-Schw. index, from 325 B.C.; in pap fr. 277 B.C. [Mayser 165]; likew. LXX, pseudepigr., Philo, Joseph., apolog.) impf. ἐγίνωσκον; fut. γνώσομαι; 2 aor. ἔγνων, impv. γνῶθι, γνώτω, subj. 1 sg. γνῶ and 3 sg. γνῶ (γνοῖ Mk 5:43; 9:30; Lk 19:15; Hm 4, 1, 5; B-D-F §95, 2; W-S. §13, 22; Mlt-H. 83; Rob. 1214); 2 sg. γνώσῃς (TestAbr A 8 p. 86, 5 [Stone p. 20]); opt. 1 sg. γνῴην; 3 sg. γνοίη Job 23:3, 5; inf. γνῶναι, ptc. γνούς; pf. ἔγνωκα, 3 pl. ἔγνωκαν J 17:7 (W-S. §13, 15 n. 15); plpf. ἐγνώκειν. Pass.: 1 fut. γνωσθήσομαι; 1 aor. ἐγνώσθην; pf. ἔγνωσμαι. (On the spellings γινώσκειν and γιγνώσκειν s. W-S. §5, 31; B-D-F §34, 4; Mlt-H. 108.) This verb is variously nuanced in contexts relating to familiarity acquired through experience or association with pers. or thing.
    to arrive at a knowledge of someone or someth., know, know about, make acquaintance of
    w. acc. of thing: mysteries (Wsd 2:22; En 104:12) Mt 13:11; Mk 4:11 v.l.; Lk 8:10; will of the Master (Just., D. 123, 4) 12:47f; that which brings peace 19:42; truth (Jos., Ant. 13, 291) J 8:32; times Ac 1:7; sin Ro 7:7; affection 2 Cor 2:4; spirit of truth J 14:17; way of righteousness 2 Pt 2:21 P72; God’s glory 1 Cl 61:1.—Abs. γνόντες (Is 26:11) when they had ascertained it Mk 6:38; ἐκ μέρους γ. know fragmentarily, only in part 1 Cor 13:9, 12.—W. prep. γ. τι ἔκ τινος (X., Cyr. 1, 6, 45; Jos., Vi. 364) know a thing by someth. (Diod S 17, 101, 6): a tree by its fruit Mt 12:33; Lk 6:44; 1J 4:6; γ. τι ἔν τινι (Sir 4:24; 26:9) 1J 4:2. Also γ. τι κατά τι (Gen 15:8): κατὰ τί γνώσομαι τοῦτο; by what (= how) shall I know this? Lk 1:18.
    w. personal obj. (Plut., Mor. 69c ἄνδρα τοιοῦτον οὐκ ἔγνωμεν; Did., Gen. 45, 24 evil powers): God (Ael. Aristid. 52, 2 K.=28 p. 551 D.: γ. τὸν θεόν; Herm. Wr. 1, 3; 10, 19a; Sallust. 18, 3 p. 34, 9 θεούς; 1 Km 2:10; 3:7; 1 Ch 28:9; 3 Macc 7:6; PsSol 2:31; Da 11:32 Theod.; Philo, Ebr. 45; Ar. 15, 3; Just., D. 14, 12; Orig., C. Cels. 6, 66, 26f) J 14:7ab; 17:3, 25; Ro 1:21; Gal 4:9; 1J 2:3, 13; 3:1, 6; 4:6ff; 5:20 (for 1J s. M-EBoismard, RB 56, ’49, 365–91); PtK 2. Jesus Christ J 14:7; 17:3; 2 Cor 5:16 ( even though we have known Christ [irrealis, ‘contrary to fact’, is also prob.=even if we had known; cp. Gal 5:11], we now no longer know him; on this pass. s. κατά B7a; σάρξ 5); 1J 2:3f (Just., D. 28, 3). τινὰ ἔν τινι someone by someth. (Ps 47:4; Sir 11:28; TestNapht 3:4) Lk 24:35.
    w. ὅτι foll. (BGU 824, 8; Philo, Det. Pot. Ins. 22) Mt 25:24; J 6:69; 7:26; 8:52; 14:20, 31; 17:7f, 25; 19:4. W. ὅθεν preceding by this one knows (EpJer 22) 1J 2:18. ἐν τούτῳ (Gen 42:33; Ex 7:17; Josh 3:10 al.) J 13:35; 1J 2:3, 5; 4:13; 5:2. W. combination of two constr. ἐν τούτῳ γινώσκομεν ὅτι μένει ἐν ἡμῖν, ἐκ τοῦ πνεύματος by this we know that (Jesus Christ) remains in us, namely by the spirit 3:24; cp. 4:13. W. an indir. question foll. (1 Km 14:38: 25:17; 2 Km 18:29; Ps 38:5) Mt 12:7; J 7:51. W. combination of two questions (double interrogative) ἵνα γνοῖ τίς τί διεπραγματεύσατο that he might know what each one had gained in his dealings Lk 19:15.
    to acquire information through some means, learn (of), ascertain, find out
    w. acc. as obj. (1 Km 21:3; 1 Ch 21:2; 4 Macc 4:4) τοῦτο (1 Km 20:3) Mk 5:43. τὰ γενόμενα what has happened Lk 24:18. τὸ ἀσφαλές Ac 21:34; 22:30. τὰ περὶ ἡμῶν our situation Col 4:8; your faith 1 Th 3:5. Pass. become known to someone w. or without dat. of the pers. who is informed: of secret things Mt 10:26; Lk 8:17; 12:2. Of plots Ac 9:24 (cp. 1 Macc 6:3; 7:3, 30 al.).
    w. ὅτι foll. (PGiss 11, 4 [118 A.D.] γεινώσκειν σε θέλω ὅτι; 1 Esdr 2:17; Ruth 3:14) J 4:1; 5:6; 12:9; Ac 24:11 v.l.
    abs. (1 Km 14:29; 3 Km 1:11; Tob 8:12 al.) μηδεὶς γινωσκέτω nobody is to know of this Mt 9:30. ἵνα τις γνοῖ that anyone should obtain knowledge of it Mk 9:30.
    γ. ἀπό τινος ascertain fr. someone 15:45.
    to grasp the significance or meaning of someth., understand, comprehend
    w. acc. foll. (Sir 1:6; 18:28; Wsd 5:7 v.l.; 9:13; Bar 3:9 al.; Just., A I, 63, 5; D. 68, 1 σκληροκάρδιοι πρὸς τὸ γνῶναι νοῦν … τοῦ θεοῦ): parables Mk 4:13; what was said Lk 18:34; (w. ἀναγινώσκειν in wordplay) Ac 8:30. ταῦτα J 3:10; 12:16; what one says J 8:43; God’s wisdom 1 Cor 2:8; the nature of God vs. 11; the nature of the divine spirit vs. 14; the love of Christ Eph 3:19 (s. γνῶσις 1); God’s ways Hb 3:10 (Ps 94:10); τὸν νόμον know the law J 7:49; Ro 7:1 (here perh.=have the law at one’s fingertips, cp. Menand., Sicyonius 138f, τῶν τοὺς νόμους εἰδότων; Just., D. 123, 2). πῶς οὖν [ταῦτα γιγν]ώ̣σκομεν; how then shall we know these things? Ox 1081, 25f (=SJCh 90, 1f), as read by Till p. 220 app.
    abs. Mt 24:39.
    w. ὅτι foll. (Wsd 10:12; EpJer 64; 1 Macc 6:13; 7:42; 2 Macc 7:28 al.) Mt 21:45; 24:32; Mk 12:12; 13:28f; Lk 21:30f; J 4:53; 8:27f; 2 Cor 13:6; Js 2:20.
    w. indir. question foll. (Job 19:29) J 10:6; 13:12, 28.
    to be aware of someth., perceive, notice, realize
    w. acc.: their wickedness Mt 22:18; γ. δύναμιν ἐξεληλυθυῖαν that power had gone out Lk 8:46 (on the constr. w. the ptc. cp. PHamb 27, 13 [III B.C.]; BGU 1078 [I A.D.] γίνωσκε ἡγεμόνα εἰσεληλυθότα; POxy 1118, 7; Jos., Ant. 17, 342; Just., D. 39, 2 al.).
    abs. (Ex 22:9; 1 Km 26:12) Mt 16:8; 26:10; Mk 7:24; 8:17.
    w. ὅτι foll. (Gen 3:7; 8:11; 1 Macc 1:5 al.): ἔγνω τῷ σώματι ὅτι ἴαται she felt in her body that she was healed Mk 5:29; cp. 15:10; J 6:15; 16:19; Ac 23:6.
    to have sexual intercourse with, have sex/marital relations with, euphemistic ext. of 1 (Menand., Fgm. 558, 5 Kock; Heraclid. Lembus, Pol. 64 [Aristot., Fgm. ed. VRose 1886, 383]; oft. in Plut. and other later authors, and LXX [Anz 306]) w. acc., said of a man as agent (Gen 4:1, 17; 1 Km 1:19; Jdth 16:22; ApcMos 4; Did., Gen. 143, 9) Mt 1:25 (in connection w. the topic of 1:25f see Plut., Mor. 717e; Olympiodorus, Vi. Plat. 1 [Westermann, 1850]: φάσμα Ἀπολλωνιακὸν συνεγένετο τῇ μητρὶ αὐτοῦ τῇ Περικτιόνῃ καὶ ἐν νυκτὶ φανὲν τῷ Ἀρίστωνι ἐκέλευσεν αὐτῷ μὴ μιγνύναι τῇ Περικτιόνῃ μέχρι τ. χρόνου τῆς ἀποτέξεως. Ὁ δʼ οὕτω πεποίηκεν: ‘an apparition of Apollo had relations with [Plato’s] mother Perictione, and in a nocturnal appearance to Ariston [Plato’s father] ordered him not to have intercourse w. P. until the time of her parturition. So he acted accordingly.’—The legend of Plato’s birth is traceable to Plato’s nephew Speusippus [Diog. L. 3:2; Jerome, Adv. Iovin. 1, 42]); of a woman (Judg 11:39; 21:12; Theodor. Prodr. 9, 486 H.) Lk 1:34 (DHaugg, D. erste bibl. Marienwort ’38; FGrant, JBL 59, ’40, 19f; HSahlin, D. Messias u. d. Gottesvolk, ’45, 117–20).
    to have come to the knowledge of, have come to know, know (Nägeli 40 w. exx.)
    w. acc.
    α. of thing (Bar 3:20, 23; Jdth 8:29; Bel 35; Just., D. 110, 1 καὶ τοῦτο γ.): τὴν ποσότητα 1 Cl 35:3; hearts (Ps 43:22) Lk 16:15; will Ro 2:18; truth (Just., D. 139, 5; Tat. 13, 1) 2J 1; 2 Cor 5:21; grace 8:9; πάντα (2 Km 14:20; Just., D. 127, 2) 1J 3:20. τὶ 1 Cor 8:2a. W. object clause preceding: ὸ̔ κατεργάζομαι οὐ γ. what I am accomplishing I really do not know Ro 7:15 (here γ. almost=desire, want, decide [Polyb. 5, 82, 1; Plut., Lycurg. 41[3, 9] ἔγνω φυγεῖν; Appian, Syr. 5 §18; Arrian, Anab. 2, 21, 8; 2, 25, 8; Paradox. Vat. 46 Keller ὅ τι ἂν γνῶσιν αἱ γυναῖκες; Jos., Ant. 1, 195; 14, 352; 16, 331]; mngs. 3 understand and 7 recognize are also prob.). W. attraction of the relative ἐν ὥρᾳ ᾗ οὐ γ. at an hour unknown to him Mt 24:50; Lk 12:46. W. acc. and ptc. (on the constr. s. 4a above) τὴν πόλιν νεωκόρον οὖσαν that the city is guardian of the temple Ac 19:35.
    β. of pers. know someone (Tob 5:2; 7:4; Is 1:3) J 1:48; 2:24; 10:14f, 27; Ac 19:15; 2 Ti 2:19 (Num 16:5); Ox 1 recto, 14 (GTh 31). W. acc. and ptc. (s. α above, end and e.g. Just., A I, 19, 6) Hb 13:23.
    w. acc. and inf. (Da 4:17; Just., D. 130, 2 al.) Hb 10:34.
    w. ὅτι foll. (Sir 23:19; Bar 2:30; Tob 3:14) J 21:17; Ac 20:34; Phil 1:12; Js 1:3; 2 Pt 1:20; 3:3; γ. τοὺς διαλογισμοὺς ὅτι εἰσὶν μάταιοι he knows that the thoughts are vain 1 Cor 3:20 (Ps 93:11).—Oft. γινώσκετε, ὅτι you may be quite sure that Mt 24:33, 43; Mk 13:28f; Lk 10:11; 12:39; 21:31; J 15:18; 1J 2:29 (cp. UPZ 62, 32 [161 B.C.] γίνωσκε σαφῶς ὅτι πρός σε οὐ μὴ ἐπέλθω; 70, 14; 3 Macc 7:9; Judg 4:9; Job 36:5; Pr 24:12). In τοῦτο ἴστε γινώσκοντες, ὅτι Eph 5:5 the question is whether the two verbs are to be separated or not. In the latter case, one could point to Sym. Jer 49:22 ἴστε γινώσκοντες and 1 Km 20:3.
    w. indir. question (Gen 21:26; 1 Km 22:3; Eccl 11:5; 2 Macc 14:32; Just., A I, 63, 3 τί πατὴρ καὶ τί υἱός) Lk 7:39; 10:22; J 2:25; 11:57.
    w. adv. modifier γ. Ἑλληνιστί understand Greek Ac 21:37 (cp. X., Cyr. 7, 5; 31 ἐπίστασθαι Συριστί).
    abs. (Gen 4:9; 18:21; 4 Km 2:3; Sir 32:8) Lk 2:43. τί ἐγὼ γινώσκω; how should I know? Hs 9, 9, 1.
    to indicate that one does know, acknowledge, recognize as that which one is or claims to be τινά (Plut., Ages. 597 [3, 1]; Jos., Ant. 5, 112) οὐδέποτε ἔγνων ὑμᾶς I have never recognized you Mt 7:23; cp. J 1:10. ἐὰν γνωσθῇ πλέον τ. ἐπισκόπου if he receives more recognition than the supervisor (bishop) IPol 5:2. Of God as subject recognize someone as belonging to God, choose, almost= elect (Am 3:2; Hos 12:1; SibOr 5, 330) 1 Cor 8:3; Gal 4:9. In these pass. the γ. of God directed toward human beings is conceived of as the basis of and condition for their coming to know God; cp. the language of the Pythagoreans in HSchenkl, Wiener Studien 8, 1886 p. 265, no. 9 βούλει γνωσθῆναι θεοῖς• ἀγνοήθητι μάλιστα ἀνθρώποις; p. 277 no. 92 σοφὸς ἄνθρωπος κ. θεὸν σεβόμενος γινώσκεται ὑπὸ τ. θεοῦ; Porphyr., ad Marcellam 13 σοφὸς ἄνθρωπος γινώσκεται ὑπὸ θεοῦ; Herm. Wr. 1, 31 θεός, ὸ̔ς γνωσθῆναι βούλεται καὶ γινώσκεται τοῖς ἰδίοις; 10, 15 οὐ γὰρ ἀγνοεῖ τὸν ἄνθρωπον ὁ θεός, ἀλλὰ καὶ πάνυ γνωρίζει καὶ θέλει γνωρίζεσθαι. S. Rtzst., Mysterienrel.3 299f; Ltzm. on 1 Cor 8:3; RAC XI 446–659.—On the whole word: BSnell, D. Ausdrücke für die Begriffe des Wissens in d. vorplatonischen Philosophie 1924; EBaumann, ידע u. seine Derivate: ZAW 28, 1908, 22ff; 110ff; WBousset, Gnosis: Pauly-W. VII 1912, 1503ff; Rtzst., Mysterienrel.3 66–70; 284–308; PThomson, ‘Know’ in the NT: Exp. 9th ser. III, 1925, 379–82; AFridrichsen, Gnosis (Paul): ELehmann Festschr. 1927, 85–109; RPope, Faith and Knowledge in Pauline and Johannine Thought: ET 41, 1930, 421–27; RBultmann, TW I ’33, 688–715; HJonas, Gnosis u. spätantiker Geist I ’34; 2’55; EPrucker, Gnosis Theou ’37; JDupont, La Connaissance religieuse dans les Épîtres de Saint Paul, ’49; LBouyer, Gnosis: Le Sens orthodoxe de l’expression jusqu’aux pères Alexandrins: JTS n.s. 4, ’53, 188–203; WDavies, Knowledge in the Dead Sea Scrolls and Mt 11:25–30: HTR 46, ’53, 113–39; WSchmithals, D. Gnosis in Kor. ’55, 3’69; MMagnusson, Der Begriff ‘Verstehen’ (esp. in Paul), ’55; RCasey, Gnosis, Gnosticism and the NT: CDodd Festschr., ’56, 52–80; IdelaPotterie, οἶδα et γινώσκω (4th Gosp.), Biblica 40, ’59, 709–25; H-JSchoeps, Urgemeinde, Judenchristentum, Gnosis ’56; EKäsemann, Das Wandernde Gottesvolk (Hb)2, ’57; HJonas, The Gnostic Religion, ’58; JDupont, Gnosis, ’60; UWilckens, Weisheit u. Torheit ( 1 Cor 1 and 2) ’59; DGeorgi, Die Gegner des Pls im 2 Cor, ’64; DScholer, Nag Hammadi Bibliography, 1948–69, ’71.—B. 1209f. DELG s.v. γιγνώσκω. EDNT. M-M. TW. Sv.

    Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > γινώσκω

  • 10 touch

    1. [tʌtʃ] n
    1. прикосновение; касание

    a touch of /with/ a stick - прикосновение палочкой

    he felt a cold touch on his arm - он почувствовал на руке холодное прикосновение

    momentary touch (of the shoulders to the mat) - кратковременное соприкосновение лопаток с ковром ( спортивная борьба)

    2. 1) осязание

    sort [rough, hard, slimy] to the touch - мягкий [шероховатый, твёрдый, скользкий] на ощупь

    to know smth. by (the) touch - узнать что-л. на ощупь

    he has a delicate sense of touch - у него очень чувствительная кожа, у него очень развито осязание /чувство осязания/

    2) чувствительность; чуткость, такт

    she has a wonderful touch with children - она удивительно тактична с детьми

    3) тактильное ощущение
    3. 1) соприкосновение, общение; связь, контакт

    in touch with smb. - в контакте с кем-л.

    I'll be in touch - я далеко не уеду, я дам о себе знать

    to get in /into/ touch with smb. - связаться с кем-л.

    to keep in touch with smb. - поддерживать связь /контакт/ с кем-л.

    to put smb. in touch with smb. - познакомить /связать/ кого-л. с кем-л.

    to be out of touch /to lose touch/ with smb. - потерять связь /не общаться/ с кем-л.

    to lose touch with the older generation - терять контакты со старшим поколением

    have you lost touch with your friends back home? - вы потеряли связь с друзьями на родине?

    2) знание, понимание, контроль

    to be in touch with the situation - быть в курсе дел; знать, как идут дела

    to keep smb. in touch with smth. - держать кого-л. в курсе дел

    to be out of touch with smth. - быть не в курсе дел; перестать следить за чем-л.

    to be out of touch with modern methods - не знать современных методов, не владеть /не уметь пользоваться/ современными методами

    to lose touch with reality - утратить представление о действительности, жить в мире грёз

    4. 1) штрих; чёрточка; деталь

    vivid [poetic] touches in the story - живые [поэтические] детали в рассказе

    to put /to give/ the finishing /the final/ touches to smth., to add the final touch to smth. - добавлять последние штрихи к чему-л., отделывать что-л.; заканчивать /завершать/ что-л.

    2) характерная черта

    a man with a touch of good breeding - хорошо воспитанный человек, человек с прекрасными манерами

    3) (художественная) манера, стиль; приём; сноровка

    he writes with a light touch - он пишет просто /доходчиво/

    one can easily recognize the touch of the master - легко можно узнать руку большого художника

    a tennis player who has lost his touch - теннисист, утративший свой стиль

    this room needs a woman's touch - этой комнате не хватает женской руки; в этой комнате не чувствуется присутствия женщины

    4) разг. особый фасон или манера
    5) муз. туше
    6) эффект туше или удара

    the typewriter has a light touch - у этой (пишущей) машинки лёгкая клавиатура

    5. 1) чуточка; примесь; оттенок, налёт

    a touch of perfume - слабый запах /аромат/ духов

    a touch of irony [of bitterness, of mockery] - оттенок иронии [горечи, насмешки]

    an acid touch in smb.'s voice - кислая нотка в голосе

    there was a touch of frost in the air - чувствовался лёгкий морозец, слегка морозило

    ask me no more, for at a touch I yield - не просите меня больше, ещё слово - и я уступлю

    2) лёгкий приступ ( болезни); небольшой ушиб и т. п.

    a touch of rheumatism [of gout] - слабый /небольшой/ приступ ревматизма [подагры]

    touch of fever - небольшой жар, температурка

    6. 1) разг. сумма
    2) сл. деньги, полученные взаймы или выпрошенные; деньги, полученные мошенническим путём

    to make a touch, to put the touch (on smb.) - подзанять денег (у кого-л.); выклянчить /выцыганить/ деньги (у кого-л.)

    3) сл. мошенничество, обман, надувательство

    it's a touch - меня надули, меня объегорили

    7. 1) качественная проба (золота, серебра и др. металлов)
    2) метка, клеймо, проба (на золоте, серебре и др. металлах)
    3) проба на степень густоты сиропа ( в сахароварении)
    4) уст. пробный камень
    8. мед. ощупывание; пальпация
    10. спорт.
    1) площадь, лежащая за боковыми линиями футбольного поля
    2) боковая линия

    easy /soft/ touch - а) человек, легко дающий деньги в долг; he's an easy /soft/ touch - у него легко занять деньги; его легко надуть; б) слабое место, слабое звено; he thinks you're a soft touch in the family - он думает, что ты в нашей семье - слабое место

    common touch, touch of elbows - чувство локтя

    a near touch - опасное /рискованное/ положение; опасность, которую едва удалось избежать

    rum touch - а) странный /эксцентричный/ человек; б) странное дело

    in /within/ touch - а) близко, под рукой; б) доступно, достижимо

    2. [tʌtʃ] adv
    немного, чуточку

    to aim a touch too low - прицелиться чуть-чуть ниже, чем нужно

    3. [tʌtʃ] v
    I
    1. 1) касаться, трогать, прикасаться, притрагиваться

    to touch the ball - спорт. задеть мяч, коснуться мяча

    to touch a thing with the hand [with a stick] - трогать вещь рукой [палкой]

    to touch the horse with the spur, to touch one's spurs to the horse - слегка пришпорить коня

    to touch a person on the arm [on the shoulder] - привлечь чьё-л. внимание, коснувшись руки [плеча]

    he touched his lute /the strings of his lute/ delicately - он нежно коснулся струн лютни

    2) касаться, соприкоснуться
    3) быть каким-л. на ощупь
    2. (обычно отриц. или вопр.)
    1) трогать (пальцами, руками)

    visitors are requested not to touch the exhibits - посетителей просят не трогать руками экспонаты

    nothing must be touched until the police have come - нельзя ничего трогать до прихода полиции

    2) притрагиваться (к еде, вину и т. п.); есть, пить
    3) тронуть, ударить

    don't touch her! - только посмей тронуть её!

    he swears he never touched the child - он клянётся, что никогда не трогал ребёнка

    4) заниматься (чем-л.), делать (что-л.); брать в руки; прикасаться

    we have not been able to touch our work all day - за весь день мы не смогли прикоснуться к работе

    he had never touched a card before then - до этого он вообще не брал в руки карт

    5) касаться, иметь половые отношения

    I doubt if he had ever touched a woman before his marriage - сомневаюсь, что он имел дело с женщинами до женитьбы

    3. соприкасаться, примыкать, граничить

    the country touches mountains on the north - с севера страну замыкают /к стране примыкают/ горы

    4. 1) достигать; доставать

    can you touch the ceiling? - вы можете достать до потолка?

    to touch bottom - коснуться дна [см. тж. ]

    2) достигать, доходить до, равняться

    the thermometer touched 30u00B0 yesterday - вчера термометр поднялся до 30u00B0

    5. равняться, идти в сравнение с

    there is nothing to touch sea air for bracing you up - нет ничего полезнее морского воздуха для укрепления здоровья

    is there one of you that could touch him? - разве кто-нибудь из вас может сравниться с ним?

    my cooking can't touch yours - моё кулинарное искусство не идёт в сравнение с вашим

    6. иметь отношение (к чему-л.)

    the new law doesn't touch the case at all - новый закон никак не распространяется на этот случай; этот случай совершенно не подходит под новый закон

    how does this touch me? - какое это имеет ко мне отношение?

    7. влиять, оказывать влияние

    his war experiences seem not to have touched him at all - военные переживания не оставили никакого следа в его душе

    alert to everything that touched his personal honour - чувствительный ко всему, что затрагивало его честь

    8. оказывать физическое воздействие

    this metal is so hard that a file cannot touch it - металл настолько твёрдый, что напильник его не берёт

    9. обыкн. p. p.
    1) наносить вред, ущерб; слегка портить

    this horse is slightly touched in the wind - у этой лошади дыхание немного не в порядке /не всё в порядке с дыханием/

    2) действовать на психику

    he is slightly touched - он немного не в себе, у него не все дома

    3) легко ранить, задеть

    no soldiers were touched in the skirmish - ни один солдат в стычке не пострадал

    10. 1) трогать, волновать

    his repentance touched me to the heart - его раскаяние тронуло меня до глубины души

    2) задевать за живое; сердить, раздражать

    his vanity was touched no less than his sense of duty - его тщеславие было задето не меньше, чем его чувство долга

    to touch smb. to the quick, to touch smb. home, to touch smb. on a raw /on a sore, on a tender/ place, to touch smb. on the raw - задеть кого-л. за живое, задеть чьё-л. больное место; уязвить кого-л. до глубины души

    11. обыкн. p. p.
    1) слегка окрашивать; придавать оттенок
    2) подмешивать, примешивать

    admiration touched with envy - восхищение, к которому примешивается зависть, восхищение с оттенком зависти

    12. ставить пробу, клеймо, метку ( на металле)
    13. редк. упоминать, намекать
    14. мед. ощупывать, пальпировать
    15. мат. касаться, быть касательной
    16. спорт. наносить удар ( фехтование)
    17. уст. намагничивать ( прикосновением к магниту)
    II А
    1. затрагивать (тему, вопрос)
    2. 1) наносить (линии, штрихи)
    2) изменять, подправлять, перекрашивать (штрихами, мазками)
    3. давать сигнал (звонком, горном)
    4. получать (жалованье, стипендию)

    he touches £2 a week - он получает два фунта в неделю

    5. быть следующим за чем-л. (о мастях карт и т. п.)

    diamonds touch hearts - бубны следуют за червями /идут сразу после червей/

    6. мор. плыть круто к ветру ( о парусниках)
    II Б
    1. to touch at port заходить в порт ( о судах)

    what ports did your boat touch at on your trip? - в какие порты заходил ваш пароход во время путешествия?

    2. to touch smb. for smth. разг.
    1) выпрашивать, клянчить, занимать, выманивать что-л. у кого-л.

    he touched me for a large sum of money - он занял /выклянчил/ у меня большую сумму денег

    2) амер. воровать, красть, вынимать из кармана что-л. у кого-л.

    to touch smb. for his watch - вынуть у кого-л. (из кармана) часы, срезать часы у кого-л.

    3. to touch (up)on smth.
    1) затрагивать, касаться, упоминать что-л.
    2) влиять, оказывать влияние на что

    the revolution touched on almost all aspects of human activity - революция затронула почти все аспекты человеческой деятельности

    3) иметь отношение к чему-л.
    4) подходить близко, граничить с чем-л.

    his actions touch on treason - его действия граничат с предательством, его действия - почти предательство

    5) доходить до, достигать (о температуре и т. п.)
    4. to touch one's hat to smb. коснуться шляпы, приподнять шляпу в знак приветствия
    5. to touch smth. to smth. подносить что-л. к чему-л.

    he touched a lighted match to the candle - он поднёс зажжённую спичку к свече

    to touch and go - а) коснуться дна; б) ≅ выиграть один шанс из тысячи; едва удаться

    to touch bottom - а) дойти до предельно низкого уровня ( о ценах); б) опуститься; our hopes touched bottom - надежда в нас едва теплилась; в) добраться до сути дела; г) ав. жарг. разбиться; [см. тж. I 4, 1)]

    to touch the spot - а) попасть в цель, соответствовать своему назначению; a glass of iced beer touches the spot on a hot day - стакан холодного пива - незаменимая вещь в жаркий день; б) понять суть дела; найти корень зла

    to touch wood - пытаться умилостивить судьбу, стучать по дереву, чтобы не накликать беду

    touch wood! - не сглазьте!; постучите по дереву!

    I [she, etc] would not touch him with a barge-pole /with a pair of tongs, амер. with a ten foot pole/ - он мне [ей и т. д.] противен /омерзителен/

    to touch the wind - мор. заполаскивать ( о парусах)

    НБАРС > touch

  • 11 touch

    I n
    1) дотик; торкання

    at a touchпри ( першому) дотику

    a- of /with/ a stick — дотик паличкою

    soft [rough, hard, slimy]to the touch — м'який [шорсткий, твердий, слизький]на дотик

    to know smth by (the) touch — дізнатися що-н. на дотик

    he has a delicate sense of touch — у нього дуже чутлива шкіра, у нього дуже розвинений дотик; чутливість; чуйність, такт

    she has a wonderful touch with children — вона дивно тактовна з дітьми; тактильне почуття

    3) зіткнення, спілкування; зв'язок, контакт

    in touch with smb — у контакті з ким-н.

    I'll be in touch — я далеко не виїду, я дам про себе знати

    to get in /into/ touch with smb — зв'язатися з ким-н.

    to keep in touch with smb — підтримувати зв'язок /контакт/ з ким-н.

    to put smb in touch with smb — познайомити /зв'язати/ кого-н. з ким-н.

    to be out of touch /to lose touch/ with smb — втратити зв'язок /не спілкуватися/ з ким-н.

    to lose. touch with the older generation — втрачати контакти із старшим поколінням

    have you lost touch with your friends back home — є ви втратили зв'язок з друзями на батьківщиніє; знання, розуміння, контроль

    to be in touch with the situation — бути в курсі справ; знати, як йдуть справи

    to keep smb in touch with smth — тримати кого-н. в курсі справ

    to be out of touch with smth — бути не в курсі справ; припинити стежити за чим-н.

    to be out of touch with modern methods — не знати сучасних методів, не володіти /не вміти користуватися/ сучасними методами

    4) штрих; риска; деталь

    vivid [poetic] touches in the story — живі [поетичні]деталі в розповіді

    to put /to give/ the finishing /the final/ touches to smth, to add the fmal touch to smth — додавати останні штрихи до чого-н., обробляти що-н.; закінчувати /завершувати/ що-н.; характерна межа

    a man with a touch of good breeding — добре вихована людина, людина з прекрасними манерами; ( художня) манера, стиль; прийом; вправність

    a tennis player who has lost his touch — тенісист, що втратив свій стиль

    this room needs a woman's touch — цій кімнаті не вистачає жіночої руки; у цій кімнаті не відчувається присутність жінки; особливий фасон або манера

    the latest touch — останній крик моди; мyз. туше; ефект туше або удару

    5) чуточка; домішка; відтінок, наліт

    a touch of perfume — слабкий запах /аромат/ духів

    a touch of irony [of bitterness, of mockery] — відтінок іронії [гіркота, насмішки]

    an acid touch in smb 's voice — кисла нотка в голосі

    there was a touch of frost in the air — відчувався легкий морозець, злегка морозило

    ask me no more, for at a touch I yield — не просіть мене більше, ще слово -, я поступлюся; легкий напад ( хвороби); невеликий удар

    a touch of rheumatism [of gout] — слабкий /невеликий/ напад ревматизму [подагра]

    touch of fever — невеликий жар, температурка

    the dinner was a guinea touch — обід обійшовся в гінею; cл. гроші, отримані у позику або ті, що випросили; гроші, отримані шахрайським шляхом

    to make a touch, to put the touch (on smb)позичити гроші (у кого-н.); виканючити /вициганити/ гроші (у кого-н.); cл. шахрайство, обман, обдурювання

    its a touch — мене надули, мене обдурили

    7) якісна проба (золото, срібло); влучна, клеймо, проба (на золоті, сріблі, ін. металах); проба на ступінь густини сиропу ( у цукроварінні); icт. пробний камінь
    8) мeд. обмацування; пальпація
    10) cпopт. площа, лежача за бічними лініями футбольного поля

    to kick the ball into touch — вибити м'яч за бічну лінію; бічна лінія

    easy /soft/ touch — людина, що легко позичає гроші у борг

    he's an easy /soft/ touch — у нього легко зайняти гроші: його легко надути; слабке місце, слабка ланка

    he thinks you're a soft touch in the family — він думає, що ти в наший сім'ї - слабке місце

    common touch, touch of elbows — відчуття ліктя

    a near touch — небезпечне /ризиковане/ положення; небезпека, яку ледве вдалося уникнути

    rum touch — дивна /ексцентрична/ людина; дивна справа

    in /within/ touch — близько, під рукою; доступно, досяжно

    II adv
    небагато, трішки

    to aim a touch too low — прицілитися трохи нижче, ніж потрібно

    III v
    1) торкатися, чіпати

    to touch the ballcпopт. зачепити м'яч, торкнутися м'яча

    to touch a thing with the hand [with a stick] — чіпати річ рукою [палицею]

    to touch the horse with the spur, to touch one's spurs to the horse — злегка пришпорити коня

    to touch a person on the arm [on the shoulder] — привернути чиюсь увага, торкнувшись руки [плеча]

    he touched his lute /the strings of his lute/ delicately — він ніжно торкнувся струн лютні; торкатися, стикатися

    our palms touched — наші долоні торкнулися одна одну; бути якимсь на дотик

    2) (зазапер. або пит.) чіпати (пальцями, руками) visitors are requested not to touch the exhibits відвідувачів просять не чіпати руками експонати

    nothing must be touched until the police have come — не можна нічого чіпати до приходу поліції; торкатися (до їжі, вин; їсти, пити)

    he never touches a drop — він не п'є ні краплі; чіпати, ударити

    he swears he never touched the child — він присягається, що ніколи не чіпав дитини; займатися (чим-н.), робити (що-н.); брати в руки; торкатися

    he had never touched a card before then — до цього він взагалі не брав в руки карт; торкатися, мати статеві відношення

    I doubt if he had ever touched a woman before his marriage — сумніваюся, що він мав справу з жінками до одруження

    3) стикатися, примикати, граничити
    4) досягати; діставати

    to touch bottom — торкнутися дна [див. є]; досягати, доходити до, дорівнювати

    the thermometer touched 30° yesterday — вчора термометр піднявся до 30°; he touches 6 feet він шість футів зросту

    5) дорівнювати, йти в порівняння з
    6) мати відношення (до чого-н.); the question touches you nearly питання близько стосується вас

    the new law doesn't touch the case at all — новий закон ніяк не розповсюджується на цей випадок; цей випадок абсолютно не підходить під новий закон

    7) впливати, робити вплив

    alert to everything that touched his personal honour — чутливий до всього, що зачіпало його честь

    Ex:
    this horse is slightly touched in the wind — у цього коня дихання трохи не в порядку /не все гаразд з диханням/; діяти на психіку
    he is slightly touched — він трохи не в собі, у нього не всі вдома
    the fright has touched his wits — він збожеволів від переляку; легко ранити, зачепити

    this metal is so hard that a file cannot touch it — метал настільки твердий, що напилок не його бере

    8)

    p. p. завдавати шкоди, збиток; злегка псувати

    9) чіпати, хвилювати

    his repentance touched me to the heart — його розкаяння зворушило мене до глибини душі; зачіпати за живе; сердити, дратувати

    his vanity was touched no less than his sense of duty — його пихатість була зачеплена не менше, ніж його почуття боргу

    to touch smb to the quick, to touch smb home, to touch smb on a raw /on a sore, on a tender/ place, to touch smb on the raw — зачепити кого-н. за живе, зачепити чиєсь хворе місце; уразити кого-н. до глибини душі

    10) p. p. злегка офарблювати; додавати відтінок

    clouds touched with pink — рожеві хмари; підмішувати, домішувати

    admiration touched with envy — захоплення, до якого домішується заздрість, захоплення з відтінком заздрості

    11) ставити пробу, клеймо, мітку ( на металі)
    12) згадувати, натякати
    13) мeд. обмацувати, пальпувати
    14) мaт. торкатися, бути дотичною
    15) cпopт. завдавати удару ( фехтування)
    16) icт. намагнічувати ( дотик до магніт ІІ А)
    17) зачіпати (тему, питання)
    18) наносити (лінії, штрихи); змінювати, підправляти, перефарбовувати (штрихами, мазаннями)
    19) давати сигнал (дзвінком, сурмою)
    20) отримувати (платню, стипендію)
    21) бути наступним за чим-н. ( про масті карт)
    22) мop. плисти круто до вітру ( про парусники)
    23) to touch at a port заходити в порт (про судн; what ports did your boat touch at on your trip є у які порти заходив ваш пароплав під час подорожіє)
    24) to touch smb for smth випрошувати, канючити, займати, виманювати що-н. у кого-н.; he touched John for a dollar він примусив Джона розщедритися на долар; he touched me for a large sum of money він зайняв /виканючив/ у мене велику суму грошей; aмep. красти, красти, виймати з кишені що-н. у кого-н.; to touch smb for his watch вийняти у кого-н. ( з кишені)
    25) to touch (up) on smth these questions я вже говорив про це; впливати, робити вплив на щось

    the revolution touched on almost all aspects of human activity — революція торкнулася майже всіх аспектів людської діяльності; мати відношення до чого-н.; підходити близько, граничити з чим-н.

    his actions touch on treason — його дії граничать із зрадою, його дії - майже зрада; доходити до, досягати ( про температуру)

    26) to touch one's hat to smb торкнутися капелюха, підняти капелюх на знак вітання
    27) to touch smth to smth підносити що-н. до чого-н.

    to touch and go — торкнутися дна; = виграти один шанс з тисячі; ледве вдатися

    our hopes touched bottom — надія в нас ледве жевріла; дістатися до суті справи; aв.; жapг. розбитися; [див. I 4]

    to touch the spot — попасти в ціль, відповідати своєму призначенню

    a glass of iced beer touches the spot on a hot day — стакан холодного пива - незамінна річ в спекотний день; зрозуміти суть справи; знайти корінь зла

    to touch wood — намагатися вмилостивити долю, стукати по дереву, щоб не накликати біду

    touch woodl — не наврочте!; постукайте по дереву!

    I would not touch him with a barge-pole /with a pair of tongs, амер. with a ten foot pole/ — він мені осоружний /огидливий/

    to touch the windмop. заполіскувати ( про вітрил)

    English-Ukrainian dictionary > touch

  • 12 Memory

       To what extent can we lump together what goes on when you try to recall: (1) your name; (2) how you kick a football; and (3) the present location of your car keys? If we use introspective evidence as a guide, the first seems an immediate automatic response. The second may require constructive internal replay prior to our being able to produce a verbal description. The third... quite likely involves complex operational responses under the control of some general strategy system. Is any unitary search process, with a single set of characteristics and inputoutput relations, likely to cover all these cases? (Reitman, 1970, p. 485)
       [Semantic memory] Is a mental thesaurus, organized knowledge a person possesses about words and other verbal symbols, their meanings and referents, about relations among them, and about rules, formulas, and algorithms for the manipulation of these symbols, concepts, and relations. Semantic memory does not register perceptible properties of inputs, but rather cognitive referents of input signals. (Tulving, 1972, p. 386)
       The mnemonic code, far from being fixed and unchangeable, is structured and restructured along with general development. Such a restructuring of the code takes place in close dependence on the schemes of intelligence. The clearest indication of this is the observation of different types of memory organisation in accordance with the age level of a child so that a longer interval of retention without any new presentation, far from causing a deterioration of memory, may actually improve it. (Piaget & Inhelder, 1973, p. 36)
       4) The Logic of Some Memory Theorization Is of Dubious Worth in the History of Psychology
       If a cue was effective in memory retrieval, then one could infer it was encoded; if a cue was not effective, then it was not encoded. The logic of this theorization is "heads I win, tails you lose" and is of dubious worth in the history of psychology. We might ask how long scientists will puzzle over questions with no answers. (Solso, 1974, p. 28)
       We have iconic, echoic, active, working, acoustic, articulatory, primary, secondary, episodic, semantic, short-term, intermediate-term, and longterm memories, and these memories contain tags, traces, images, attributes, markers, concepts, cognitive maps, natural-language mediators, kernel sentences, relational rules, nodes, associations, propositions, higher-order memory units, and features. (Eysenck, 1977, p. 4)
       The problem with the memory metaphor is that storage and retrieval of traces only deals [ sic] with old, previously articulated information. Memory traces can perhaps provide a basis for dealing with the "sameness" of the present experience with previous experiences, but the memory metaphor has no mechanisms for dealing with novel information. (Bransford, McCarrell, Franks & Nitsch, 1977, p. 434)
       7) The Results of a Hundred Years of the Psychological Study of Memory Are Somewhat Discouraging
       The results of a hundred years of the psychological study of memory are somewhat discouraging. We have established firm empirical generalisations, but most of them are so obvious that every ten-year-old knows them anyway. We have made discoveries, but they are only marginally about memory; in many cases we don't know what to do with them, and wear them out with endless experimental variations. We have an intellectually impressive group of theories, but history offers little confidence that they will provide any meaningful insight into natural behavior. (Neisser, 1978, pp. 12-13)
       A schema, then is a data structure for representing the generic concepts stored in memory. There are schemata representing our knowledge about all concepts; those underlying objects, situations, events, sequences of events, actions and sequences of actions. A schema contains, as part of its specification, the network of interrelations that is believed to normally hold among the constituents of the concept in question. A schema theory embodies a prototype theory of meaning. That is, inasmuch as a schema underlying a concept stored in memory corresponds to the mean ing of that concept, meanings are encoded in terms of the typical or normal situations or events that instantiate that concept. (Rumelhart, 1980, p. 34)
       Memory appears to be constrained by a structure, a "syntax," perhaps at quite a low level, but it is free to be variable, deviant, even erratic at a higher level....
       Like the information system of language, memory can be explained in part by the abstract rules which underlie it, but only in part. The rules provide a basic competence, but they do not fully determine performance. (Campbell, 1982, pp. 228, 229)
       When people think about the mind, they often liken it to a physical space, with memories and ideas as objects contained within that space. Thus, we speak of ideas being in the dark corners or dim recesses of our minds, and of holding ideas in mind. Ideas may be in the front or back of our minds, or they may be difficult to grasp. With respect to the processes involved in memory, we talk about storing memories, of searching or looking for lost memories, and sometimes of finding them. An examination of common parlance, therefore, suggests that there is general adherence to what might be called the spatial metaphor. The basic assumptions of this metaphor are that memories are treated as objects stored in specific locations within the mind, and the retrieval process involves a search through the mind in order to find specific memories....
       However, while the spatial metaphor has shown extraordinary longevity, there have been some interesting changes over time in the precise form of analogy used. In particular, technological advances have influenced theoretical conceptualisations.... The original Greek analogies were based on wax tablets and aviaries; these were superseded by analogies involving switchboards, gramophones, tape recorders, libraries, conveyor belts, and underground maps. Most recently, the workings of human memory have been compared to computer functioning... and it has been suggested that the various memory stores found in computers have their counterparts in the human memory system. (Eysenck, 1984, pp. 79-80)
       Primary memory [as proposed by William James] relates to information that remains in consciousness after it has been perceived, and thus forms part of the psychological present, whereas secondary memory contains information about events that have left consciousness, and are therefore part of the psychological past. (Eysenck, 1984, p. 86)
       Once psychologists began to study long-term memory per se, they realized it may be divided into two main categories.... Semantic memories have to do with our general knowledge about the working of the world. We know what cars do, what stoves do, what the laws of gravity are, and so on. Episodic memories are largely events that took place at a time and place in our personal history. Remembering specific events about our own actions, about our family, and about our individual past falls into this category. With amnesia or in aging, what dims... is our personal episodic memories, save for those that are especially dear or painful to us. Our knowledge of how the world works remains pretty much intact. (Gazzaniga, 1988, p. 42)
       The nature of memory... provides a natural starting point for an analysis of thinking. Memory is the repository of many of the beliefs and representations that enter into thinking, and the retrievability of these representations can limit the quality of our thought. (Smith, 1990, p. 1)

    Historical dictionary of quotations in cognitive science > Memory

  • 13 propio

    adj.
    1 own.
    2 one's own.
    3 very, same, self-same, selfsame.
    4 proper, right on.
    5 of one's own, of my own, of our own, of his own.
    * * *
    2 (indicado) proper, appropriate
    4 (mismo - él) himself; (- ella) herself; (- cosa, animal) itself; (- en plural) themselves
    * * *
    (f. - propia)
    adj.
    1) own
    3) self
    * * *
    1. ADJ
    1) [uso enfático]
    a) [con posesivos] own
    b) (=mismo)

    hacer lo propio — to do the same, follow suit

    al propio tiempoat the same time

    c)

    al propio — CAm on purpose

    de propio — especially

    2) [indicando posesión] own

    ¿tiene coche propio? — do you have your own car?

    3) (=característico)

    propio de algo/algn — typical of sth/sb

    4) (=inconfundible) all (of) its own
    5) (=adecuado) suitable

    propio para algo — suitable for sth

    6) (=correcto) strict, true
    7) Esp
    * (=parecido)

    has salido muy propio en ese retrato — that portrait of you is a good likeness, that portrait looks really like you

    8) esp Méx, CAm

    - con su permiso -propio — "excuse me" - "certainly"

    2. SM
    1) (=mensajero) messenger
    2)

    propios y extrañosall and sundry

    * * *
    - pia adjetivo
    1)

    ¿tu piso es propio o alquilado? — do you own your flat or is it rented?

    c) ( no postizo) real
    2) (característico, típico)

    propio DE algo/alguien: esa actitud es muy propio de él that kind of attitude is very typical of him; costumbres propias de los países orientales — customs characteristic of oriental countries

    3)

    propio PARA algo — (adecuado, idóneo) suitable for something

    * * *
    - pia adjetivo
    1)

    ¿tu piso es propio o alquilado? — do you own your flat or is it rented?

    c) ( no postizo) real
    2) (característico, típico)

    propio DE algo/alguien: esa actitud es muy propio de él that kind of attitude is very typical of him; costumbres propias de los países orientales — customs characteristic of oriental countries

    3)

    propio PARA algo — (adecuado, idóneo) suitable for something

    * * *
    propio1
    1 = home-grown [home grown/homegrown], of its own, own, of + Posesivo + own, self, distinctive.

    Ex: Most media centers have not used AACR in the past but have followed their own home-grown rules.

    Ex: The document has no title of its own.
    Ex: The command function 'OWN' serves to use a system's own command when the general system, in this case EURONET, does not cater for a specialised function available on a particular system.
    Ex: There is also a scheme afoot to help services create specialized data bases of their own using ECLAS norms.
    Ex: In the public library grand tradition this was patently the self image of the educated middle class.
    Ex: In addition to main or added entries under titles added entries are often also made in respect of distinctive series titles.
    * a cuenta propia = at + Posesivo + expense, at + Posesivo + own expense.
    * al propio ritmo de Uno = in + Posesivo + own time, at + Posesivo + own pace.
    * amor propio = self-esteem [self esteem], pride.
    * ante + Posesivo + propios ojos = before + Posesivo + (own two) eyes, before + Posesivo + very eyes.
    * aprender a su propio ritmo = learn at + Posesivo + own pace.
    * asuntos propios = personal business.
    * a su propio ritmo = at an individual pace.
    * bar que elabora su propia cerveza = brew pub.
    * característica propia = trademark.
    * cavarse su propia tumba = another nail in + Posesivo + coffin.
    * con financiación propia = self-funded.
    * con sus propias palabras = in + Posesivo + own words.
    * contar + Posesivo + propia vida y milagros = spill + Posesivo + guts.
    * decidir por cuenta propia = take it upon + Reflexivo + to.
    * de cosecha propia = home-grown [home grown/homegrown].
    * defensa propia = self-defence [self-defense, -USA].
    * delante de + Posesivo + propios ojos = before + Posesivo + (own two) eyes, before + Posesivo + very eyes.
    * de la propia comunidad = community-owned.
    * de la propia empresa = company-owned.
    * demasiado + Adjetivo + para su propio bien = too + Adjetivo + for + Posesivo + own good.
    * de + Posesivo + propia boca = straight from the horse's mouth.
    * de propia cosecha = home-grown [home grown/homegrown].
    * dinero propio = private means.
    * en beneficio propio = to + Posesivo + advantage.
    * encontrar su propio modo de actuar = find + Posesivo + own way.
    * en el propio campus universitario = campus-based.
    * en el propio cortijo = on-farm.
    * en la propia finca = on-farm.
    * en la propia granja = on-farm.
    * en la propia habitación = ensuite.
    * en las propias palabras de uno mismo = in + Posesivo + own words.
    * en + Posesivo + propio beneficio = to + Posesivo + advantage.
    * hacer Algo por + Posesivo + propia cuenta = make + Posesivo + own arrangements.
    * hecho por la propia biblioteca = in-house [inhouse].
    * hundirse por su propio peso = sink under + its own weight.
    * material editado por el propio autor = self-published material.
    * montar + Posesivo + propio negocio = set + Reflexivo + up in business.
    * muy propio = highly distinctive.
    * nombre propio = forename, proper name.
    * organizar Algo por + Posesivo + propia cuenta = make + Posesivo + own arrangements.
    * pagarse + Posesivo + propios gastos = pay + Posesivo + own way.
    * para + Posesivo + propio bien = for + Posesivo + own good.
    * patrocinado por la propia empresa = company-sponsored.
    * persona de la propia empresa = insider.
    * por cuenta propia = at + Posesivo + own expense.
    * por decisión propia = by choice.
    * por elección propia = by choice.
    * por + Posesivo + propia cuenta = at + Posesivo + own expense.
    * por + Posesivo + (propia) naturaleza = in + Posesivo + nature.
    * por propia iniciativa = self-directed.
    * por su propia voluntad = of its own accord.
    * promovido por el propio sistema de información = information-led.
    * propio de = germane to.
    * propio de espías = cloak-and-dagger.
    * propio del sistema = built-in.
    * propio de niña = girlish.
    * propio de niño = boyish.
    * propio de un caballero = gentlemanlike.
    * propio estilo = house style.
    * propios ingresos = earned income.
    * que busca el beneficio propio = self-serving.
    * recogida en su propia puerta = kerbside collection, curbside collection.
    * restablecer + Posesivo + propia identidad = re-establish + Posesivo + own identity.
    * revista editada por la propia institución = house journal.
    * según sus propias condiciones = on + Posesivo + own terms.
    * según sus propias palabras = in + Posesivo + own terms.
    * sentido muy desarrollado de su propio territorio = territoriality.
    * ser la propia responsabilidad de Alguien = be of + Posesivo + own making.
    * ser propio de = be proper of.
    * tirar piedras contra tu propio tejado = cut + the branch + you sit on, cut off + Posesivo + nose to spite + Posesivo + face.
    * tirarse piedras contra el propio tejado = shoot + Reflexivo + in the foot.
    * todas las iniciales del nombre propio = full initials.
    * tomarse + Expresión Temporal + de asuntos propios = take + Expresión Temporal + off, have + Expresión Temporal + off work.
    * tomarse unos días de asuntos propios = take + time off work.
    * trabajar al propio ritmo de Uno = work at + Posesivo + own pace.
    * tragarse el amor propio = swallow + Posesivo + pride.
    * uso público en la propia biblioteca = in-library use.
    * vencer a Alguien en su propio terreno = beat + Nombre + at + Posesivo + own game.

    propio2
    2 = proper, beffiting.

    Ex: With proper authorization, you may request information about the status of the copies displayed.

    Ex: Since I write in English I should really refer to the city as Florence, but Firenze is such a phonically beautiful sounding word, far more befitting of the beautiful Italian city.

    * * *
    A
    se necesita viajante con vehículo propio salesman with own car required
    tienen piscina propia they have their own swimming pool
    tengo mis propios problemas I've got problems of my own, I've got my own problems
    salió de la clínica por su propio pie she walked out of the clinic, she left the clinic under her own steam
    lo vi con mis propios ojos I saw it with my own two eyes o with my (very) own eyes
    3
    (verdadero, no artificial): la barba parece propia his beard looks real
    no es permanente, los rizos son propios it's not a perm, her hair is naturally curly
    B (característico, típico) propio DE algo/algn:
    es una enfermedad propia de la edad it's a common illness in older people o among the elderly
    ese desdén es muy propio de él that kind of disdainful attitude is very typical of him
    son costumbres propias de los países orientales these are characteristic customs of oriental countries
    su comportamiento es propio de un loco he behaves like a madman, his behavior is fitting of o befits a madman ( liter)
    C propio PARA algo (adecuado, idóneo) suitable FOR sth
    es un vestido muy propio para la ocasión it's a very suitable dress for the occasion, the dress is just right for the occasion
    este no es lugar propio para una conversación seria this is not a suitable o an appropriate o the right place for a serious conversation
    D
    (mismo): fue el propio presidente it was the president himself
    debe ser el propio interesado quien lo pida it must be the person concerned who makes the request
    el propio Juan se llevó una sorpresa even Juan himself got a surprise
    2
    lo propio the same
    el presidente abandonó la sala y minutos después hizo lo propio el vicepresidente the president left the room and minutes later the vice president did the same
    ( Esp)
    messenger
    propios y extraños all and sundry
    * * *

     

    propio
    ◊ - pia adjetivo

    1

    ¿es propio o alquilado? is it your own or is it rented?;

    tienen piscina propia they have their own swimming pool


    todo lo hace en beneficio propio everything he does is for his own gain;
    lo vi con mis propios ojos I saw it with my own two eyes o with my (very) own eyes
    2 (característico, típico):

    una enfermedad propia de la vejez an illness common among old people;
    no es un comportamiento propio de una señorita it's not ladylike behaviour
    3 ( delante del n) ( mismo):

    debe ser el propio interesado quien lo pida it must be the person concerned who makes the request
    propio,-a adjetivo
    1 (posesión) own: tiene su propio apartamento, he has his own apartment
    2 (adecuado) suitable, appropriate: ese vestido no es propio para la fiesta, that dress is not suitable for the party
    3 (característico) typical, peculiar
    el clima propio de la región, the typical weather for the area
    4 (intensificador) (hombre) himself
    (mujer) herself
    (animal, cosa) itself: se lo dijo el propio presidente, the President himself told her so
    ' propio' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    bolsillo
    - cacarear
    - chalet
    - comodidad
    - femenina
    - femenino
    - gustar
    - infantil
    - masculina
    - masculino
    - monte
    - peculiar
    - propia
    - provecho
    - vileza
    - amor
    - campo
    - correspondiente
    - fray
    - hispanismo
    - interés
    - pie
    - santo
    - tiempo
    English:
    benefit
    - brain
    - epitaph
    - grind
    - higher-up
    - homegrown
    - interest
    - ladylike
    - nourish
    - ostracize
    - own
    - private
    - proper noun
    - right
    - self-esteem
    - self-respect
    - sisterly
    - specific
    - transport
    - very
    - disown
    - drive-in
    - ego
    - for
    - proper
    - purpose
    - sake
    - self
    * * *
    propio, -a
    adj
    1. [en propiedad] own;
    tiene coche propio she has a car of her own, she has her own car;
    se requiere vehículo propio [en anuncio laboral] own car required
    2. [de la misma persona]
    lo vi con mis propios ojos I saw it with my own eyes;
    me lo dijo en mi propia cara he said it to my face;
    actuó en defensa propia she acted in self-defence;
    por tu propio bien for your own good
    3. [peculiar]
    propio de typical o characteristic of;
    el monzón es propio de esta época the monsoon is characteristic of this season;
    es muy propio de él llegar tarde it's absolutely typical of him to arrive late;
    no es propio de él it's not like him
    4. [adecuado] suitable, right ( para for);
    recitó un poema propio para la ocasión she recited a suitable poem for the occasion
    5. [correcto] proper, true
    6. [en persona] himself, f herself;
    el propio compositor the composer himself
    7. [semejante] true to life;
    en ese retrato quedaste muy propio that portrait is a very good likeness of you
    8. Gram proper
    9.
    lo propio [lo mismo] the same;
    Elena se retiró a descansar y su compañero hizo lo propio Elena went to have a rest and her companion did the same
    nmpl
    a propios y extraños all and sundry;
    de propio loc adv
    [expresamente]
    fui de propio a la ciudad para verla I went to the city just to see her
    * * *
    adj
    1 (de uno mismo) own
    2 ( característico) characteristic (de of), typical (de of)
    3 ( adecuado) suitable ( para for);
    hacer lo propio do the right o appropriate thing
    4
    :
    la propia directora the director herself
    * * *
    propio, - pia adj
    1) : own
    su propia casa: his own house
    sus recursos propios: their own resources
    2) apropiado: appropriate, suitable
    3) característico: characteristic, typical
    4) mismo: oneself
    el propio director: the director himself
    * * *
    propio adj
    2. (mismo) himself / herself

    Spanish-English dictionary > propio

  • 14 solutum

    solvo, solvi, solutum, 3, v. a. ( perf. soluit, trisyll., Cat. 2, 13:

    soluisse,

    Tib. 4, 5, 16) [for se-luo; cf. socors for se-cords], to loosen an object from any thing, to release or to loose, remove any thing which binds or restrains another.
    I.
    To loose an object bound, to release, set free, disengage, dissolve, take apart.
    A.
    In a corporeal sense.
    1.
    Outwardly, to release.
    a.
    From fetters or custody, to free, set free, release; absol.:

    solvite istas,

    i. e. from fetters, Plaut. Truc. 4, 3, 64:

    solvite istum,

    id. Mil. 5, 32:

    numquam, nisi me orassis, solves,

    id. Ep. 5, 2, 62:

    jube solvi (eum),

    Ter. And. 5, 4, 52:

    ad palum adligati repente soluti sunt,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 5, § 11:

    ut vincti solvantur,

    id. ib. 2, 5, 6, §

    12: qui in compedibus corporis semper fuerunt, etiam cum soluti sunt, tardius ingrediuntur,

    id. Tusc. 1, 31, 75:

    ita nexi soluti (sunt),

    Liv. 8, 28, 9:

    solvite me, pueri,

    Verg. E. 6, 24:

    fore ut brevi solveretur,

    Suet. Vesp. 5; id. Tib. 65; id. Vit. 12.—With abl.:

    canis solutus catena,

    Phaedr. 3, 7, 20. — Transf., from the fetter of frost:

    solutis amnibus (i. e. frigoris vinculo),

    Stat. Th. 5, 15:

    terrae quem (florem) ferunt solutae,

    Hor. C. 1, 4, 10.—
    b.
    From reins, ties, bands, etc.: solve senescentem equum, from the rein, i. e. dismiss him from service, Hor. Ep. 1, 1, 8:

    solverat sol equos,

    unhitched, Stat. Th. 3, 407: currum solvere (i. e. ab equis, poet. for equos a curru), Sen. Thyest. 794: solvere epistulam, i. e. from the string by which it was tied (= to open), Nep. Hann. 11, 3:

    et tibi sollicita solvitur illa (epistula) manu,

    Ov. Tr. 5, 2, 2:

    et jacet in gremio charta soluta meo,

    id. H. 11, 4:

    praecepit suis ne sarcinas solverent, aut onera deponerent,

    Front. Strat. 1, 5, 3.—So of garments and sails, to unfurl, unfold: cum tunica soluta inambularet, Asin. ap. Cic. Fam. 10, 32, 3; Front. Strat. 4, 1, 26:

    soluta toga,

    Quint. 11, 3, 147:

    vela solvere,

    Verg. A. 4, 574.—
    c.
    From any fastening (mostly poet. and post-Aug. prose), to detach from; constr. absol., or with ab or de, and abl.:

    Caucasia solvet de rupe Promethei bracchia,

    Prop. 2, 1, 69:

    fraxinus solvitur,

    from the ground, Stat. Th. 9, 498:

    ceciditque soluta pinus,

    id. ib. 9, 409; cf.:

    pinus radice soluta, deficit,

    id. S. 5, 1, 152:

    solutis radicibus arbusta procumbunt,

    Sen. Q. N. 3, 27, 5:

    accepi epistulam quam, ut scribis, ancora soluta de phaselo dedisti, i. e. a litore,

    detached, Cic. Att. 1, 13, 1 B. and K. (al. sublata;

    but soluta is perh. an error of Cic. in the use of a technical term, v Orell. ad loc.).—In the same sense: solvere retinacula classis,

    Ov. M. 15, 696; 8, 102:

    querno solvunt de stipite funem,

    id. F. 4, 333:

    fune soluto Currit in immensum carina,

    id. Am. 2, 11, 23:

    curvo solves viscera cultro (i. e. de corpore ferarum),

    Sen. Hippol. 53.—Of rain disengaged from the clouds:

    imber caelesti nube solutus,

    Ov. A. A. 2, 237: (Lunam) imperfecta vi solvere tantum umorem, disengage only the moisture, i. e. from the earth:

    cum solis radii absumant,

    Plin. 2, 9, 6, § 45:

    solutum a latere pugionem,

    detached from his side, Suet. Vit. 15.—
    d.
    Esp., of ships: navem solvere, to free a ship from the land, i. e. to set sail, weigh anchor, leave land, depart.
    (α).
    With acc. alone:

    eisce confectis navem solvimus,

    Plaut. Merc. 1, 1, 91:

    navim cupimus solvere,

    id. Mil. 4, 7, 17:

    naves solvit,

    Caes. B. G. 4, 36; 5, 8; id. B. C. 1, 28; 3, 14; 3, 26;

    3, 102: primis tenebris solvit navem,

    Liv. 45, 6:

    postero die solvere naves (jussi),

    id. 29, 25 fin.; Nep. Hann. 8, 2:

    classem solvere,

    Liv. 45, 41; Prop. 3, 7 (4, 6), 23.—
    (β).
    With ab and abl.:

    navis a terra solverunt,

    Caes. B. C. 3, 101:

    quinto inde die quam ab Corintho solverit naves,

    Liv. 31, 7 med.:

    solvunt a litore puppes,

    Luc. 2, 649.—
    (γ).
    With ex and abl.:

    nam noctu hac soluta est navis nostra e portu Persico,

    Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 259:

    interea e portu nostra navis solvitur,

    id. Bacch. 2, 3, 54.—
    (δ).
    With abl.:

    complures mercatores Alexandria solvisse,

    Cic. Off. 3, 12, 50:

    portu solventibus,

    id. Mur. 2, 4.—
    (ε).
    Absol. (sc. navem or naves):

    tertia fere vigilia solvit,

    Caes. B. G. 4, 23:

    nos eo die cenati solvimus,

    Cic. Fam. 16, 9, 2:

    altero die quam a Brundusio solvit,

    Liv. 31, 14 init.:

    qui inde solverant,

    Val. Max. 1, 7, 3:

    solvi mare languido,

    Sen. Ep. 53, 1:

    fortasse etiam ventis minantibus solves,

    id. Ben. 2, 35, 5:

    non eadem est his et illis causa solvendi,

    making sea-voyages, id. Q. N. 5, 18, 16.—
    (ζ).
    With navis, etc., as subj., to leave the land (sc. se a litore):

    naves XVIII. ex superiore portu solverunt,

    Caes. B. G. 4, 28; and by another change of construction: solvimus oram, we freed the shore, i.e. from the ship, Quint. 4, 2, 41; id. Ep. ad Tryph. 3.—
    (η).
    Poet. usages:

    de litore puppis solvit iter,

    clears the voyage, Stat. S. 5, 1, 243:

    nec tibi Tyrrhena solvatur funis harena,

    Prop. 1, 8, 11 (cf.: retinacula solvere, c. supra).—
    e.
    Of secretions from the body ( poet. and in post-Aug. prose):

    tempore eo quo menstrua solvit,

    Lucr. 6, 706:

    cruor solvitur,

    Stat. Th. 9, 530:

    lacrimas solvere,

    id. Achill. 2, 256:

    solutis lacrimis,

    Claud. Ruf. 2, 258; so,

    partus solvere,

    to bear, bring forth, be delivered of offspring, Ov. F. 3, 258; Stat. Th. 5, 461; Plin. 28, 3, 6, § 33; 32, 1, 1, § 6.—
    2.
    To loosen an object from that which holds it together, to break up, part, dissolve, disperse, divide, take apart, scatter.
    a.
    In gen.:

    omne colligatum solvi potest,

    Cic. Fin. 11.—
    b.
    Of structures ( poet. and in post-Aug. prose):

    solvere naves et rursus conjungere,

    Curt. 8, 10, 3:

    solvere quassatae parcite membra ratis,

    Ov. Tr. 1, 2, 2:

    dubitavit an solveret pontem,

    Curt. 4, 16, 8:

    solvere pontem,

    Tac. A. 1, 69:

    si pons solutus sit,

    Dig. 2, 11, 2, § 7:

    solutus pons tempestatibus,

    Just. 2, 13, 9:

    currum (solis) solutum,

    Manil. 1, 740.—
    c.
    Of woven stuff:

    solvens texta,

    Prop. 2, 9, 6.—
    d.
    Of mountains:

    utrimque montes solvit (Hercules),

    Sen. Herc. Fur. 237:

    tridente Neptunus montem solvit,

    id. Agam. 553.—
    e.
    Of the neck:

    soluta cervix silicis impulsu,

    broken, Sen. Troad. 1119.—
    f.
    Of a comet:

    momentum quo cometes solutus et in duas partes redactus est,

    Sen. Q. N. 7, 16, 3.—
    g.
    Of the hair, to loosen, untie, let fall:

    solve capillos,

    Ov. Am. 3, 9, 3:

    crinem,

    id. A. A. 3, 784; id. M. 11, 682; 13, 584; Prop. 2, 15 (3, 7), 46:

    comas casside,

    Ov. F. 3, 2; cf. id. ib. 4, 854.—
    h.
    Of the earth (so mostly P. a., q. v. infra;

    post-Aug.): ita in terrae corpore evenit ut partes ejus vetustate solvantur, solutae cadant,

    Sen. Q. N. 6, 10, 2:

    ubi montis latus nova ventis solvit hiems,

    Stat. Th. 7, 745. —
    3.
    To dissolve; pass., to be dissolved, changed, to pass over into ( poet. and postclass. for dissolvere, or transire in); constr. absol., or with in and acc.
    (α).
    Of a change into air or gas:

    calor mobiliter solvens, differt primordia vini,

    dissolving, parts the molecules of the wine, Lucr. 6, 235:

    nam materiai copia ferretur per inane soluta,

    id. 1, 1018; so id. 1, 1103:

    ita fatus in aera rursus solvitur,

    Stat. Th. 5, 285;

    nec in aera solvi Passa, recentem animam caelestibus intulit astris,

    Ov. M. 15, 845.—
    (β).
    Into a liquid, to melt:

    saepe terra in tabem solvitur,

    Sen. Q. N. 3, 15, 7:

    terram quam diximus esse mutabilem et solvi in umorem,

    id. ib. 3, 29, 4:

    nullum tellus se solvit in amnem,

    Luc. 2, 408; ipsum in conubia terrae Aethera, cum pluviis rarescunt nubila, solvo, dissolve into the embrace of the earth, i. e. change into rain, Stat. S. 1, 2, 186:

    ex Aethiopiae jugis solutas nives ad Nilum decurrere,

    Sen. Q. N. 4, 2, 17; so,

    nivem solvere,

    id. ib. 4, 5, 2; Ov. Am. 3, 6, 93; Sen. Herc. Oet. 729:

    rigor auri solvitur aestu,

    Lucr. 1, 493:

    ferrum calidi solvant camini,

    Manil. 4, 250:

    cerae igne solutae,

    Ov. A. A. 2, 47:

    Iris cum vino triduo non solvitur,

    Plin. 21, 20, 83, § 142:

    (herba) quinto die solvitur,

    id. 26, 14, 88, § 148.—
    (γ).
    Of putrefaction:

    (vitulo) per integram solvuntur viscera pellem,

    Verg. G. 4, 302.—
    (δ).
    Of change in general:

    inque novas abiit massa soluta domos,

    Ov. F. 1, 108:

    repentino crementur incendio, atque ex tanta varietate solvantur atque eant in unum omnia (sc. all the heavenly bodies),

    Sen. Ben. 6, 22.—
    (ε).
    Of expansion by heat:

    (uva) cum modo frigoribus premitur, modo solvitur aestu,

    Ov. A. A. 2, 317.—
    (ζ).
    Hence, solvere, absol., to rarefy:

    gravitas aeris solvitur,

    Sen. Q. N. 5, 5, 1.—
    (η).
    Solvi in, to pass into, become:

    in cacumine (herbae) capitula purpurea quae solvantur in lanugines,

    Plin. 27, 8, 39, § 61.—Of a wave:

    donec in planitiem immotarum aquarum solvatur,

    disappears in, Sen. Q. N. 1, 2, 2:

    postremi (equi) solvuntur in aequora pisces (= solvuntur in pisces),

    Stat. Th. 2, 47: lumina in lacrimas solventur, stream with tears. —Hence, solvere, causative, to make pass over, to make vanish in: circulum in pulverem, in quo descriptus est, solvere, Sen. Ep. 74, 27: soluti agri, the boundaries of which are effaced, Sic. Fl. Cond. Agr. p. 3 Goes.—
    4.
    To consume, to destroy, dissolve:

    solvere orbes,

    Manil. 1, 497:

    ni calor et ventus... interemant sensum diductaque solvant (i.e. sensum),

    Lucr. 3, 287:

    (Cato) ferrei prope corporis animique, quem ne senectus quidem, quae solvit omnia, fregerit,

    Liv. 39, 40, 11:

    si (cometae) sunt purus ignis... nec illos conversio mundi solvit,

    Sen. Q. N. 7, 2, 2:

    (turbo) ab eo motu, qui universum trahit, solveretur,

    id. ib. 7, 9, 4:

    tabes solvit corpora,

    Luc. 6, 18; 7, 809:

    nec solum silvas, sed saxa ingentia solvit (ignis),

    id. 3, 506:

    ne tegat functos humus, ne solvat ignis,

    Sen. Thyest. 750.—So, vitam solvere, to extinguish life, esp. of gradual or easy death:

    solvas potius (vitam), quam abrumpas, dummodo, si alia solvendi ratio non erit, vel abrumpas,

    Sen. Ep. 22, 3:

    hanc mihi solvite vitam,

    Prop. 2, 9, 39.—
    B.
    Trop.
    1.
    To free, release, loose, emancipate, set free; constr. absol., with abl. or ab and abl.; rarely with gen.
    a.
    From the body, etc.:

    teque isto corpore solvo,

    Verg. A. 4, 703:

    soluta corpore anima,

    Quint. 5, 14, 13:

    qui solutas vinculis animas recipit,

    Sen. Cons. 28, 8: si animus somno relaxatus solute (i. e. free from the shackles of the body) moveatur ac libere, Cic. Div. 2, 48, 100:

    vocem solvere,

    to set free the voice, to speak, Stat. S. 3, 1; Sen. Thyest. 682; so, responsa solve (pregn. = utter and disclose), Sen. Oedip. 292:

    suspiria solvit,

    Stat. Th. 11, 604:

    solvat turba jocos,

    Sen. Med. 114:

    solutos Qui captat risus hominum (= quem juvat risus hominum solvere),

    Hor. S. 1, 4, 83:

    Ausonii... versibus incomptis ludunt risuque soluto,

    unrestrained, free, Verg. G. 2, 386.—
    b.
    Of members or parts of the body: linguam solvere, to unfetter the tongue (sc. vinculis oris), to give flow to words:

    linguam (Juno) ad jurgia solvit,

    Ov. M. 3, 261:

    lingua devincta nec in motus varios soluta,

    Sen. Ira, 1, 3, 7:

    ut quisque contemptissimus est, ita linguae solutissimae est,

    id. Const. 11, 3:

    (fama) innumeras solvit in praeconia linguas,

    Luc. 1, 472. —Solvere bracchia, poet., to unfetter the arms, i. e. to move them:

    magna difficili solventem bracchia motu,

    Stat. Achill. 1, 604; cf.

    of the free motions of animals: columbae soluto volatu multum velociores,

    unrestrained flight, Plin. 10, 36, 52, § 108.—
    c.
    From obligations and debts:

    solvit me debito,

    Sen. Ben. 6, 4, 1:

    an nos debito solverit,

    id. Ep. 81, 3:

    ut religione civitas solvatur,

    Cic. Caecin. 34, 98; Liv. 7, 3, 9:

    te decem tauri... Me tener solvet vitulus (sc. religione),

    Hor. C. 4, 2, 54.—So from a military oath:

    hoc si impetro, solvo vos jurejurando,

    Just. 14, 4, 7.—Sacramento or militia solvere, to dismiss a soldier from service:

    sacramento solvi,

    Tac. A. 16, 13:

    cum quis propter delictum sacramento solvitur,

    Dig. 49, 16, 13:

    militia solvere,

    Tac. A. 1, 44.— Munere (publico) solvere, to exempt from public duties:

    ut Ilienses publico munere solverentur,

    Tac. A. 12, 58.—With obj. inf.:

    ut manere solveretur,

    that he should be excused from the duty of remaining, Tac. A. 3, 29.—
    d.
    From guilt and sin, to acquit, absolve, cleanse (cf. absolvere, to acquit of crime):

    si ille huic (insidias fecerit), ut scelere solvamur,

    be held guiltless, Cic. Mil. 12, 31:

    atque hunc ille summus vir scelere solutum periculo liberavit,

    id. ib. 4, 9:

    sit capitis damno Roma soluta mei,

    Ov. F. 6, 452:

    ipsum quoque Pelea Phoci Caede per Haemonias solvit Acastus aquas,

    id. ib. 2, 40:

    Helenen ego crimine solvo,

    id. A. A. 2, 371:

    quid crimine solvis Germanum?

    Stat. Th. 11, 379:

    solutam caede Gradivus manum restituit armis,

    Sen. Herc. Fur. 1342. —
    e.
    From feelings, etc.:

    quae eos qui quaesissent cura et negotio solverent,

    Cic. Rep. 1, 18, 30:

    cum ego vos solvi curis ceteris,

    Ter. Hec. 2, 1, 33:

    senatus cura belli solutus,

    Plin. 22, 3, 4, § 7:

    pectus linquunt cura solutum,

    Lucr. 2, 45:

    his terroribus ab Epicuro soluti et in libertatem vindicati,

    Cic. N. D. 1, 20, 56:

    soluti metu,

    Liv. 41, 14 init.; 27, 51:

    solvent formidine terras,

    Verg. E. 4, 14:

    solve metu patriam,

    Prop. 4 (5), 6, 41:

    metu belli Scythas solvit,

    Just. 9, 2, 2; so id. 14, 2, 5:

    haec est Vita solutorum misera ambitione,

    Hor. S. 1, 6, 129:

    soluti a cupiditatibus,

    Cic. Agr. 1, 9, 27:

    his concitationibus quem vacuum, solutum, liberum videris,

    id. Tusc. 5, 15, 43: et tu solve me dementia, [p. 1726] Hor. Epod. 17, 43:

    longo luctu,

    Verg. A. 2, 26:

    tristem juventam solve (i. e. juventam tristitia),

    Sen. Hippol. 450:

    solvite tantis animum monstris, solvite, superi,

    id. Herc. Fur. 1063:

    Quis te solvere Thessalis Magus venenis poterit?

    Hor. C. 1, 27, 21. — Poet.:

    solvit animis miracula (for animos miraculis),

    the soul from superstition, Manil. 1, 103.—And of animals:

    rabie tigrim,

    Manil. 5, 707.— Absol.:

    ut ad praecepta quae damus possit ire animus, solvendus est (i. e. perturbationibus),

    Sen. Ep. 95, 38:

    calices, quem non fecere contracta in paupertate solutum?

    i. e. from cares, Hor. Ep. 1, 5, 20:

    solvite animos,

    Manil. 4, 12.—With in:

    vix haec in munera solvo animum,

    i. e. free it from passions and so make it fit for these duties, Stat. S. 5, 3, 33.—
    f.
    From sleep, very rare:

    ego somno solutus sum,

    awoke, Cic. Rep. 6, 26, 29 (cf.: somno solvi, to be overwhelmed by sleep, 2. b, g infra).—
    g.
    From labor, business, etc.:

    volucres videmus... solutas opere volitare,

    Cic. Or. 2, 6, 23:

    solutus onere regio, regni bonis fruor,

    Sen. Oedip. 685.— Poet.:

    Romulus excubias decrevit in otia solvi,

    to be relieved from guard and enjoy leisure, Prop. 4 (5), 4, 79.—
    h.
    From rigidity, austerity, stiffness, etc., to relax, smooth, unbend, quiet, soothe ( poet. and in post-Aug. prose):

    frontem solvere disce,

    Mart. 14, 183:

    saltem ora trucesque solve genas,

    Stat. Th. 11, 373:

    solvit feros tunc ipse rictus,

    Sen. Herc. Fur. 797.— Poet.:

    solvatur fronte senectus = frons senectute (i. e. rugis), solvatur,

    be cleared, Hor. Epod. 13, 5:

    vultum risu solvit,

    relieves, Val. Max. 4, 3, 5:

    risum judicis movendo, et illos tristes affectus solvit, et animum renovat,

    Quint. 6, 3, 1; so,

    solvere judicem,

    unbend, excite his laughter, id. 11, 3, 3:

    solvere qui (potui) Curios Fabriciosque graves (sc. risu),

    Mart. 9, 28 (29), 4:

    ut tamen arctum Solveret hospitiis animum,

    Hor. S. 2, 6, 83:

    cujus non contractum sollicitudine animum illius argutiae solvant?

    Sen. Cons. Helv. 18, 5.— Transf., pregn.:

    solventur risu tabulae,

    i. e. the austerity of the judge will be relaxed by laughter, and the complaint dismissed, Hor. S. 2, 1, 86.—Imitated:

    quia si aliquid omiserimus, cum risu quoque tota res solvitur,

    Quint. 5, 10, 67.—
    k.
    From any cause of restraint.
    (α).
    To release from siege:

    Bassanitas obsidione solvere,

    Liv. 44, 30:

    patriam obsidione solvere,

    Val. Max. 3, 2, 2. —
    (β).
    From moral restraints:

    hic palam cupiditates suas solvit,

    gave vent to, Curt. 6, 6, 1; v. also P. a., B. 7. infra.—
    l.
    From laws and rules: legibus solvere.
    (α).
    To exempt from laws, i. e. by privilege:

    Vopiscus, qui ex aedilitate consulatum petit, solvatur legibus,

    Cic. Phil. 11, 5, 11:

    cur M. Brutus legibus est solutus, si, etc.,

    id. ib. 2, 13, 31:

    ut interea magistratus reliquos, legibus omnibus soluti, petere possetis,

    id. Agr. 2, 36, 99:

    Lurco, tribunus plebis, solutus est (et lege Aelia et Furia),

    id. Att. 1, 16, 13:

    solvatne legibus Scipionem,

    Auct. Her. 3, 2, 2:

    petente Flacco ut legibus solverentur,

    Liv. 31, 50, 8:

    Scipio legibus solutus est,

    id. Epit. 56:

    Licet enim, inquiunt, legibus soluti sumus, attamen legibus vivimus,

    Just. Inst. 2, 17, 8; cf.:

    ut munere vigintiviratus solveretur,

    Tac. A. 3, 29.— Transf., of the laws of nature, etc.:

    (aestus) illo tempore, solutus legibus, sine modo fertur,

    Sen. Q. N. 3, 28, 6:

    solus (sapiens) generis humani legibus solvitur,

    id. Brev. Vit. 15, 5:

    nec leti lege solutas,

    Lucr. 3, 687:

    nec solvo Rutulos (i. e. legibus fati),

    Verg. A. 10, 111.— With gen. (cf. libero), perh. only in phrase testamenti solvere, to release from a testamentary disposition:

    et is per aes et libram heredes testamenti solveret,

    Cic. Leg. 2, 20, 51; 2, 21, 53 (less prop. testamenti is taken as attribute of heredes); cf. Gai. Inst. 3, 175, and Hor. C. 3, 17, 16, P. a., B. 5. fin. infra.—
    (β).
    Legibus solutus, not subject to, released from:

    reus Postumus est ea lege... solutus ac liber,

    i. e. the law does not apply to him, Cic. Rab. Post. 5, 12:

    soluti (lege Julia) huc convenistis, ne constricti discedatis cavete,

    id. ib. 7, 18.—Of other laws:

    solutus Legibus insanis,

    Hor. S. 2, 6, 68:

    quae sedes expectent animam solutam legibus servitutis humanae,

    Sen. Ep. 65, 20.— Transf., of things: soluta legibus scelera sunt, unrestrained by the laws, i. e. crimes are committed with impunity, Sen. Ben. 7, 27, 1.— Of the laws of versification: numerisque fertur Lege solutis, referring to dithyrambic measures, Hor. C. 4, 2, 12 (cf. P. a., B. 11. infra).—
    2.
    To dissolve, separate objects which are united, to break up, dismiss.
    (α).
    Of troops, ranks, etc.:

    ubi ordines procursando solvissent,

    Liv. 42, 65, 8:

    incomposito agmine, solutis ordinibus,

    Curt. 8, 1, 5; so id. 8, 4, 6:

    agmina Diductis solvere choris,

    Verg. A. 5, 581:

    solvit maniplos,

    Juv. 8, 154:

    solvuntur laudata cohors,

    Stat. Achill. 2, 167.—Hence, to separate armies engaged in battle:

    commissas acies ego possum solvere,

    Prop. 4 (5), 4, 59.—
    (β).
    Of banquets, assemblies, etc.:

    convivio soluto,

    Liv. 40, 14 fin.:

    convivium solvit,

    Curt. 8, 5, 24; 8, 6, 16:

    Quid cessas convivia solvere?

    Ov. F. 6, 675:

    coetuque soluto Discedunt,

    id. M. 13, 898.—Hence, urbem (Capuam) solutam ac debilitatam reliquerunt, disfranchised, Cic. Agr. 2, 33, 91.—
    (γ).
    Of the words in discourse, orationem or versum solvere, to break up a sentence or verse:

    (discant) versus primo solvere, mox mutatis verbis interpretari,

    Quint. 1, 9, 2:

    quod cuique visum erit vehementer, dulciter, speciose dictum, solvat ac turbet,

    id. 9, 4, 14:

    ut partes orationis sibi soluto versu desideret et pedum proprietates,

    id. 1, 8, 13:

    non, ut si solvas Postquam discordia tetra, etc., invenias etiam disjecti membra poetae,

    Hor. S. 1, 4, 60.—
    3.
    Implying a change for the worse.
    a.
    To relax, make effeminate, weaken, by ease, luxury, dissipation, etc. (post-Aug.):

    Hannibalem hiberna solverunt,

    Sen. Ep. 51, 5:

    usque eo nimio delicati animi languore solvuntur,

    Sen. Brev. Vit. 12, 6:

    infantiam statim deliciis solvimus,

    Quint. 1, 2, 6:

    solutus luxu,

    id. 3, 8, 28; so Tac. A. 11, 31.—With in and acc.:

    soluti in luxum,

    Tac. H. 2, 99:

    in lasciviam,

    id. ib. 3, 38.— Transf.: versum solvere, to deprive a verse of its proper rhythm:

    si quinque continuos dactylos confundas solveris versum,

    Quint. 9, 4, 49.—
    b.
    To make torpid by removing sensation.
    (α).
    To relax, benumb the limbs or body;

    as by narcotics, terror, sickness, exhaustion: multaque praeterea languentia membra per artus solvunt,

    Lucr. 6, 798:

    ima Solvuntur latera,

    Verg. G. 3, 523:

    solvi debilitate corporis,

    paralyzed, Val. Max. 1, 7, 4:

    ut soluto labitur moriens gradu,

    Sen. Hippol. 368.—In mal. part., Hor. Epod. 12, 8; cf. Verg. G. 3, 523.— Poet.:

    illum aget, penna metuente solvi, Fama superstes,

    Hor. C. 2, 2, 7.—Of the mind:

    segnitia (oratoris) solvit animos,

    wearies, Quint. 11, 3, 52:

    mentes solvere,

    to make insane, Plin. 25, 3, 7, § 25.—
    (β).
    By frost ( poet.):

    solvuntur illi frigore membra,

    Verg. A. 12, 951; 1, 92.—
    (γ).
    By sleep ( poet. for sopio):

    homines volucresque ferasque Solverat alta quies,

    Ov. M. 7, 186:

    corpora somnus Solverat,

    id. ib. 10, 369:

    molli languore solutus,

    id. ib. 11, 648;

    11, 612: altoque sopore solutum,

    id. ib. 8, 817:

    somno vinoque solutos,

    id. F. 2, 333; Verg. A. 9, 236:

    ut membra solvit sopor,

    id. ib. 12, 867:

    non solvit pectora somnus,

    Sen. Agam. 76.—With in:

    solvitur in somnos,

    Verg. A. 4, 530.— Transf., of the sea:

    aequor longa ventorum pace solutum,

    lulled to sleep, Stat. Th. 3, 255.—
    (δ).
    By death: solvi, to die ( poet. and in post-Aug. prose):

    ipse deus, simulatque volam, me solvet,

    Hor. Ep. 1, 16, 78:

    corporibus quae senectus solvit,

    Curt. 89, 32 (cf. A. 4. supra):

    (corpus) quam nullo negotio solvitur,

    Sen. Q. N. 3, 27, 2:

    alius inter cenandum solutus est,

    id. Ep. 66, 43:

    ubicumque arietaveris, solveris,

    id. Cons. Marc. 11, 3:

    me fata maturo exitu facilique solvant,

    Sen. Troad. 605:

    solvi inedia,

    Petr. 111:

    sic morte quasi somno soluta est,

    Flor. 2, 21, 11.—Hence,
    4.
    Of logical dissolution, to refute:

    non tradit Epicurus quomodo captiosa solvantur,

    how fallacies are refuted, Cic. Fin. 1, 7, 22:

    argumentum solvere,

    Quint. 2, 17, 34:

    solutum scies quod nobis opponitur,

    Sen. Const. 12, 3.—
    b.
    To disperse, dispel, as of a cloud:

    deorum beneficia tempestiva ingentes minas interventu suo solventia,

    Sen. Ben. 4, 4, 2.
    II.
    To loose, remove, cancel that which binds any thing.
    A.
    In a corporeal sense.
    1.
    In gen., to loose (weaker than rumpo;

    post-Aug.): effringere quam aperire, rumpere quam solvere putant robustius,

    Quint. 2, 12, 1:

    qua convulsa tota operis colligatio solveretur,

    Val. Max. 8, 14, 6:

    supera compage soluta,

    Stat. Th. 8, 31.—
    2.
    To remove a fetter, bridle, etc.:

    nullo solvente catenas,

    Ov. M. 3, 700: vincla jugis boum, Tib. 2, 1, 7:

    solvere frenum,

    Phaedr. 1, 2, 3:

    loris solutis,

    Ov. A. A. 1, 41.— Transf., of prisons:

    qui, solutis ergastulis, exercitus numerum implevit,

    Liv. Ep. 56; Brut. ap. Cic. Fam. 11, 10, 13; 11, 13, 2.—Of frost:

    gelu solvitur,

    it thaws, Tac. H. 1, 79:

    solvitur acris hiems,

    Hor. C. 1, 4, 1.—Of clouds:

    facit igitur ventum resoluta nubes, quae plurimis modis solvitur,

    Sen. Q. N. 5, 12, 5; 5, 12, 1.—Of the grasp of hands, fingers, etc.:

    Aeacides a corpore bracchia solvit,

    looses his hold, Ov. M. 11, 246:

    indigno non solvit bracchia collo,

    Stat. Th. 5, 217:

    digitis solutis abjecit jaculum,

    id. ib. 8, 585.—
    3.
    To untie a string, cord, necklace, etc., slacken or unlock an enclosure, open a box, trunk, etc.:

    solve vidulum ergo,

    Plaut. Rud. 4, 4, 98:

    eam solve cistulam,

    id. Am. 2, 2, 151:

    solve zonam,

    untie, id. Truc. 5, 62:

    solvisse jugalem ceston fertur,

    Stat. Th. 5, 62:

    animai nodos a corpore solvit,

    Lucr. 2, 950:

    nihil interest quomodo (nodi) solvantur,

    Curt. 3, 1, 18:

    quid boni est, nodos operose solvere, quos ipse ut solveres feceris?

    Sen. Ben. 5, 12, 2:

    solvere nodum,

    Stat. Th. 11, 646:

    laqueum quem nec solvere possis, nec abrumpere,

    Sen. Tranq. 10, 1:

    vix solvi duros a pectore nexus,

    Ov. M. 9, 58:

    fasciam solve,

    Sen. Ep. 80, 10:

    solutis fasciis,

    Curt. 7, 6, 5:

    solvi fasciculum,

    Cic. Att. 11, 9, 2:

    crinales vittas,

    Verg. A. 7, 403:

    Parmenion vinculum epistulae solvens,

    Curt. 7, 2, 25:

    equum empturus solvi jubes stratum,

    Sen. Ep. 80, 9:

    redimicula solvite collo,

    Ov. F. 4, 135:

    corollas de fronte,

    Prop. 1, 3, 21:

    solvere portas,

    Stat. Th. 3, 492:

    munimina valli,

    id. ib. 12, 10:

    ille pharetram Solvit,

    Ov. M. 5, 380.— Transf., of the veins as enclosures of the blood:

    solutis ac patefactis venis,

    Sen. Q. N. 3, 15, 5:

    venam cultello solvere,

    Col. 6, 14; cf.

    also: lychnis alvum solvit,

    looses the bowels, Plin. 21, 26, 98, § 171; 21, 20, 83, § 140; Suet. Vesp. 24; Tac. A. 12, 67:

    ventrem,

    Plin. 20, 8, 30, § 74.— Absol. (sc. alvum), Mart. 13, 29:

    stomachus solutus = venter solutus,

    loose bowels, Petr. 117; Scrib. Comp. 92.—
    B.
    Trop., to slacken or remove a bond.
    1.
    Solvere aliquid (aliquod vinculum; cf. I. B. 1. supra).
    a.
    Of the mouth, etc., to open:

    talibus ora solvit verbis,

    Ov. M. 15, 74; so id. ib. 1, 181; Tib. 4, 5, 14:

    ternis ululatibus ora Solvit,

    Ov. M. 7, 191; 9, 427; id. Tr. 3, 11, 20; Stat. Achill. 1, 525:

    vix ora solvi patitur etiamnum timor,

    Sen. Herc. Oet. 725; so,

    os promptius ac solutius,

    Val. Max. 8, 7, ext. 1.— Transf., of an abyss:

    hic ora solvit Ditis invisi domus,

    Sen. Herc. Fur. 664.—
    b.
    To remove, cancel; to destroy the force of a legal or moral obligation by expiration, death, etc.:

    si mors alterutrius interveniat, solvitur mandatum,

    Gai. Inst. 3, 160:

    cum aliquis renunciaverit societati, societas solvitur,

    id. ib. 3, 151; so id. ib. 3, 152:

    morte solvetur compromissum,

    Dig. 4, 8, 27:

    soluto matrimonio,

    ib. 24, 3, 2:

    solutum conjugium,

    Juv. 9, 79:

    qui... conjugalia solvit,

    Sen. Med. 144:

    nec conjugiale solutum Foedus in alitibus,

    Ov. M. 11, 743:

    (sapiens) invitus beneficium per compensationem injuriae solvet,

    cancel the obligation of a favor by the set-off of a wrong, Sen. Ep. 81, 17.—
    c.
    To efface guilt or wrong:

    magnis injuria poenis Solvitur,

    Ov. F. 5, 304:

    solve nefas, dixit: solvit et ille nefas,

    id. ib. 2, 44:

    culpa soluta mea est,

    id. Tr. 4, 4, 10:

    neque tu verbis solves unquam quod mi re male feceris (i. e. injuriam),

    Ter. Ad. 2, 1, 10.—
    d.
    Poenam solvere, to suffer punishment, i. e. to cancel the obligation of suffering, etc. (cf. 3. infra;

    less freq. than poenam persolvere, exsolvere): serae, sed justae tamen et debitae poenae solutae sunt,

    Cic. Mil. 31, 85:

    capite poenas solvit,

    Sall. J. 69, 4:

    meritas poenas solventem,

    Curt. 6, 3, 14:

    poenarum solvendi tempus,

    Lucr. 5, 1224:

    nunc solvo poenas,

    Sen. Phoen. 172:

    hac manu poenas tibi solvam,

    id. Hippol. 1177.—
    e.
    To remove, relieve, soothe affections, passions, etc.:

    atque animi curas e pectore solvat,

    Lucr. 4, 908:

    curam metumque juvat Dulci Lyaeo solvere,

    Hor. Epod. 9, 38:

    patrimonii cura solvatur,

    Sen. Q. N. 3, praef. §

    2: Pyrrhus impetus sui terrore soluto,

    Val. Max. 4, 3, 14:

    solvite corde metum,

    Verg. A. 1, 562; so id. ib. 9, 90:

    solve metus animo,

    Stat. Th. 2, 356:

    solvi pericula et metus narrant,

    Plin. 11, 37, 52, § 140: neque adhuc Stheneleius iras Solverat Eurystheus, [p. 1727] Ov. M. 9, 274:

    hoc uno solvitur ira modo,

    id. A. A. 2, 460:

    solvitque pudorem,

    Verg. A. 4, 55.—
    f.
    Of sleep:

    quasi clamore solutus Sit sopor,

    Ov. M. 3, 6, 30:

    nec verba, nec herbae audebunt longae somnum tibi solvere Lethes,

    Luc. 6, 768; cf.:

    lassitudinem solvere,

    Plin. 37, 10, 54, § 143. —
    g.
    Of any checks and barriers to motion, to remove.
    (α).
    To raise a siege:

    solutam cernebat obsidionem,

    Liv. 36, 10, 14:

    soluta obsidione,

    id. 36, 31, 7:

    ad Locrorum solvendam obsidionem,

    id. 27, 28, 17; cf. id. 37, 7, 7; 38, 5, 6; 42, 56 init.; 44, 13, 7; Curt. 4, 4, 1; Tac. A. 4, 24; 4, 73; Just. 9, 2, 10.—
    (β).
    Of passions, etc., to remove restraint:

    cujus si talis animus est, solvamus nos ejus vincula, et claustra (i. e. irae) refringamus,

    Liv. 36, 7, 13.—
    (γ).
    To overthrow, subvert a higher authority, etc.:

    quos (milites), soluto imperio, licentia corruperat,

    Sall. J. 39, 5:

    imperia solvit qui tacet, jussus loqui,

    Sen. Oedip. 525:

    sonipedes imperia solvunt,

    id. Hippol. 1084; cf.:

    sanctitas fori ludis solvitur,

    Quint. 11, 3, 58.—
    h.
    Of laws and customs, to abolish, violate:

    solvendarum legum id principium esse censebant (post-Aug. for dissolvendarum),

    Curt. 10, 2, 5:

    solutae a se legis monitus,

    Val. Max. 6, 5, ext. 4:

    cum plus quam ducentorum annorum morem solveremus,

    Liv. 8, 4, 7:

    (Tarquinius) morem de omnibus senatum consulendi solvit,

    id. 1, 49, 7:

    oportebat istum morem solvi,

    Curt. 8, 8, 18.—
    2.
    Esp. with acc. of the bond, etc. (taking the place of the constr. I. B. 1. 2. 3. supra, when the abl. of separation is not admissible).
    a.
    To subvert discipline:

    disciplinam militarem solvisti,

    Liv. 8, 7, 16:

    luxuria solutam disciplinam militarem esse,

    id. 40, 1, 4:

    quod cum, ne disciplina solveretur, fecisset,

    Front. Strat. 2, 12, 2.—
    b.
    Of strength, energy, attention, etc., to loosen, impair, weaken, scatter, disperse:

    nobilitas factione magis pollebat, plebis vis soluta atque dispersa,

    Sall. J. 41, 6:

    patrios nervos externarum deliciarum contagione solvi et hebetari noluerunt,

    Val. Max. 2, 6, 1:

    vires solvere,

    Quint. 9, 4, 7:

    vis illa dicendi solvitur, et frigescit affectus,

    Quint. 11, 3, 133.—
    c.
    Of affection, etc., to sever, dissolve, destroy:

    segnes nodum (amicitiae) solvere Gratiae,

    Hor. C. 3, 21, 22;

    similarly: solvit (ille deus) amicos,

    Prop. 2, 34 (3, 32), 5; so id. 2, 15 (3, 7), 26:

    hoc firmos solvit amores,

    Ov. A. A. 2, 385:

    amores cantibus et herbis solvere,

    Tib. 1, 2, 60.—
    d.
    Of sickness and hunger, to end, remove:

    vitex dicitur febres solvere,

    Plin. 24, 9, 38, § 60:

    solvit jejunia granis,

    Ov. F. 4, 607:

    quoniam jejunia virgo Solverat,

    id. M. 5, 535; cf. Luc. 3, 282; so,

    famem,

    Sen. Thyest. 64.—
    e.
    To delay:

    hi classis moras hac morte solvi rentur,

    Sen. Troad. 1131.—
    f.
    Of darkness, to dispel:

    lux solverat umbras,

    Stat. Th. 10, 390.—
    g.
    Of war, strife, etc., to compose, settle:

    aut solve bellum, mater, aut prima excipe,

    Sen. Phoen. 406:

    electus formae certamina solvere pastor,

    Stat. Achill. 2, 337:

    jurgia solvere,

    Manil. 3, 115:

    contradictiones solvere,

    Quint. 7, 1, 38.—
    h.
    Of difficulties, riddles, questions, ambiguities, etc., to solve, explain, remove:

    quia quaestionem solvere non posset,

    Val. Max. 9, 12, ext. 3:

    aenigmata,

    Quint. 8, 6, 53:

    omnes solvere posse quaestiones,

    Suet. Gram. 11:

    haec ipsa, quae volvuntur ab illis, solvere malim et expandere,

    Sen. Ep. 82, 20; id. Q. N. 7, 14, 1:

    unum tantum hoc solvendum est,

    that one question, id. ib. 1, 7, 3:

    puta nunc me istuc non posse solvere,

    id. Ep. 48, 6:

    carmina non intellecta Solverat,

    Ov. M. 7, 760:

    triste carmen alitis solvi ferae,

    Sen. Oedip. 102:

    nodos juris,

    Juv. 8, 50:

    proponere aliquid quod solvat quaestionem,

    Quint. 5, 10, 96:

    plurimas quaestiones illis probationibus solvi solere,

    id. 1, 10, 49:

    quo solvitur quaestio supra tractata,

    id. 3, 7, 3:

    ambiguitatem or amphiboliam,

    id. 7, 2, 49; 7, 9, 10.—
    3.
    In partic., of obligations, to fulfil.
    a.
    To pay.
    (α).
    Originally, rem solvere, to free one's property and person (rem familiarem) from debts (solutio per aes et libram), according to the ancient formula:

    quod ego tibi tot millibus condemnatus sum, me eo nomine... a te solvo liberoque hoc aere aeneaque libra,

    Gai. Inst. 3, 174 Huschke; cf.:

    inde rem creditori palam populo solvit (i. e. per aes et libram),

    Liv. 6, 14, 5:

    quas res dari, fieri, solvi oportuit,

    id. 1, 32, 11. —Hence, rem solvere, to pay; often with dat. of person:

    pro vectura rem solvit?

    paid the freight, Plaut. As. 2, 4, 27:

    ubi nugivendis res soluta'st omnibus,

    id. Aul. 3, 5, 51:

    tibi res soluta est recte,

    id. Curc. 4, 3, 21:

    ego quidem pro istac rem solvo ab tarpessita meo,

    id. ib. 5, 2, 20:

    rem solvo omnibus quibus dehibeo,

    id. ib. 5, 3, 45:

    dum te strenuas, res erit soluta,

    id. Ps. 2, 2, 35:

    res soluta'st, Gripe, ego habeo,

    id. Rud. 5, 3, 57.— Trop.: saepe edunt (aves);

    semel si captae sunt, rem solvont aucupi,

    they repay him, pay for his expenses, Plaut. As. 1, 3, 66.—And to pay by other things than money:

    si tergo res solvonda'st,

    by a whipping, Plaut. As. 2, 2, 54:

    habent hunc morem ut pugnis rem solvant si quis poscat clarius,

    id. Curc. 3, 9:

    tibi quidem copia'st, dum lingua vivet, qui rem solvas omnibus,

    id. Rud. 2, 6, 74.—Hence,
    (β).
    Absol. (sc. rem), to pay; with or without dat. of person:

    cujus bona, quod populo non solvebat, publice venierunt,

    Cic. Fl. 18, 43:

    ei cum solveret, sumpsit a C. M. Fufiis,

    id. ib. 20, 46:

    misimus qui pro vectura solveret,

    id. Att. 1, 3, 2:

    qui nimis cito cupit solvere, invitus debet,

    Sen. Ben. 4, 40, 5:

    ut creditori solvat,

    Dig. 30, 1, 49, § 7.— Pass. impers.:

    si dare vis mihi, Magis solutum erit quam ipsi dederis,

    it will be a more valid payment, Plaut. Ps. 2, 2, 46:

    numquam vehementius actum est quam me consule, ne solveretur,

    to stop payments, Cic. Off. 2, 24, 84:

    fraudandi spe sublata solvendi necessitas consecuta est,

    id. ib. 2, 24, 84:

    cum eo ipso quod necesse erat solvi, facultas solvendi impediretur,

    Liv. 6, 34, 1.—Cf. in the two senses, to free from debt, and to pay, in the same sentence:

    non succurrere vis illi, sed solvere. Qui sic properat, ipse solvi vult, non solvere,

    Sen. Ben. 6, 27, 1.—
    (γ).
    With acc. of the debt, to discharge, to pay:

    postquam Fundanio debitum solutum esset,

    Cic. Q. Fr. 1, 2, 3, § 10:

    hoc quod debeo peto a te ut... solutum relinquas,

    settled, id. Att. 16, 6, 3:

    solverat Castricio pecuniam jam diu debitam,

    id. Fl. 23, 54:

    ex qua (pensione) major pars est ei soluta,

    id. Att. 16, 2, 1:

    solvi aes alienum Pompejus ex suo fisco jussit,

    Val. Max. 6, 2, 11:

    aes alienum solvere,

    Sen. Ep. 36, 5:

    quae jactatio est, solvisse quod debebas?

    id. Ben. 4, 17, 1; so,

    debitum solvere,

    id. ib. 6, 30, 2:

    ne pecunias creditas solverent,

    Cic. Pis. 35, 86:

    ut creditae pecuniae solvantur,

    Caes. B. C. 3, 20; 3, 1:

    ex thensauris Gallicis creditum solvi posse,

    Liv. 6, 15, 5:

    ita bona veneant ut solidum suum cuique solvatur,

    Cic. Rab. Post. 17, 46.—And of moral debts:

    cum patriae quod debes solveris,

    Cic. Marcell. 9, 27:

    debet vero, solvitque praeclare,

    id. Phil. 13, 11, 25:

    aliter beneficium, aliter creditum solvitur,

    Sen. Ben. 2, 34, 1:

    qui grate beneficium accipit, primam ejus pensionem solvit,

    id. ib. 2, 22 fin.
    (δ).
    By a confusion of construction, solvere pecuniam, etc., to pay money, etc. (for pecunia rem or debitum solvere); constr. with dat. or absol.:

    emi: pecuniam solvi,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 20, § 43:

    pro frumento nihil solvit,

    id. ib. 2, 3, 72, §

    169: legatis pecuniam pro frumento solvit,

    Liv. 44, 16:

    hanc pecuniam cum solvere in praesenti non posset,

    Nep. Milt. 7, 6:

    nisi pecuniam solvisset,

    id. Cim. 1, 1:

    condiciones pacis dictae ut decem millia talentum argenti... solverent,

    Liv. 30, 37 med.:

    pro quo (frumento) pretium solveret populus Romanus,

    id. 36, 3, 1:

    pretium servorum ex aerario solutum est dominis,

    id. 32, 26, 14:

    pretium pro libris domino esse solvendum,

    id. 40, 39 fin.:

    meritam mercedem,

    id. 8, 22, 3; so id. 8, 11, 4: sorte creditum solvere, by paying the principal (i. e. without interest), id. 6, 36, 12:

    quae praemia senatus militibus ante constituit, ea solvantur,

    Cic. Phil. 14, 14, 38:

    stipendium,

    Liv. 28, 32, 1:

    dotem mulieri,

    Dig. 24, 3, 2:

    litem aestimatam,

    the amount of a fine, Nep. Cim. 5, 18 fin.:

    arbitria funeris,

    the expenses of the funeral, Cic. Red. Sen. 7, 18:

    solvere dodrantem,

    to pay seventy-five per cent., Mart. 8, 9, 1:

    dona puer solvit,

    paid the promised gifts, Ov. M. 9, 794; so,

    munera,

    id. ib. 11, 104.— Transf., of the dedication of a book, in return for favors:

    et exspectabo ea (munera) quae polliceris, et erunt mihi pergrata si solveris... Non solvam nisi prius a te cavero, etc.,

    Cic. Brut. 4, 17 sq. —Of the delivery of slaves:

    si quis duos homines promise rit et Stichum solverit,

    Dig. 46, 3, 67; 46, 3, 38, § 3.— Transf., poet.: dolorem solvisti, you have paid your grief, i. e. have duly mourned, Stat. S. 2, 6, 98.— Pass. with personal subject:

    si (actor) solutus fuisset,

    Dig. 12, 1, 31 (cf.: solvere militem, b supra). —
    (ε).
    Esp., in certain phrases, to pay:

    aliquid praesens solvere,

    to pay in cash, Cic. Att. 16, 2, 1; so,

    aliquid de praesentibus solvere,

    Sen. Ep. 97, 16:

    solvere grates (= referre gratiam muneribus): Sulla solvit grates Dianae,

    Vell. 2, 25:

    quas solvere grates sufficiam?

    Stat. S. 4, 2, 7: cum homo avarus, ut ea (beneficia) solveret sibi imperare non posset, etc., Cael. ap. Cic. Fam. 8, 12, 1; cf.: non dicimus reposuit beneficium aut solvit;

    nullum nobis placuit quod aeri alieno convenit verbum,

    Sen. Ep. 81, 9; but v. id. Ben. 2, 18, 5: in debitum solvere, to make a partial payment:

    unum haec epistula in debitum solvet,

    id. Ep. 7, 10: aliquid solvere ab aliquo (de aliqua re), to pay out of funds supplied by any one ( out of any fund):

    Quintus laborat ut tibi quod debet ab Egnatio solvat,

    Cic. Att. 7, 18, 4:

    homines dicere, se a me solvere,

    id. ib. 5, 21, 11:

    (summa) erat solvenda de meo,

    Plin. Ep. 2, 4, 2:

    operas solvere alicui,

    to work for somebody, Dig. 40, 7, 39: solvo operam Dianae, I work for Diana, i. e. offer a sacrifice to her, Afran. ap. Non. 12, 21: judicatum solvere, to pay the amount adjudged by the court, for which security (satisdatio) was required:

    stipulatio quae appellatur judicatum solvi,

    Gai. Inst. 4, 90:

    iste postulat ut procurator judicatum solvi satisdaret,

    Cic. Quint. 7, 29; so Dig. 3, 2, 28; 3, 3, 15; 2, 8, 8;

    2, 8, 14 et saep.: auctio solvendis nummis,

    a cash auction, Mart. 14, 35.— Gerund.: solvendo esse, to be solvent; jurid. t. t., to be able to pay, i. e. one's debts; cf.

    in full: nec tamen solvendo aeri alieno respublica esset,

    Liv. 31, 13:

    nemo dubitat solvendo esse eum qui defenditur,

    Dig. 50, 17, 105:

    qui modo solvendo sint,

    Gai. Inst. 1, 3, 121:

    si solvendo sint,

    Paul. Sent. 1, 20, 1:

    nec interest, solvendo sit, necne,

    Dig. 30, 1, 49, § 5; so ib. 46, 1, 10; 46, 1, 27, § 2; 46, 1, 51, §§ 1 and 4; 46, 1, 52, § 1; 46, 1, 28; 50, 17, 198 et saep.: non solvendo esse, to be insolvent:

    solvendo non erat,

    Cic. Att. 13, 10, 3:

    cum solvendo civitates non essent,

    id. Fam. 3, 8, 2:

    tu nec solvendo eras, nec, etc.,

    id. Phil. 2, 2, 4:

    ne videatur non fuisse solvendo,

    id. Off. 2, 22, 79;

    and very freq. in the jurists.—So, trop.: quid matri, quid flebili patriae dabis? Solvendo non es,

    Sen. Oedip. 941; cf.:

    *non esse ad solvendum (i. e. able to pay),

    Vitr. 10, 6 fin.
    b.
    To fulfil the duty of burial.
    (α).
    Justa solvere; with dat. of the person:

    qui nondum omnia paterno funeri justa solvisset,

    who had not yet finished the burial ceremonies of his father, Cic. Rosc. Am. 8, 23:

    justis defunctorum corporibus solutis,

    Curt. 3, 12, 15:

    proinde corpori quam primum justa solvamus,

    id. 10, 6, 7:

    ut justa soluta Remo,

    Ov. F. 5, 452:

    nunc justa nato solve,

    Sen. Hippol. 1245.—
    (β).
    Exsequias, inferias or suprema solvere:

    exsequiis rite solutis,

    Verg. A. 7, 5:

    cruor sancto solvit inferias viro,

    Sen. Hippol. 1198:

    solvere suprema militibus,

    Tac. A. 1, 61.—
    c.
    Votum solvere, to fulfil a vow to the gods.
    (α).
    Alone:

    vota ea quae numquam solveret nuncupavit,

    Cic. Phil. 3, 4, 11:

    quod si factum esset, votum rite solvi non posse,

    Liv. 31, 9 fin.:

    liberare et se et rempublicam religione votis solvendis,

    id. 40, 44, 8:

    placatis diis votis rite solvendis,

    id. 36, 37 fin.:

    petiit ut votum sibi solvere liceret,

    id. 45, 44:

    animosius a mercatore quam a vectore solvitur votum,

    Sen. Ep. 73, 5:

    vota pro incolumitate solvebantur,

    Tac. A. 2, 69:

    vota pater solvit,

    Ov. M. 9, 707:

    ne votum solvat,

    Mart. 12, 91, 6; 8, 4, 2; Val. Max. 6, 9, 5 ext.; 1, 1, 8 ext. — Poet.:

    voti debita solvere,

    Ov. F. 5, 596; cf.

    the abbrev. formula V. S. L. M. (voTVM SOLVIT LIBENS MERITO),

    Inscr. Orell. 186; 1296 sq.:

    V.S.A.L. (ANIMO LIBENTI),

    ib. 2022 et saep.:

    sacra solvere (=votum solvere),

    Manil. 1, 427.—
    (β).
    With dat.:

    ait sese Veneri velle votum solvere,

    Plaut. Rud. prol. 60:

    vota Jovi solvo,

    Ov. M. 7, 652; 8, 153:

    sunt vota soluta deae,

    id. F. 6, 248:

    dis vota solvis,

    Sen. Ben. 5, 19, 4:

    libamenta Veneri solvere (=votum per libamenta),

    Just. 18, 5, 4.—
    d.
    Fidem solvere, to fulfil a promise (post-class. for fidem praestare, [p. 1728] exsolvere; cf.:

    fidem obligatam liberare,

    Suet. Claud. 9):

    illi, ut fidem solverent, clipeis obruere,

    Flor. 1, 1, 12;

    similarly: et voti solverat ille fidem (=votum solverat),

    Ov. F. 1, 642; but cf.: itane imprudens? tandem inventa'st causa: solvisti fidem, you have found a pretext to evade your promise (cf. II. A. 3.), Ter. And. 4, 1, 18: esset, quam dederas, morte soluta fides, by my death your promise to marry me would have been cancelled (cf. II. B. 1. 6.), Ov. H. 10, 78; similarly: suam fidem (i. e. quam Lepido habuerit) solutam esse, that his faith in Lepidus was broken, Planc. ap. Cic. Fam. 10, 21, 3.—With a different construction: se depositi fide solvere, to acquit one's self of the duty to return property intrusted to him (cf. I. B. 1. c.), Val. Max. 7, 3, 5 ext.: factique fide data munera solvit, he freed the gift already given from the obligation of an accomplished fact, i. e. he revoked the gifts, although already made, Ov. M. 11, 135.—
    e.
    Promissum solvere, to fulfil a promise (very rare):

    perinde quasi promissum solvens,

    Val. Max. 9, 6, 1:

    solvitur quod cuique promissum est,

    Sen. Cons. Marc. 20 fin.;

    similarly: solutum, quod juraverant, rebantur,

    what they had promised under oath, Liv. 24, 18, 5.—Hence, sŏlūtus, a, um, P. a., free, loose, at large, unfettered, unbandaged.
    A.
    Lit.
    1.
    (Acc. to I.A. 1. supra.) Pigeat nostrum erum si eximat aut solutos sinat, Plaut. Capt. 2, 1, 11:

    tibi moram facis quom ego solutus sto,

    id. Ep. 5, 2, 25:

    reus solutus causam dicis, testes vinctos attines,

    id. Truc. 4, 3, 63:

    cum eos vinciret quos secum habebat, te solutum Romam mittebat?

    Cic. Deiot. 7, 22:

    nec quisquam ante Marium solutus dicitur esse sectus,

    unbandaged, id. Tusc. 2, 22, 53:

    duos (captivos) solutos ire ad Hannibalem jussit,

    Liv. 27, 51:

    eum interdiu solutum custodes sequebantur, nocte clausum asservabant,

    id. 24, 45, 10:

    non efficiatis ut solutos verear quos alligatos adduxit,

    Val. Max. 6, 2, 3.—
    2.
    (Acc. to I. A. 2.) Of texture, etc.; esp. of soil, loose, friable (opp spissus;

    postAug.): quo solutior terra facilius pateat radicibus,

    Sen. Ep. 90, 21;

    ordeum nisi solutum et siccum locum non patitur,

    Col. 2, 9:

    soluta et facilis terra,

    id. 3, 14;

    solum solutum vel spissum,

    id. 2, 2 init.;

    seri vult raphanus terra soluta, umida,

    Plin. 19, 5, 26, § 83:

    hordeum seri non vult, nisi in sicca et soluta terra,

    id. 18, 7, 18, § 79:

    solutiores ripae,

    Front. Aquaed. 15.—Of plants:

    mas spissior, femina solutior,

    Plin. 25, 9, 57, § 103.—Hence, subst.: sŏlūtum, i, n., a state of looseness:

    dum vult describere, quem ad modum alia torqueantur fila, alia ex molli solutoque ducantur,

    Sen. Ep. 90, 20.—
    3.
    (Acc. to I. A. 3.) Rarefied, thin, diffused:

    turbo, quo celsior eo solutior laxiorque est, et ob hoc diffunditur,

    Sen. Q. N. 7, 9, 3:

    aer agitatus a sole calefactusque solutior est,

    id. ib. 1, 2, 10:

    debet aer nec tam spissus esse, nec tam tenuis et solutus, ut, etc.,

    id. ib. 1, 2, 11.—
    B.
    Trop.
    1.
    (Acc. to I. B. 1.) Of speech, unfettered, fluent, ready:

    (orator) solutus in explicandis sententiis,

    Cic. Or. 47, 173:

    verbis solutus satis,

    id. ib. 47, 174:

    solutissimus in dicendo,

    id. ib. 48, 180.—
    2.
    Exempt, free from duties, obligations, etc.:

    quam ob rem viderer maximis beneficii vinculis obstrictus, cum liber essem et solutus?

    Cic. Planc. 30, 72:

    soluta (praedia) meliore in causa sunt quam obligata,

    unmortgaged, id. Agr. 3, 2, 9:

    si reddidi (debitum), solutus sum ac liber,

    Sen. Ben. 2, 18, 5;

    non ut gratus, sed ut solutus sim,

    id. ib. 4, 21, 3;

    solutus omni fenore,

    Hor. Epod. 2, 4;

    nam ea (religione) magister equitum solutus ac liber potuerit esse,

    Liv. 8, 32, 5:

    Mamertini soli in omni orbe terrarum vacui, expertes soluti ac liberi fuerunt ab omni sumptu, molestia, munere,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 10, § 23.—
    3.
    Free from punishment, not punishable, not liable, etc.: qui mancipia vendunt, certiores faciunt emptores quis fugitivus sit, noxave solutus, Edict. Aedil. ap. Dig. 21, 1, 1, § 1; Gell. 4, 2, 1; cf.:

    quod aiunt aediles noxae solutus non sit sic intellegendum est... noxali judicio subjectum non esse,

    Dig. 21, 1, 17, § 17:

    apud quos libido etiam permissam habet et solutam licentiam,

    Cic. Rep. 4, 4, 4:

    omne illud tempus habeat per me solutum ac liberum,

    i. e. let the crimes then committed be unpunished, id. Verr. 2, 1, 12, § 33: antea vacuum id solutumque poena fuerat, Tac. A. 14, 28.—With subj. inf.:

    maxime solutum fuit, prodere de iis, etc.,

    Tac. A. 4, 35: solutum existimatur esse, alteri male dicere, Caecil. ap. Cic. Fam. 6, 7, 3.—
    4.
    Free from cares, undistracted:

    animo soluto liberoque,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 75, § 185:

    sed paulo solutiore tamen animo,

    id. ib. 2, 5, 31, § 82.—
    5.
    At leisure, free from labor, business, etc.:

    te rogo ut eum solutum, liberum, confectis ejus negotiis a te, quamprimum ad me remittas,

    Cic. Fam. 13, 63, 2:

    quo mea ratio facilior et solutior esse possit,

    id. ib. 3, 5, 1.—With gen.:

    Genium Curabis Cum famulis operum solutis,

    Hor. C. 3, 17, 16.—
    6.
    Unbound, relaxed, merry, jovial:

    quam homines soluti ridere non desinant, tristiores autem, etc.,

    Cic. Dom. 39, 104:

    an tu existimas quemquam soluto vultu et hilari oculo mortem contemnere?

    Sen. Ep. 23, 4:

    vultus,

    Stat. Th. 5, 355:

    (mores) naturam sequentium faciles sunt, soluti sunt,

    unembarrassed, Sen. Ep. 122, 17.—
    7.
    Free from the rule of others, uncontrolled, independent:

    cum videas civitatis voluntatem solutam, virtutem alligatam,

    Cic. Att. 2, 18, 1:

    ab omni imperio externo soluta in perpetuum Hispania,

    Liv. 29, 1 fin.:

    Masinissae ab imperio Romano solutam libertatem tribuit,

    Val. Max. 7, 2, 6:

    incerti, solutique, et magis sine domino quam in libertate, Vononem in regnum accipiunt,

    Tac. A. 2, 4:

    quorum (militum) libertas solutior erat,

    Just. 13, 2, 2.—Of animals:

    rectore solutos (solis) equos,

    Stat. Th. 1, 219.—
    8.
    Free from influence or restraint; hence, independent, unbiassed, unprejudiced:

    nec vero deus ipse alio modo intellegi potest, nisi mens soluta quaedam et libera,

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 27, 66;

    cum animi sine ratione motu ipsi suo soluto ac libero incitarentur,

    id. Div. 1, 2, 4:

    judicio senatus soluto et libero,

    id. Phil. 5, 15, 41:

    sum enim ad dignitatem in re publica solutus,

    id. Att. 1, 13, 2:

    libero tempore cum soluta vobis est eligendi optio,

    id. Fin. 1, 10, 33:

    si omnia mihi essent solutissima, tamen in re publica non alius essem atque nunc sum,

    id. Fam. 1, 9, 21:

    liberi enim ad causas solutique veniebant,

    uncommitted, id. Verr. 2, 2, 78, § 192.—
    9.
    Free from moral restraint; hence, unbridled, insolent, loose:

    amores soluti et liberi,

    Cic. Rep. 4, 4, 4:

    licentia,

    id. ib. 4, 4, 4:

    populi quamvis soluti ecfrenatique sint,

    id. ib. 1, 34, 53:

    quis erat qui sibi solutam P. Clodii praeturam sine maximo metu proponeret? Solutam autem fore videbatis, nisi esset is consul qui eam auderet possetque constringere,

    id. Mil. 13, 34:

    quominus conspectus, eo solutior erat,

    Liv. 27, 31 fin.:

    adulescentes aliquot quorum, in regno, libido solutior fuerat,

    id. 2, 1, 2:

    solutioris vitae primos adulescentiae annos egisse fertur,

    a licentious life, Val. Max. 2, 6, 1:

    spectandi solutissimum morem corrigere,

    Suet. Aug. 44:

    mores soluti,

    licentious habits, Just. 3, 3, 10.—
    10.
    Regardless of rules, careless, loose:

    orator tam solutus et mollis in gestu,

    Cic. Brut. 62, 225:

    dicta factaque ejus solutiora, et quandam sui neglegentiam praeferentia,

    Tac. A. 16, 18.—
    11.
    Esp., of style, etc., free from rules of composition.
    (α).
    Oratio soluta, verba soluta, a free style, conversational or epistolary style:

    est oratio aliqua vincta atque contexta, soluta alia, qualis in sermone et epistulis,

    Quint. 9, 4, 19; 9, 4, 20; 9, 4, 69; 9, 4, 77.—
    (β).
    More freq.: verba soluta, oratio soluta, prose (opp. to verse);

    in full: scribere conabar verba soluta modis, Ov Tr. 4, 10, 24: quod (Isocrates) verbis solutis numeros primus adjunxerit,

    Cic. Or. 52, 174:

    mollis est enim oratio philosophorum... nec vincta numeris, sed soluta liberius,

    id. ib. 19, 64; 71, 234;

    68, 228: si omnes soluta oratione scripserunt,

    Varr. R. R. 4, 1; de heisce rebus treis libros ad te mittere institui;

    de oratione soluta duos, de poetica unum,

    id. L. L. 6, 11 fin.:

    ut in soluta oratione, sic in poemateis,

    id. ib. 7, 1:

    primus (Isocrates) intellexit. etiam in soluta oratione, dum versum effugeres modum et numerum quemdam debere servari,

    Cic. Brut. 8, 32:

    Aristoteles judicat heroum numerum grandiorem quam desideret soluta oratio,

    id. Or. 57, 192:

    et creticus et paeon quam commodissume putatur in solutam orationem illigari,

    id. ib. 64, 215:

    a modis quibusdam, cantu remoto, soluta esse videatur oratio,

    id. ib. 55, 183; 55, 184; id. de Or. 3, 48, 184: historia est quodammodo carmen solutum, Quint. 10, 1, 31.—
    (γ).
    Also in reference to a prose rhythm, loose, unrhythmical, inharmonious:

    ut verba neque inligata sint, quasi... versus, neque ita soluta ut vagentur,

    Cic. de Or. 3, 44, 176; 3, 48, 186:

    nec vero haec (Callidii verba) soluta nec diffluentia, sed astricta numeris,

    id. Brut. 79, 274:

    orator sic illigat sententiam verbis ut eam numero quodam complectatur et astricto et soluto,

    id. de Or. 3, 44, 175; but: verba soluta suis figuris, words freed from their proper meaning, i.e. metaphors, Manil. 1, 24.—
    (δ).
    Rarely with reference to the thought: soluta oratio, a fragmentary, disconnected style:

    soluta oratio, et e singulis non membris, sed frustis, collata, structura caret,

    Quint. 8, 5, 27; cf. id. 9, 4, 69:

    solutiora componere,

    id. 10, 4, 1; 9, 4, 15.—
    12.
    Effeminate, luxurious (acc. to I. B. 3.):

    sinum togae in dextrum umerum reicere, solutum ac delicatum est,

    Quint. 11, 3, 146.—
    13.
    Undisciplined, disorderly:

    omnia soluta apud hostes esse,

    Liv. 8, 30, 3:

    nihil temeritate solutum,

    Tac. A. 13, 40:

    apud Achaeos neglecta omnia ac soluta fuere,

    Just. 34, 2, 2.—
    14.
    Lax, remiss, weak:

    mea lenitas adhuc si cui solutior visa erat,

    Cic. Cat. 2, 12, 27:

    Ciceronem male audivisse, tamquam solutum et enervem,

    Tac. Or. 18:

    soluti ac fluentes,

    Quint. 1, 2, 8.—Hence:

    solutum genus orationis,

    a lifeless, dull style, Val. Max. 8, 10, 3:

    quanto longius abscederent, eo solutiore cura,

    laxer attention, Liv. 3, 8, 8.—
    C.
    (Acc. to II. B. 3. e supra.) Paid, discharged, only as subst.: sŏlūtum, i, n., that which is paid, a discharged debt, in certain phrases:

    aliquid in solutum dare,

    to give something in payment, Dig. 46, 3, 45; 46, 3, 46; 46, 3, 60: in solutum accipere, to accept in payment:

    qui voluntatem bonam in solutum accipit,

    Sen. Ben. 7, 16, 4:

    qui rem in solutum accipit,

    Dig. 42, 4, 15; 12, 1, 19;

    in solutum imputare,

    to charge as payment, Sen. Ep. 8, 10; aliquid pro soluto est, is considered as paid or cancelled:

    pro soluto id in quo creditor accipiendo moram fecit, oportet esse,

    Dig. 46, 3, 72: pro soluto usucapere, to acquire by prescription something given in payment by the debtor, but not belonging to him:

    pro soluto usucapit qui rem debiti causa recepit,

    Dig. 41, 3, 46.— Adv.: sŏlūtē.
    1.
    Thinly:

    corpora diffusa solute,

    Lucr. 4, 53.—
    2.
    Of speech, fluently:

    non refert videre quid dicendum est, nisi id queas solute ac suaviter dicere,

    Cic. Brut. 29, 110:

    ita facile soluteque volvebat sententias,

    id. ib. 81, 280:

    quid ipse compositus alias, et velut eluctantium verborum, solutius promptiusque eloquebatur,

    Tac. A. 4, 31.—
    3.
    Irregularly, loosely:

    a fabris neglegentius solutiusque composita,

    Sen. Q. N. 6, 30, 4.—
    4.
    Freely, without restraint:

    generaliter puto judicem justum... solutius aequitatem sequi,

    i. e. without strictly regarding the letter of the law, Dig. 11, 7, 14, § 13.—
    5.
    Of style, without connection, loosely:

    enuntiare,

    Quint. 11, 2, 47.—
    6.
    Of manners and discipline, disorderly, negligently:

    praecipue sub imperio Cn. Manlii solute ac neglegenter habiti sunt (exercitus),

    Liv. 39, 1, 4:

    in stationibus solute ac neglegenter agentes,

    id. 23, 37, 6.—
    7.
    Weakly, tamely, without vigor:

    quod ille tam solute egisset, tam leniter, tam oscitanter,

    Cic. Brut. 80, 277.—
    8.
    Of morals, loosely, without restraint:

    ventitabat illuc Nero, quo solutius urbem extra lasciviret,

    Tac. A. 13, 47.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > solutum

  • 15 solvo

    solvo, solvi, solutum, 3, v. a. ( perf. soluit, trisyll., Cat. 2, 13:

    soluisse,

    Tib. 4, 5, 16) [for se-luo; cf. socors for se-cords], to loosen an object from any thing, to release or to loose, remove any thing which binds or restrains another.
    I.
    To loose an object bound, to release, set free, disengage, dissolve, take apart.
    A.
    In a corporeal sense.
    1.
    Outwardly, to release.
    a.
    From fetters or custody, to free, set free, release; absol.:

    solvite istas,

    i. e. from fetters, Plaut. Truc. 4, 3, 64:

    solvite istum,

    id. Mil. 5, 32:

    numquam, nisi me orassis, solves,

    id. Ep. 5, 2, 62:

    jube solvi (eum),

    Ter. And. 5, 4, 52:

    ad palum adligati repente soluti sunt,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 5, § 11:

    ut vincti solvantur,

    id. ib. 2, 5, 6, §

    12: qui in compedibus corporis semper fuerunt, etiam cum soluti sunt, tardius ingrediuntur,

    id. Tusc. 1, 31, 75:

    ita nexi soluti (sunt),

    Liv. 8, 28, 9:

    solvite me, pueri,

    Verg. E. 6, 24:

    fore ut brevi solveretur,

    Suet. Vesp. 5; id. Tib. 65; id. Vit. 12.—With abl.:

    canis solutus catena,

    Phaedr. 3, 7, 20. — Transf., from the fetter of frost:

    solutis amnibus (i. e. frigoris vinculo),

    Stat. Th. 5, 15:

    terrae quem (florem) ferunt solutae,

    Hor. C. 1, 4, 10.—
    b.
    From reins, ties, bands, etc.: solve senescentem equum, from the rein, i. e. dismiss him from service, Hor. Ep. 1, 1, 8:

    solverat sol equos,

    unhitched, Stat. Th. 3, 407: currum solvere (i. e. ab equis, poet. for equos a curru), Sen. Thyest. 794: solvere epistulam, i. e. from the string by which it was tied (= to open), Nep. Hann. 11, 3:

    et tibi sollicita solvitur illa (epistula) manu,

    Ov. Tr. 5, 2, 2:

    et jacet in gremio charta soluta meo,

    id. H. 11, 4:

    praecepit suis ne sarcinas solverent, aut onera deponerent,

    Front. Strat. 1, 5, 3.—So of garments and sails, to unfurl, unfold: cum tunica soluta inambularet, Asin. ap. Cic. Fam. 10, 32, 3; Front. Strat. 4, 1, 26:

    soluta toga,

    Quint. 11, 3, 147:

    vela solvere,

    Verg. A. 4, 574.—
    c.
    From any fastening (mostly poet. and post-Aug. prose), to detach from; constr. absol., or with ab or de, and abl.:

    Caucasia solvet de rupe Promethei bracchia,

    Prop. 2, 1, 69:

    fraxinus solvitur,

    from the ground, Stat. Th. 9, 498:

    ceciditque soluta pinus,

    id. ib. 9, 409; cf.:

    pinus radice soluta, deficit,

    id. S. 5, 1, 152:

    solutis radicibus arbusta procumbunt,

    Sen. Q. N. 3, 27, 5:

    accepi epistulam quam, ut scribis, ancora soluta de phaselo dedisti, i. e. a litore,

    detached, Cic. Att. 1, 13, 1 B. and K. (al. sublata;

    but soluta is perh. an error of Cic. in the use of a technical term, v Orell. ad loc.).—In the same sense: solvere retinacula classis,

    Ov. M. 15, 696; 8, 102:

    querno solvunt de stipite funem,

    id. F. 4, 333:

    fune soluto Currit in immensum carina,

    id. Am. 2, 11, 23:

    curvo solves viscera cultro (i. e. de corpore ferarum),

    Sen. Hippol. 53.—Of rain disengaged from the clouds:

    imber caelesti nube solutus,

    Ov. A. A. 2, 237: (Lunam) imperfecta vi solvere tantum umorem, disengage only the moisture, i. e. from the earth:

    cum solis radii absumant,

    Plin. 2, 9, 6, § 45:

    solutum a latere pugionem,

    detached from his side, Suet. Vit. 15.—
    d.
    Esp., of ships: navem solvere, to free a ship from the land, i. e. to set sail, weigh anchor, leave land, depart.
    (α).
    With acc. alone:

    eisce confectis navem solvimus,

    Plaut. Merc. 1, 1, 91:

    navim cupimus solvere,

    id. Mil. 4, 7, 17:

    naves solvit,

    Caes. B. G. 4, 36; 5, 8; id. B. C. 1, 28; 3, 14; 3, 26;

    3, 102: primis tenebris solvit navem,

    Liv. 45, 6:

    postero die solvere naves (jussi),

    id. 29, 25 fin.; Nep. Hann. 8, 2:

    classem solvere,

    Liv. 45, 41; Prop. 3, 7 (4, 6), 23.—
    (β).
    With ab and abl.:

    navis a terra solverunt,

    Caes. B. C. 3, 101:

    quinto inde die quam ab Corintho solverit naves,

    Liv. 31, 7 med.:

    solvunt a litore puppes,

    Luc. 2, 649.—
    (γ).
    With ex and abl.:

    nam noctu hac soluta est navis nostra e portu Persico,

    Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 259:

    interea e portu nostra navis solvitur,

    id. Bacch. 2, 3, 54.—
    (δ).
    With abl.:

    complures mercatores Alexandria solvisse,

    Cic. Off. 3, 12, 50:

    portu solventibus,

    id. Mur. 2, 4.—
    (ε).
    Absol. (sc. navem or naves):

    tertia fere vigilia solvit,

    Caes. B. G. 4, 23:

    nos eo die cenati solvimus,

    Cic. Fam. 16, 9, 2:

    altero die quam a Brundusio solvit,

    Liv. 31, 14 init.:

    qui inde solverant,

    Val. Max. 1, 7, 3:

    solvi mare languido,

    Sen. Ep. 53, 1:

    fortasse etiam ventis minantibus solves,

    id. Ben. 2, 35, 5:

    non eadem est his et illis causa solvendi,

    making sea-voyages, id. Q. N. 5, 18, 16.—
    (ζ).
    With navis, etc., as subj., to leave the land (sc. se a litore):

    naves XVIII. ex superiore portu solverunt,

    Caes. B. G. 4, 28; and by another change of construction: solvimus oram, we freed the shore, i.e. from the ship, Quint. 4, 2, 41; id. Ep. ad Tryph. 3.—
    (η).
    Poet. usages:

    de litore puppis solvit iter,

    clears the voyage, Stat. S. 5, 1, 243:

    nec tibi Tyrrhena solvatur funis harena,

    Prop. 1, 8, 11 (cf.: retinacula solvere, c. supra).—
    e.
    Of secretions from the body ( poet. and in post-Aug. prose):

    tempore eo quo menstrua solvit,

    Lucr. 6, 706:

    cruor solvitur,

    Stat. Th. 9, 530:

    lacrimas solvere,

    id. Achill. 2, 256:

    solutis lacrimis,

    Claud. Ruf. 2, 258; so,

    partus solvere,

    to bear, bring forth, be delivered of offspring, Ov. F. 3, 258; Stat. Th. 5, 461; Plin. 28, 3, 6, § 33; 32, 1, 1, § 6.—
    2.
    To loosen an object from that which holds it together, to break up, part, dissolve, disperse, divide, take apart, scatter.
    a.
    In gen.:

    omne colligatum solvi potest,

    Cic. Fin. 11.—
    b.
    Of structures ( poet. and in post-Aug. prose):

    solvere naves et rursus conjungere,

    Curt. 8, 10, 3:

    solvere quassatae parcite membra ratis,

    Ov. Tr. 1, 2, 2:

    dubitavit an solveret pontem,

    Curt. 4, 16, 8:

    solvere pontem,

    Tac. A. 1, 69:

    si pons solutus sit,

    Dig. 2, 11, 2, § 7:

    solutus pons tempestatibus,

    Just. 2, 13, 9:

    currum (solis) solutum,

    Manil. 1, 740.—
    c.
    Of woven stuff:

    solvens texta,

    Prop. 2, 9, 6.—
    d.
    Of mountains:

    utrimque montes solvit (Hercules),

    Sen. Herc. Fur. 237:

    tridente Neptunus montem solvit,

    id. Agam. 553.—
    e.
    Of the neck:

    soluta cervix silicis impulsu,

    broken, Sen. Troad. 1119.—
    f.
    Of a comet:

    momentum quo cometes solutus et in duas partes redactus est,

    Sen. Q. N. 7, 16, 3.—
    g.
    Of the hair, to loosen, untie, let fall:

    solve capillos,

    Ov. Am. 3, 9, 3:

    crinem,

    id. A. A. 3, 784; id. M. 11, 682; 13, 584; Prop. 2, 15 (3, 7), 46:

    comas casside,

    Ov. F. 3, 2; cf. id. ib. 4, 854.—
    h.
    Of the earth (so mostly P. a., q. v. infra;

    post-Aug.): ita in terrae corpore evenit ut partes ejus vetustate solvantur, solutae cadant,

    Sen. Q. N. 6, 10, 2:

    ubi montis latus nova ventis solvit hiems,

    Stat. Th. 7, 745. —
    3.
    To dissolve; pass., to be dissolved, changed, to pass over into ( poet. and postclass. for dissolvere, or transire in); constr. absol., or with in and acc.
    (α).
    Of a change into air or gas:

    calor mobiliter solvens, differt primordia vini,

    dissolving, parts the molecules of the wine, Lucr. 6, 235:

    nam materiai copia ferretur per inane soluta,

    id. 1, 1018; so id. 1, 1103:

    ita fatus in aera rursus solvitur,

    Stat. Th. 5, 285;

    nec in aera solvi Passa, recentem animam caelestibus intulit astris,

    Ov. M. 15, 845.—
    (β).
    Into a liquid, to melt:

    saepe terra in tabem solvitur,

    Sen. Q. N. 3, 15, 7:

    terram quam diximus esse mutabilem et solvi in umorem,

    id. ib. 3, 29, 4:

    nullum tellus se solvit in amnem,

    Luc. 2, 408; ipsum in conubia terrae Aethera, cum pluviis rarescunt nubila, solvo, dissolve into the embrace of the earth, i. e. change into rain, Stat. S. 1, 2, 186:

    ex Aethiopiae jugis solutas nives ad Nilum decurrere,

    Sen. Q. N. 4, 2, 17; so,

    nivem solvere,

    id. ib. 4, 5, 2; Ov. Am. 3, 6, 93; Sen. Herc. Oet. 729:

    rigor auri solvitur aestu,

    Lucr. 1, 493:

    ferrum calidi solvant camini,

    Manil. 4, 250:

    cerae igne solutae,

    Ov. A. A. 2, 47:

    Iris cum vino triduo non solvitur,

    Plin. 21, 20, 83, § 142:

    (herba) quinto die solvitur,

    id. 26, 14, 88, § 148.—
    (γ).
    Of putrefaction:

    (vitulo) per integram solvuntur viscera pellem,

    Verg. G. 4, 302.—
    (δ).
    Of change in general:

    inque novas abiit massa soluta domos,

    Ov. F. 1, 108:

    repentino crementur incendio, atque ex tanta varietate solvantur atque eant in unum omnia (sc. all the heavenly bodies),

    Sen. Ben. 6, 22.—
    (ε).
    Of expansion by heat:

    (uva) cum modo frigoribus premitur, modo solvitur aestu,

    Ov. A. A. 2, 317.—
    (ζ).
    Hence, solvere, absol., to rarefy:

    gravitas aeris solvitur,

    Sen. Q. N. 5, 5, 1.—
    (η).
    Solvi in, to pass into, become:

    in cacumine (herbae) capitula purpurea quae solvantur in lanugines,

    Plin. 27, 8, 39, § 61.—Of a wave:

    donec in planitiem immotarum aquarum solvatur,

    disappears in, Sen. Q. N. 1, 2, 2:

    postremi (equi) solvuntur in aequora pisces (= solvuntur in pisces),

    Stat. Th. 2, 47: lumina in lacrimas solventur, stream with tears. —Hence, solvere, causative, to make pass over, to make vanish in: circulum in pulverem, in quo descriptus est, solvere, Sen. Ep. 74, 27: soluti agri, the boundaries of which are effaced, Sic. Fl. Cond. Agr. p. 3 Goes.—
    4.
    To consume, to destroy, dissolve:

    solvere orbes,

    Manil. 1, 497:

    ni calor et ventus... interemant sensum diductaque solvant (i.e. sensum),

    Lucr. 3, 287:

    (Cato) ferrei prope corporis animique, quem ne senectus quidem, quae solvit omnia, fregerit,

    Liv. 39, 40, 11:

    si (cometae) sunt purus ignis... nec illos conversio mundi solvit,

    Sen. Q. N. 7, 2, 2:

    (turbo) ab eo motu, qui universum trahit, solveretur,

    id. ib. 7, 9, 4:

    tabes solvit corpora,

    Luc. 6, 18; 7, 809:

    nec solum silvas, sed saxa ingentia solvit (ignis),

    id. 3, 506:

    ne tegat functos humus, ne solvat ignis,

    Sen. Thyest. 750.—So, vitam solvere, to extinguish life, esp. of gradual or easy death:

    solvas potius (vitam), quam abrumpas, dummodo, si alia solvendi ratio non erit, vel abrumpas,

    Sen. Ep. 22, 3:

    hanc mihi solvite vitam,

    Prop. 2, 9, 39.—
    B.
    Trop.
    1.
    To free, release, loose, emancipate, set free; constr. absol., with abl. or ab and abl.; rarely with gen.
    a.
    From the body, etc.:

    teque isto corpore solvo,

    Verg. A. 4, 703:

    soluta corpore anima,

    Quint. 5, 14, 13:

    qui solutas vinculis animas recipit,

    Sen. Cons. 28, 8: si animus somno relaxatus solute (i. e. free from the shackles of the body) moveatur ac libere, Cic. Div. 2, 48, 100:

    vocem solvere,

    to set free the voice, to speak, Stat. S. 3, 1; Sen. Thyest. 682; so, responsa solve (pregn. = utter and disclose), Sen. Oedip. 292:

    suspiria solvit,

    Stat. Th. 11, 604:

    solvat turba jocos,

    Sen. Med. 114:

    solutos Qui captat risus hominum (= quem juvat risus hominum solvere),

    Hor. S. 1, 4, 83:

    Ausonii... versibus incomptis ludunt risuque soluto,

    unrestrained, free, Verg. G. 2, 386.—
    b.
    Of members or parts of the body: linguam solvere, to unfetter the tongue (sc. vinculis oris), to give flow to words:

    linguam (Juno) ad jurgia solvit,

    Ov. M. 3, 261:

    lingua devincta nec in motus varios soluta,

    Sen. Ira, 1, 3, 7:

    ut quisque contemptissimus est, ita linguae solutissimae est,

    id. Const. 11, 3:

    (fama) innumeras solvit in praeconia linguas,

    Luc. 1, 472. —Solvere bracchia, poet., to unfetter the arms, i. e. to move them:

    magna difficili solventem bracchia motu,

    Stat. Achill. 1, 604; cf.

    of the free motions of animals: columbae soluto volatu multum velociores,

    unrestrained flight, Plin. 10, 36, 52, § 108.—
    c.
    From obligations and debts:

    solvit me debito,

    Sen. Ben. 6, 4, 1:

    an nos debito solverit,

    id. Ep. 81, 3:

    ut religione civitas solvatur,

    Cic. Caecin. 34, 98; Liv. 7, 3, 9:

    te decem tauri... Me tener solvet vitulus (sc. religione),

    Hor. C. 4, 2, 54.—So from a military oath:

    hoc si impetro, solvo vos jurejurando,

    Just. 14, 4, 7.—Sacramento or militia solvere, to dismiss a soldier from service:

    sacramento solvi,

    Tac. A. 16, 13:

    cum quis propter delictum sacramento solvitur,

    Dig. 49, 16, 13:

    militia solvere,

    Tac. A. 1, 44.— Munere (publico) solvere, to exempt from public duties:

    ut Ilienses publico munere solverentur,

    Tac. A. 12, 58.—With obj. inf.:

    ut manere solveretur,

    that he should be excused from the duty of remaining, Tac. A. 3, 29.—
    d.
    From guilt and sin, to acquit, absolve, cleanse (cf. absolvere, to acquit of crime):

    si ille huic (insidias fecerit), ut scelere solvamur,

    be held guiltless, Cic. Mil. 12, 31:

    atque hunc ille summus vir scelere solutum periculo liberavit,

    id. ib. 4, 9:

    sit capitis damno Roma soluta mei,

    Ov. F. 6, 452:

    ipsum quoque Pelea Phoci Caede per Haemonias solvit Acastus aquas,

    id. ib. 2, 40:

    Helenen ego crimine solvo,

    id. A. A. 2, 371:

    quid crimine solvis Germanum?

    Stat. Th. 11, 379:

    solutam caede Gradivus manum restituit armis,

    Sen. Herc. Fur. 1342. —
    e.
    From feelings, etc.:

    quae eos qui quaesissent cura et negotio solverent,

    Cic. Rep. 1, 18, 30:

    cum ego vos solvi curis ceteris,

    Ter. Hec. 2, 1, 33:

    senatus cura belli solutus,

    Plin. 22, 3, 4, § 7:

    pectus linquunt cura solutum,

    Lucr. 2, 45:

    his terroribus ab Epicuro soluti et in libertatem vindicati,

    Cic. N. D. 1, 20, 56:

    soluti metu,

    Liv. 41, 14 init.; 27, 51:

    solvent formidine terras,

    Verg. E. 4, 14:

    solve metu patriam,

    Prop. 4 (5), 6, 41:

    metu belli Scythas solvit,

    Just. 9, 2, 2; so id. 14, 2, 5:

    haec est Vita solutorum misera ambitione,

    Hor. S. 1, 6, 129:

    soluti a cupiditatibus,

    Cic. Agr. 1, 9, 27:

    his concitationibus quem vacuum, solutum, liberum videris,

    id. Tusc. 5, 15, 43: et tu solve me dementia, [p. 1726] Hor. Epod. 17, 43:

    longo luctu,

    Verg. A. 2, 26:

    tristem juventam solve (i. e. juventam tristitia),

    Sen. Hippol. 450:

    solvite tantis animum monstris, solvite, superi,

    id. Herc. Fur. 1063:

    Quis te solvere Thessalis Magus venenis poterit?

    Hor. C. 1, 27, 21. — Poet.:

    solvit animis miracula (for animos miraculis),

    the soul from superstition, Manil. 1, 103.—And of animals:

    rabie tigrim,

    Manil. 5, 707.— Absol.:

    ut ad praecepta quae damus possit ire animus, solvendus est (i. e. perturbationibus),

    Sen. Ep. 95, 38:

    calices, quem non fecere contracta in paupertate solutum?

    i. e. from cares, Hor. Ep. 1, 5, 20:

    solvite animos,

    Manil. 4, 12.—With in:

    vix haec in munera solvo animum,

    i. e. free it from passions and so make it fit for these duties, Stat. S. 5, 3, 33.—
    f.
    From sleep, very rare:

    ego somno solutus sum,

    awoke, Cic. Rep. 6, 26, 29 (cf.: somno solvi, to be overwhelmed by sleep, 2. b, g infra).—
    g.
    From labor, business, etc.:

    volucres videmus... solutas opere volitare,

    Cic. Or. 2, 6, 23:

    solutus onere regio, regni bonis fruor,

    Sen. Oedip. 685.— Poet.:

    Romulus excubias decrevit in otia solvi,

    to be relieved from guard and enjoy leisure, Prop. 4 (5), 4, 79.—
    h.
    From rigidity, austerity, stiffness, etc., to relax, smooth, unbend, quiet, soothe ( poet. and in post-Aug. prose):

    frontem solvere disce,

    Mart. 14, 183:

    saltem ora trucesque solve genas,

    Stat. Th. 11, 373:

    solvit feros tunc ipse rictus,

    Sen. Herc. Fur. 797.— Poet.:

    solvatur fronte senectus = frons senectute (i. e. rugis), solvatur,

    be cleared, Hor. Epod. 13, 5:

    vultum risu solvit,

    relieves, Val. Max. 4, 3, 5:

    risum judicis movendo, et illos tristes affectus solvit, et animum renovat,

    Quint. 6, 3, 1; so,

    solvere judicem,

    unbend, excite his laughter, id. 11, 3, 3:

    solvere qui (potui) Curios Fabriciosque graves (sc. risu),

    Mart. 9, 28 (29), 4:

    ut tamen arctum Solveret hospitiis animum,

    Hor. S. 2, 6, 83:

    cujus non contractum sollicitudine animum illius argutiae solvant?

    Sen. Cons. Helv. 18, 5.— Transf., pregn.:

    solventur risu tabulae,

    i. e. the austerity of the judge will be relaxed by laughter, and the complaint dismissed, Hor. S. 2, 1, 86.—Imitated:

    quia si aliquid omiserimus, cum risu quoque tota res solvitur,

    Quint. 5, 10, 67.—
    k.
    From any cause of restraint.
    (α).
    To release from siege:

    Bassanitas obsidione solvere,

    Liv. 44, 30:

    patriam obsidione solvere,

    Val. Max. 3, 2, 2. —
    (β).
    From moral restraints:

    hic palam cupiditates suas solvit,

    gave vent to, Curt. 6, 6, 1; v. also P. a., B. 7. infra.—
    l.
    From laws and rules: legibus solvere.
    (α).
    To exempt from laws, i. e. by privilege:

    Vopiscus, qui ex aedilitate consulatum petit, solvatur legibus,

    Cic. Phil. 11, 5, 11:

    cur M. Brutus legibus est solutus, si, etc.,

    id. ib. 2, 13, 31:

    ut interea magistratus reliquos, legibus omnibus soluti, petere possetis,

    id. Agr. 2, 36, 99:

    Lurco, tribunus plebis, solutus est (et lege Aelia et Furia),

    id. Att. 1, 16, 13:

    solvatne legibus Scipionem,

    Auct. Her. 3, 2, 2:

    petente Flacco ut legibus solverentur,

    Liv. 31, 50, 8:

    Scipio legibus solutus est,

    id. Epit. 56:

    Licet enim, inquiunt, legibus soluti sumus, attamen legibus vivimus,

    Just. Inst. 2, 17, 8; cf.:

    ut munere vigintiviratus solveretur,

    Tac. A. 3, 29.— Transf., of the laws of nature, etc.:

    (aestus) illo tempore, solutus legibus, sine modo fertur,

    Sen. Q. N. 3, 28, 6:

    solus (sapiens) generis humani legibus solvitur,

    id. Brev. Vit. 15, 5:

    nec leti lege solutas,

    Lucr. 3, 687:

    nec solvo Rutulos (i. e. legibus fati),

    Verg. A. 10, 111.— With gen. (cf. libero), perh. only in phrase testamenti solvere, to release from a testamentary disposition:

    et is per aes et libram heredes testamenti solveret,

    Cic. Leg. 2, 20, 51; 2, 21, 53 (less prop. testamenti is taken as attribute of heredes); cf. Gai. Inst. 3, 175, and Hor. C. 3, 17, 16, P. a., B. 5. fin. infra.—
    (β).
    Legibus solutus, not subject to, released from:

    reus Postumus est ea lege... solutus ac liber,

    i. e. the law does not apply to him, Cic. Rab. Post. 5, 12:

    soluti (lege Julia) huc convenistis, ne constricti discedatis cavete,

    id. ib. 7, 18.—Of other laws:

    solutus Legibus insanis,

    Hor. S. 2, 6, 68:

    quae sedes expectent animam solutam legibus servitutis humanae,

    Sen. Ep. 65, 20.— Transf., of things: soluta legibus scelera sunt, unrestrained by the laws, i. e. crimes are committed with impunity, Sen. Ben. 7, 27, 1.— Of the laws of versification: numerisque fertur Lege solutis, referring to dithyrambic measures, Hor. C. 4, 2, 12 (cf. P. a., B. 11. infra).—
    2.
    To dissolve, separate objects which are united, to break up, dismiss.
    (α).
    Of troops, ranks, etc.:

    ubi ordines procursando solvissent,

    Liv. 42, 65, 8:

    incomposito agmine, solutis ordinibus,

    Curt. 8, 1, 5; so id. 8, 4, 6:

    agmina Diductis solvere choris,

    Verg. A. 5, 581:

    solvit maniplos,

    Juv. 8, 154:

    solvuntur laudata cohors,

    Stat. Achill. 2, 167.—Hence, to separate armies engaged in battle:

    commissas acies ego possum solvere,

    Prop. 4 (5), 4, 59.—
    (β).
    Of banquets, assemblies, etc.:

    convivio soluto,

    Liv. 40, 14 fin.:

    convivium solvit,

    Curt. 8, 5, 24; 8, 6, 16:

    Quid cessas convivia solvere?

    Ov. F. 6, 675:

    coetuque soluto Discedunt,

    id. M. 13, 898.—Hence, urbem (Capuam) solutam ac debilitatam reliquerunt, disfranchised, Cic. Agr. 2, 33, 91.—
    (γ).
    Of the words in discourse, orationem or versum solvere, to break up a sentence or verse:

    (discant) versus primo solvere, mox mutatis verbis interpretari,

    Quint. 1, 9, 2:

    quod cuique visum erit vehementer, dulciter, speciose dictum, solvat ac turbet,

    id. 9, 4, 14:

    ut partes orationis sibi soluto versu desideret et pedum proprietates,

    id. 1, 8, 13:

    non, ut si solvas Postquam discordia tetra, etc., invenias etiam disjecti membra poetae,

    Hor. S. 1, 4, 60.—
    3.
    Implying a change for the worse.
    a.
    To relax, make effeminate, weaken, by ease, luxury, dissipation, etc. (post-Aug.):

    Hannibalem hiberna solverunt,

    Sen. Ep. 51, 5:

    usque eo nimio delicati animi languore solvuntur,

    Sen. Brev. Vit. 12, 6:

    infantiam statim deliciis solvimus,

    Quint. 1, 2, 6:

    solutus luxu,

    id. 3, 8, 28; so Tac. A. 11, 31.—With in and acc.:

    soluti in luxum,

    Tac. H. 2, 99:

    in lasciviam,

    id. ib. 3, 38.— Transf.: versum solvere, to deprive a verse of its proper rhythm:

    si quinque continuos dactylos confundas solveris versum,

    Quint. 9, 4, 49.—
    b.
    To make torpid by removing sensation.
    (α).
    To relax, benumb the limbs or body;

    as by narcotics, terror, sickness, exhaustion: multaque praeterea languentia membra per artus solvunt,

    Lucr. 6, 798:

    ima Solvuntur latera,

    Verg. G. 3, 523:

    solvi debilitate corporis,

    paralyzed, Val. Max. 1, 7, 4:

    ut soluto labitur moriens gradu,

    Sen. Hippol. 368.—In mal. part., Hor. Epod. 12, 8; cf. Verg. G. 3, 523.— Poet.:

    illum aget, penna metuente solvi, Fama superstes,

    Hor. C. 2, 2, 7.—Of the mind:

    segnitia (oratoris) solvit animos,

    wearies, Quint. 11, 3, 52:

    mentes solvere,

    to make insane, Plin. 25, 3, 7, § 25.—
    (β).
    By frost ( poet.):

    solvuntur illi frigore membra,

    Verg. A. 12, 951; 1, 92.—
    (γ).
    By sleep ( poet. for sopio):

    homines volucresque ferasque Solverat alta quies,

    Ov. M. 7, 186:

    corpora somnus Solverat,

    id. ib. 10, 369:

    molli languore solutus,

    id. ib. 11, 648;

    11, 612: altoque sopore solutum,

    id. ib. 8, 817:

    somno vinoque solutos,

    id. F. 2, 333; Verg. A. 9, 236:

    ut membra solvit sopor,

    id. ib. 12, 867:

    non solvit pectora somnus,

    Sen. Agam. 76.—With in:

    solvitur in somnos,

    Verg. A. 4, 530.— Transf., of the sea:

    aequor longa ventorum pace solutum,

    lulled to sleep, Stat. Th. 3, 255.—
    (δ).
    By death: solvi, to die ( poet. and in post-Aug. prose):

    ipse deus, simulatque volam, me solvet,

    Hor. Ep. 1, 16, 78:

    corporibus quae senectus solvit,

    Curt. 89, 32 (cf. A. 4. supra):

    (corpus) quam nullo negotio solvitur,

    Sen. Q. N. 3, 27, 2:

    alius inter cenandum solutus est,

    id. Ep. 66, 43:

    ubicumque arietaveris, solveris,

    id. Cons. Marc. 11, 3:

    me fata maturo exitu facilique solvant,

    Sen. Troad. 605:

    solvi inedia,

    Petr. 111:

    sic morte quasi somno soluta est,

    Flor. 2, 21, 11.—Hence,
    4.
    Of logical dissolution, to refute:

    non tradit Epicurus quomodo captiosa solvantur,

    how fallacies are refuted, Cic. Fin. 1, 7, 22:

    argumentum solvere,

    Quint. 2, 17, 34:

    solutum scies quod nobis opponitur,

    Sen. Const. 12, 3.—
    b.
    To disperse, dispel, as of a cloud:

    deorum beneficia tempestiva ingentes minas interventu suo solventia,

    Sen. Ben. 4, 4, 2.
    II.
    To loose, remove, cancel that which binds any thing.
    A.
    In a corporeal sense.
    1.
    In gen., to loose (weaker than rumpo;

    post-Aug.): effringere quam aperire, rumpere quam solvere putant robustius,

    Quint. 2, 12, 1:

    qua convulsa tota operis colligatio solveretur,

    Val. Max. 8, 14, 6:

    supera compage soluta,

    Stat. Th. 8, 31.—
    2.
    To remove a fetter, bridle, etc.:

    nullo solvente catenas,

    Ov. M. 3, 700: vincla jugis boum, Tib. 2, 1, 7:

    solvere frenum,

    Phaedr. 1, 2, 3:

    loris solutis,

    Ov. A. A. 1, 41.— Transf., of prisons:

    qui, solutis ergastulis, exercitus numerum implevit,

    Liv. Ep. 56; Brut. ap. Cic. Fam. 11, 10, 13; 11, 13, 2.—Of frost:

    gelu solvitur,

    it thaws, Tac. H. 1, 79:

    solvitur acris hiems,

    Hor. C. 1, 4, 1.—Of clouds:

    facit igitur ventum resoluta nubes, quae plurimis modis solvitur,

    Sen. Q. N. 5, 12, 5; 5, 12, 1.—Of the grasp of hands, fingers, etc.:

    Aeacides a corpore bracchia solvit,

    looses his hold, Ov. M. 11, 246:

    indigno non solvit bracchia collo,

    Stat. Th. 5, 217:

    digitis solutis abjecit jaculum,

    id. ib. 8, 585.—
    3.
    To untie a string, cord, necklace, etc., slacken or unlock an enclosure, open a box, trunk, etc.:

    solve vidulum ergo,

    Plaut. Rud. 4, 4, 98:

    eam solve cistulam,

    id. Am. 2, 2, 151:

    solve zonam,

    untie, id. Truc. 5, 62:

    solvisse jugalem ceston fertur,

    Stat. Th. 5, 62:

    animai nodos a corpore solvit,

    Lucr. 2, 950:

    nihil interest quomodo (nodi) solvantur,

    Curt. 3, 1, 18:

    quid boni est, nodos operose solvere, quos ipse ut solveres feceris?

    Sen. Ben. 5, 12, 2:

    solvere nodum,

    Stat. Th. 11, 646:

    laqueum quem nec solvere possis, nec abrumpere,

    Sen. Tranq. 10, 1:

    vix solvi duros a pectore nexus,

    Ov. M. 9, 58:

    fasciam solve,

    Sen. Ep. 80, 10:

    solutis fasciis,

    Curt. 7, 6, 5:

    solvi fasciculum,

    Cic. Att. 11, 9, 2:

    crinales vittas,

    Verg. A. 7, 403:

    Parmenion vinculum epistulae solvens,

    Curt. 7, 2, 25:

    equum empturus solvi jubes stratum,

    Sen. Ep. 80, 9:

    redimicula solvite collo,

    Ov. F. 4, 135:

    corollas de fronte,

    Prop. 1, 3, 21:

    solvere portas,

    Stat. Th. 3, 492:

    munimina valli,

    id. ib. 12, 10:

    ille pharetram Solvit,

    Ov. M. 5, 380.— Transf., of the veins as enclosures of the blood:

    solutis ac patefactis venis,

    Sen. Q. N. 3, 15, 5:

    venam cultello solvere,

    Col. 6, 14; cf.

    also: lychnis alvum solvit,

    looses the bowels, Plin. 21, 26, 98, § 171; 21, 20, 83, § 140; Suet. Vesp. 24; Tac. A. 12, 67:

    ventrem,

    Plin. 20, 8, 30, § 74.— Absol. (sc. alvum), Mart. 13, 29:

    stomachus solutus = venter solutus,

    loose bowels, Petr. 117; Scrib. Comp. 92.—
    B.
    Trop., to slacken or remove a bond.
    1.
    Solvere aliquid (aliquod vinculum; cf. I. B. 1. supra).
    a.
    Of the mouth, etc., to open:

    talibus ora solvit verbis,

    Ov. M. 15, 74; so id. ib. 1, 181; Tib. 4, 5, 14:

    ternis ululatibus ora Solvit,

    Ov. M. 7, 191; 9, 427; id. Tr. 3, 11, 20; Stat. Achill. 1, 525:

    vix ora solvi patitur etiamnum timor,

    Sen. Herc. Oet. 725; so,

    os promptius ac solutius,

    Val. Max. 8, 7, ext. 1.— Transf., of an abyss:

    hic ora solvit Ditis invisi domus,

    Sen. Herc. Fur. 664.—
    b.
    To remove, cancel; to destroy the force of a legal or moral obligation by expiration, death, etc.:

    si mors alterutrius interveniat, solvitur mandatum,

    Gai. Inst. 3, 160:

    cum aliquis renunciaverit societati, societas solvitur,

    id. ib. 3, 151; so id. ib. 3, 152:

    morte solvetur compromissum,

    Dig. 4, 8, 27:

    soluto matrimonio,

    ib. 24, 3, 2:

    solutum conjugium,

    Juv. 9, 79:

    qui... conjugalia solvit,

    Sen. Med. 144:

    nec conjugiale solutum Foedus in alitibus,

    Ov. M. 11, 743:

    (sapiens) invitus beneficium per compensationem injuriae solvet,

    cancel the obligation of a favor by the set-off of a wrong, Sen. Ep. 81, 17.—
    c.
    To efface guilt or wrong:

    magnis injuria poenis Solvitur,

    Ov. F. 5, 304:

    solve nefas, dixit: solvit et ille nefas,

    id. ib. 2, 44:

    culpa soluta mea est,

    id. Tr. 4, 4, 10:

    neque tu verbis solves unquam quod mi re male feceris (i. e. injuriam),

    Ter. Ad. 2, 1, 10.—
    d.
    Poenam solvere, to suffer punishment, i. e. to cancel the obligation of suffering, etc. (cf. 3. infra;

    less freq. than poenam persolvere, exsolvere): serae, sed justae tamen et debitae poenae solutae sunt,

    Cic. Mil. 31, 85:

    capite poenas solvit,

    Sall. J. 69, 4:

    meritas poenas solventem,

    Curt. 6, 3, 14:

    poenarum solvendi tempus,

    Lucr. 5, 1224:

    nunc solvo poenas,

    Sen. Phoen. 172:

    hac manu poenas tibi solvam,

    id. Hippol. 1177.—
    e.
    To remove, relieve, soothe affections, passions, etc.:

    atque animi curas e pectore solvat,

    Lucr. 4, 908:

    curam metumque juvat Dulci Lyaeo solvere,

    Hor. Epod. 9, 38:

    patrimonii cura solvatur,

    Sen. Q. N. 3, praef. §

    2: Pyrrhus impetus sui terrore soluto,

    Val. Max. 4, 3, 14:

    solvite corde metum,

    Verg. A. 1, 562; so id. ib. 9, 90:

    solve metus animo,

    Stat. Th. 2, 356:

    solvi pericula et metus narrant,

    Plin. 11, 37, 52, § 140: neque adhuc Stheneleius iras Solverat Eurystheus, [p. 1727] Ov. M. 9, 274:

    hoc uno solvitur ira modo,

    id. A. A. 2, 460:

    solvitque pudorem,

    Verg. A. 4, 55.—
    f.
    Of sleep:

    quasi clamore solutus Sit sopor,

    Ov. M. 3, 6, 30:

    nec verba, nec herbae audebunt longae somnum tibi solvere Lethes,

    Luc. 6, 768; cf.:

    lassitudinem solvere,

    Plin. 37, 10, 54, § 143. —
    g.
    Of any checks and barriers to motion, to remove.
    (α).
    To raise a siege:

    solutam cernebat obsidionem,

    Liv. 36, 10, 14:

    soluta obsidione,

    id. 36, 31, 7:

    ad Locrorum solvendam obsidionem,

    id. 27, 28, 17; cf. id. 37, 7, 7; 38, 5, 6; 42, 56 init.; 44, 13, 7; Curt. 4, 4, 1; Tac. A. 4, 24; 4, 73; Just. 9, 2, 10.—
    (β).
    Of passions, etc., to remove restraint:

    cujus si talis animus est, solvamus nos ejus vincula, et claustra (i. e. irae) refringamus,

    Liv. 36, 7, 13.—
    (γ).
    To overthrow, subvert a higher authority, etc.:

    quos (milites), soluto imperio, licentia corruperat,

    Sall. J. 39, 5:

    imperia solvit qui tacet, jussus loqui,

    Sen. Oedip. 525:

    sonipedes imperia solvunt,

    id. Hippol. 1084; cf.:

    sanctitas fori ludis solvitur,

    Quint. 11, 3, 58.—
    h.
    Of laws and customs, to abolish, violate:

    solvendarum legum id principium esse censebant (post-Aug. for dissolvendarum),

    Curt. 10, 2, 5:

    solutae a se legis monitus,

    Val. Max. 6, 5, ext. 4:

    cum plus quam ducentorum annorum morem solveremus,

    Liv. 8, 4, 7:

    (Tarquinius) morem de omnibus senatum consulendi solvit,

    id. 1, 49, 7:

    oportebat istum morem solvi,

    Curt. 8, 8, 18.—
    2.
    Esp. with acc. of the bond, etc. (taking the place of the constr. I. B. 1. 2. 3. supra, when the abl. of separation is not admissible).
    a.
    To subvert discipline:

    disciplinam militarem solvisti,

    Liv. 8, 7, 16:

    luxuria solutam disciplinam militarem esse,

    id. 40, 1, 4:

    quod cum, ne disciplina solveretur, fecisset,

    Front. Strat. 2, 12, 2.—
    b.
    Of strength, energy, attention, etc., to loosen, impair, weaken, scatter, disperse:

    nobilitas factione magis pollebat, plebis vis soluta atque dispersa,

    Sall. J. 41, 6:

    patrios nervos externarum deliciarum contagione solvi et hebetari noluerunt,

    Val. Max. 2, 6, 1:

    vires solvere,

    Quint. 9, 4, 7:

    vis illa dicendi solvitur, et frigescit affectus,

    Quint. 11, 3, 133.—
    c.
    Of affection, etc., to sever, dissolve, destroy:

    segnes nodum (amicitiae) solvere Gratiae,

    Hor. C. 3, 21, 22;

    similarly: solvit (ille deus) amicos,

    Prop. 2, 34 (3, 32), 5; so id. 2, 15 (3, 7), 26:

    hoc firmos solvit amores,

    Ov. A. A. 2, 385:

    amores cantibus et herbis solvere,

    Tib. 1, 2, 60.—
    d.
    Of sickness and hunger, to end, remove:

    vitex dicitur febres solvere,

    Plin. 24, 9, 38, § 60:

    solvit jejunia granis,

    Ov. F. 4, 607:

    quoniam jejunia virgo Solverat,

    id. M. 5, 535; cf. Luc. 3, 282; so,

    famem,

    Sen. Thyest. 64.—
    e.
    To delay:

    hi classis moras hac morte solvi rentur,

    Sen. Troad. 1131.—
    f.
    Of darkness, to dispel:

    lux solverat umbras,

    Stat. Th. 10, 390.—
    g.
    Of war, strife, etc., to compose, settle:

    aut solve bellum, mater, aut prima excipe,

    Sen. Phoen. 406:

    electus formae certamina solvere pastor,

    Stat. Achill. 2, 337:

    jurgia solvere,

    Manil. 3, 115:

    contradictiones solvere,

    Quint. 7, 1, 38.—
    h.
    Of difficulties, riddles, questions, ambiguities, etc., to solve, explain, remove:

    quia quaestionem solvere non posset,

    Val. Max. 9, 12, ext. 3:

    aenigmata,

    Quint. 8, 6, 53:

    omnes solvere posse quaestiones,

    Suet. Gram. 11:

    haec ipsa, quae volvuntur ab illis, solvere malim et expandere,

    Sen. Ep. 82, 20; id. Q. N. 7, 14, 1:

    unum tantum hoc solvendum est,

    that one question, id. ib. 1, 7, 3:

    puta nunc me istuc non posse solvere,

    id. Ep. 48, 6:

    carmina non intellecta Solverat,

    Ov. M. 7, 760:

    triste carmen alitis solvi ferae,

    Sen. Oedip. 102:

    nodos juris,

    Juv. 8, 50:

    proponere aliquid quod solvat quaestionem,

    Quint. 5, 10, 96:

    plurimas quaestiones illis probationibus solvi solere,

    id. 1, 10, 49:

    quo solvitur quaestio supra tractata,

    id. 3, 7, 3:

    ambiguitatem or amphiboliam,

    id. 7, 2, 49; 7, 9, 10.—
    3.
    In partic., of obligations, to fulfil.
    a.
    To pay.
    (α).
    Originally, rem solvere, to free one's property and person (rem familiarem) from debts (solutio per aes et libram), according to the ancient formula:

    quod ego tibi tot millibus condemnatus sum, me eo nomine... a te solvo liberoque hoc aere aeneaque libra,

    Gai. Inst. 3, 174 Huschke; cf.:

    inde rem creditori palam populo solvit (i. e. per aes et libram),

    Liv. 6, 14, 5:

    quas res dari, fieri, solvi oportuit,

    id. 1, 32, 11. —Hence, rem solvere, to pay; often with dat. of person:

    pro vectura rem solvit?

    paid the freight, Plaut. As. 2, 4, 27:

    ubi nugivendis res soluta'st omnibus,

    id. Aul. 3, 5, 51:

    tibi res soluta est recte,

    id. Curc. 4, 3, 21:

    ego quidem pro istac rem solvo ab tarpessita meo,

    id. ib. 5, 2, 20:

    rem solvo omnibus quibus dehibeo,

    id. ib. 5, 3, 45:

    dum te strenuas, res erit soluta,

    id. Ps. 2, 2, 35:

    res soluta'st, Gripe, ego habeo,

    id. Rud. 5, 3, 57.— Trop.: saepe edunt (aves);

    semel si captae sunt, rem solvont aucupi,

    they repay him, pay for his expenses, Plaut. As. 1, 3, 66.—And to pay by other things than money:

    si tergo res solvonda'st,

    by a whipping, Plaut. As. 2, 2, 54:

    habent hunc morem ut pugnis rem solvant si quis poscat clarius,

    id. Curc. 3, 9:

    tibi quidem copia'st, dum lingua vivet, qui rem solvas omnibus,

    id. Rud. 2, 6, 74.—Hence,
    (β).
    Absol. (sc. rem), to pay; with or without dat. of person:

    cujus bona, quod populo non solvebat, publice venierunt,

    Cic. Fl. 18, 43:

    ei cum solveret, sumpsit a C. M. Fufiis,

    id. ib. 20, 46:

    misimus qui pro vectura solveret,

    id. Att. 1, 3, 2:

    qui nimis cito cupit solvere, invitus debet,

    Sen. Ben. 4, 40, 5:

    ut creditori solvat,

    Dig. 30, 1, 49, § 7.— Pass. impers.:

    si dare vis mihi, Magis solutum erit quam ipsi dederis,

    it will be a more valid payment, Plaut. Ps. 2, 2, 46:

    numquam vehementius actum est quam me consule, ne solveretur,

    to stop payments, Cic. Off. 2, 24, 84:

    fraudandi spe sublata solvendi necessitas consecuta est,

    id. ib. 2, 24, 84:

    cum eo ipso quod necesse erat solvi, facultas solvendi impediretur,

    Liv. 6, 34, 1.—Cf. in the two senses, to free from debt, and to pay, in the same sentence:

    non succurrere vis illi, sed solvere. Qui sic properat, ipse solvi vult, non solvere,

    Sen. Ben. 6, 27, 1.—
    (γ).
    With acc. of the debt, to discharge, to pay:

    postquam Fundanio debitum solutum esset,

    Cic. Q. Fr. 1, 2, 3, § 10:

    hoc quod debeo peto a te ut... solutum relinquas,

    settled, id. Att. 16, 6, 3:

    solverat Castricio pecuniam jam diu debitam,

    id. Fl. 23, 54:

    ex qua (pensione) major pars est ei soluta,

    id. Att. 16, 2, 1:

    solvi aes alienum Pompejus ex suo fisco jussit,

    Val. Max. 6, 2, 11:

    aes alienum solvere,

    Sen. Ep. 36, 5:

    quae jactatio est, solvisse quod debebas?

    id. Ben. 4, 17, 1; so,

    debitum solvere,

    id. ib. 6, 30, 2:

    ne pecunias creditas solverent,

    Cic. Pis. 35, 86:

    ut creditae pecuniae solvantur,

    Caes. B. C. 3, 20; 3, 1:

    ex thensauris Gallicis creditum solvi posse,

    Liv. 6, 15, 5:

    ita bona veneant ut solidum suum cuique solvatur,

    Cic. Rab. Post. 17, 46.—And of moral debts:

    cum patriae quod debes solveris,

    Cic. Marcell. 9, 27:

    debet vero, solvitque praeclare,

    id. Phil. 13, 11, 25:

    aliter beneficium, aliter creditum solvitur,

    Sen. Ben. 2, 34, 1:

    qui grate beneficium accipit, primam ejus pensionem solvit,

    id. ib. 2, 22 fin.
    (δ).
    By a confusion of construction, solvere pecuniam, etc., to pay money, etc. (for pecunia rem or debitum solvere); constr. with dat. or absol.:

    emi: pecuniam solvi,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 20, § 43:

    pro frumento nihil solvit,

    id. ib. 2, 3, 72, §

    169: legatis pecuniam pro frumento solvit,

    Liv. 44, 16:

    hanc pecuniam cum solvere in praesenti non posset,

    Nep. Milt. 7, 6:

    nisi pecuniam solvisset,

    id. Cim. 1, 1:

    condiciones pacis dictae ut decem millia talentum argenti... solverent,

    Liv. 30, 37 med.:

    pro quo (frumento) pretium solveret populus Romanus,

    id. 36, 3, 1:

    pretium servorum ex aerario solutum est dominis,

    id. 32, 26, 14:

    pretium pro libris domino esse solvendum,

    id. 40, 39 fin.:

    meritam mercedem,

    id. 8, 22, 3; so id. 8, 11, 4: sorte creditum solvere, by paying the principal (i. e. without interest), id. 6, 36, 12:

    quae praemia senatus militibus ante constituit, ea solvantur,

    Cic. Phil. 14, 14, 38:

    stipendium,

    Liv. 28, 32, 1:

    dotem mulieri,

    Dig. 24, 3, 2:

    litem aestimatam,

    the amount of a fine, Nep. Cim. 5, 18 fin.:

    arbitria funeris,

    the expenses of the funeral, Cic. Red. Sen. 7, 18:

    solvere dodrantem,

    to pay seventy-five per cent., Mart. 8, 9, 1:

    dona puer solvit,

    paid the promised gifts, Ov. M. 9, 794; so,

    munera,

    id. ib. 11, 104.— Transf., of the dedication of a book, in return for favors:

    et exspectabo ea (munera) quae polliceris, et erunt mihi pergrata si solveris... Non solvam nisi prius a te cavero, etc.,

    Cic. Brut. 4, 17 sq. —Of the delivery of slaves:

    si quis duos homines promise rit et Stichum solverit,

    Dig. 46, 3, 67; 46, 3, 38, § 3.— Transf., poet.: dolorem solvisti, you have paid your grief, i. e. have duly mourned, Stat. S. 2, 6, 98.— Pass. with personal subject:

    si (actor) solutus fuisset,

    Dig. 12, 1, 31 (cf.: solvere militem, b supra). —
    (ε).
    Esp., in certain phrases, to pay:

    aliquid praesens solvere,

    to pay in cash, Cic. Att. 16, 2, 1; so,

    aliquid de praesentibus solvere,

    Sen. Ep. 97, 16:

    solvere grates (= referre gratiam muneribus): Sulla solvit grates Dianae,

    Vell. 2, 25:

    quas solvere grates sufficiam?

    Stat. S. 4, 2, 7: cum homo avarus, ut ea (beneficia) solveret sibi imperare non posset, etc., Cael. ap. Cic. Fam. 8, 12, 1; cf.: non dicimus reposuit beneficium aut solvit;

    nullum nobis placuit quod aeri alieno convenit verbum,

    Sen. Ep. 81, 9; but v. id. Ben. 2, 18, 5: in debitum solvere, to make a partial payment:

    unum haec epistula in debitum solvet,

    id. Ep. 7, 10: aliquid solvere ab aliquo (de aliqua re), to pay out of funds supplied by any one ( out of any fund):

    Quintus laborat ut tibi quod debet ab Egnatio solvat,

    Cic. Att. 7, 18, 4:

    homines dicere, se a me solvere,

    id. ib. 5, 21, 11:

    (summa) erat solvenda de meo,

    Plin. Ep. 2, 4, 2:

    operas solvere alicui,

    to work for somebody, Dig. 40, 7, 39: solvo operam Dianae, I work for Diana, i. e. offer a sacrifice to her, Afran. ap. Non. 12, 21: judicatum solvere, to pay the amount adjudged by the court, for which security (satisdatio) was required:

    stipulatio quae appellatur judicatum solvi,

    Gai. Inst. 4, 90:

    iste postulat ut procurator judicatum solvi satisdaret,

    Cic. Quint. 7, 29; so Dig. 3, 2, 28; 3, 3, 15; 2, 8, 8;

    2, 8, 14 et saep.: auctio solvendis nummis,

    a cash auction, Mart. 14, 35.— Gerund.: solvendo esse, to be solvent; jurid. t. t., to be able to pay, i. e. one's debts; cf.

    in full: nec tamen solvendo aeri alieno respublica esset,

    Liv. 31, 13:

    nemo dubitat solvendo esse eum qui defenditur,

    Dig. 50, 17, 105:

    qui modo solvendo sint,

    Gai. Inst. 1, 3, 121:

    si solvendo sint,

    Paul. Sent. 1, 20, 1:

    nec interest, solvendo sit, necne,

    Dig. 30, 1, 49, § 5; so ib. 46, 1, 10; 46, 1, 27, § 2; 46, 1, 51, §§ 1 and 4; 46, 1, 52, § 1; 46, 1, 28; 50, 17, 198 et saep.: non solvendo esse, to be insolvent:

    solvendo non erat,

    Cic. Att. 13, 10, 3:

    cum solvendo civitates non essent,

    id. Fam. 3, 8, 2:

    tu nec solvendo eras, nec, etc.,

    id. Phil. 2, 2, 4:

    ne videatur non fuisse solvendo,

    id. Off. 2, 22, 79;

    and very freq. in the jurists.—So, trop.: quid matri, quid flebili patriae dabis? Solvendo non es,

    Sen. Oedip. 941; cf.:

    *non esse ad solvendum (i. e. able to pay),

    Vitr. 10, 6 fin.
    b.
    To fulfil the duty of burial.
    (α).
    Justa solvere; with dat. of the person:

    qui nondum omnia paterno funeri justa solvisset,

    who had not yet finished the burial ceremonies of his father, Cic. Rosc. Am. 8, 23:

    justis defunctorum corporibus solutis,

    Curt. 3, 12, 15:

    proinde corpori quam primum justa solvamus,

    id. 10, 6, 7:

    ut justa soluta Remo,

    Ov. F. 5, 452:

    nunc justa nato solve,

    Sen. Hippol. 1245.—
    (β).
    Exsequias, inferias or suprema solvere:

    exsequiis rite solutis,

    Verg. A. 7, 5:

    cruor sancto solvit inferias viro,

    Sen. Hippol. 1198:

    solvere suprema militibus,

    Tac. A. 1, 61.—
    c.
    Votum solvere, to fulfil a vow to the gods.
    (α).
    Alone:

    vota ea quae numquam solveret nuncupavit,

    Cic. Phil. 3, 4, 11:

    quod si factum esset, votum rite solvi non posse,

    Liv. 31, 9 fin.:

    liberare et se et rempublicam religione votis solvendis,

    id. 40, 44, 8:

    placatis diis votis rite solvendis,

    id. 36, 37 fin.:

    petiit ut votum sibi solvere liceret,

    id. 45, 44:

    animosius a mercatore quam a vectore solvitur votum,

    Sen. Ep. 73, 5:

    vota pro incolumitate solvebantur,

    Tac. A. 2, 69:

    vota pater solvit,

    Ov. M. 9, 707:

    ne votum solvat,

    Mart. 12, 91, 6; 8, 4, 2; Val. Max. 6, 9, 5 ext.; 1, 1, 8 ext. — Poet.:

    voti debita solvere,

    Ov. F. 5, 596; cf.

    the abbrev. formula V. S. L. M. (voTVM SOLVIT LIBENS MERITO),

    Inscr. Orell. 186; 1296 sq.:

    V.S.A.L. (ANIMO LIBENTI),

    ib. 2022 et saep.:

    sacra solvere (=votum solvere),

    Manil. 1, 427.—
    (β).
    With dat.:

    ait sese Veneri velle votum solvere,

    Plaut. Rud. prol. 60:

    vota Jovi solvo,

    Ov. M. 7, 652; 8, 153:

    sunt vota soluta deae,

    id. F. 6, 248:

    dis vota solvis,

    Sen. Ben. 5, 19, 4:

    libamenta Veneri solvere (=votum per libamenta),

    Just. 18, 5, 4.—
    d.
    Fidem solvere, to fulfil a promise (post-class. for fidem praestare, [p. 1728] exsolvere; cf.:

    fidem obligatam liberare,

    Suet. Claud. 9):

    illi, ut fidem solverent, clipeis obruere,

    Flor. 1, 1, 12;

    similarly: et voti solverat ille fidem (=votum solverat),

    Ov. F. 1, 642; but cf.: itane imprudens? tandem inventa'st causa: solvisti fidem, you have found a pretext to evade your promise (cf. II. A. 3.), Ter. And. 4, 1, 18: esset, quam dederas, morte soluta fides, by my death your promise to marry me would have been cancelled (cf. II. B. 1. 6.), Ov. H. 10, 78; similarly: suam fidem (i. e. quam Lepido habuerit) solutam esse, that his faith in Lepidus was broken, Planc. ap. Cic. Fam. 10, 21, 3.—With a different construction: se depositi fide solvere, to acquit one's self of the duty to return property intrusted to him (cf. I. B. 1. c.), Val. Max. 7, 3, 5 ext.: factique fide data munera solvit, he freed the gift already given from the obligation of an accomplished fact, i. e. he revoked the gifts, although already made, Ov. M. 11, 135.—
    e.
    Promissum solvere, to fulfil a promise (very rare):

    perinde quasi promissum solvens,

    Val. Max. 9, 6, 1:

    solvitur quod cuique promissum est,

    Sen. Cons. Marc. 20 fin.;

    similarly: solutum, quod juraverant, rebantur,

    what they had promised under oath, Liv. 24, 18, 5.—Hence, sŏlūtus, a, um, P. a., free, loose, at large, unfettered, unbandaged.
    A.
    Lit.
    1.
    (Acc. to I.A. 1. supra.) Pigeat nostrum erum si eximat aut solutos sinat, Plaut. Capt. 2, 1, 11:

    tibi moram facis quom ego solutus sto,

    id. Ep. 5, 2, 25:

    reus solutus causam dicis, testes vinctos attines,

    id. Truc. 4, 3, 63:

    cum eos vinciret quos secum habebat, te solutum Romam mittebat?

    Cic. Deiot. 7, 22:

    nec quisquam ante Marium solutus dicitur esse sectus,

    unbandaged, id. Tusc. 2, 22, 53:

    duos (captivos) solutos ire ad Hannibalem jussit,

    Liv. 27, 51:

    eum interdiu solutum custodes sequebantur, nocte clausum asservabant,

    id. 24, 45, 10:

    non efficiatis ut solutos verear quos alligatos adduxit,

    Val. Max. 6, 2, 3.—
    2.
    (Acc. to I. A. 2.) Of texture, etc.; esp. of soil, loose, friable (opp spissus;

    postAug.): quo solutior terra facilius pateat radicibus,

    Sen. Ep. 90, 21;

    ordeum nisi solutum et siccum locum non patitur,

    Col. 2, 9:

    soluta et facilis terra,

    id. 3, 14;

    solum solutum vel spissum,

    id. 2, 2 init.;

    seri vult raphanus terra soluta, umida,

    Plin. 19, 5, 26, § 83:

    hordeum seri non vult, nisi in sicca et soluta terra,

    id. 18, 7, 18, § 79:

    solutiores ripae,

    Front. Aquaed. 15.—Of plants:

    mas spissior, femina solutior,

    Plin. 25, 9, 57, § 103.—Hence, subst.: sŏlūtum, i, n., a state of looseness:

    dum vult describere, quem ad modum alia torqueantur fila, alia ex molli solutoque ducantur,

    Sen. Ep. 90, 20.—
    3.
    (Acc. to I. A. 3.) Rarefied, thin, diffused:

    turbo, quo celsior eo solutior laxiorque est, et ob hoc diffunditur,

    Sen. Q. N. 7, 9, 3:

    aer agitatus a sole calefactusque solutior est,

    id. ib. 1, 2, 10:

    debet aer nec tam spissus esse, nec tam tenuis et solutus, ut, etc.,

    id. ib. 1, 2, 11.—
    B.
    Trop.
    1.
    (Acc. to I. B. 1.) Of speech, unfettered, fluent, ready:

    (orator) solutus in explicandis sententiis,

    Cic. Or. 47, 173:

    verbis solutus satis,

    id. ib. 47, 174:

    solutissimus in dicendo,

    id. ib. 48, 180.—
    2.
    Exempt, free from duties, obligations, etc.:

    quam ob rem viderer maximis beneficii vinculis obstrictus, cum liber essem et solutus?

    Cic. Planc. 30, 72:

    soluta (praedia) meliore in causa sunt quam obligata,

    unmortgaged, id. Agr. 3, 2, 9:

    si reddidi (debitum), solutus sum ac liber,

    Sen. Ben. 2, 18, 5;

    non ut gratus, sed ut solutus sim,

    id. ib. 4, 21, 3;

    solutus omni fenore,

    Hor. Epod. 2, 4;

    nam ea (religione) magister equitum solutus ac liber potuerit esse,

    Liv. 8, 32, 5:

    Mamertini soli in omni orbe terrarum vacui, expertes soluti ac liberi fuerunt ab omni sumptu, molestia, munere,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 10, § 23.—
    3.
    Free from punishment, not punishable, not liable, etc.: qui mancipia vendunt, certiores faciunt emptores quis fugitivus sit, noxave solutus, Edict. Aedil. ap. Dig. 21, 1, 1, § 1; Gell. 4, 2, 1; cf.:

    quod aiunt aediles noxae solutus non sit sic intellegendum est... noxali judicio subjectum non esse,

    Dig. 21, 1, 17, § 17:

    apud quos libido etiam permissam habet et solutam licentiam,

    Cic. Rep. 4, 4, 4:

    omne illud tempus habeat per me solutum ac liberum,

    i. e. let the crimes then committed be unpunished, id. Verr. 2, 1, 12, § 33: antea vacuum id solutumque poena fuerat, Tac. A. 14, 28.—With subj. inf.:

    maxime solutum fuit, prodere de iis, etc.,

    Tac. A. 4, 35: solutum existimatur esse, alteri male dicere, Caecil. ap. Cic. Fam. 6, 7, 3.—
    4.
    Free from cares, undistracted:

    animo soluto liberoque,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 75, § 185:

    sed paulo solutiore tamen animo,

    id. ib. 2, 5, 31, § 82.—
    5.
    At leisure, free from labor, business, etc.:

    te rogo ut eum solutum, liberum, confectis ejus negotiis a te, quamprimum ad me remittas,

    Cic. Fam. 13, 63, 2:

    quo mea ratio facilior et solutior esse possit,

    id. ib. 3, 5, 1.—With gen.:

    Genium Curabis Cum famulis operum solutis,

    Hor. C. 3, 17, 16.—
    6.
    Unbound, relaxed, merry, jovial:

    quam homines soluti ridere non desinant, tristiores autem, etc.,

    Cic. Dom. 39, 104:

    an tu existimas quemquam soluto vultu et hilari oculo mortem contemnere?

    Sen. Ep. 23, 4:

    vultus,

    Stat. Th. 5, 355:

    (mores) naturam sequentium faciles sunt, soluti sunt,

    unembarrassed, Sen. Ep. 122, 17.—
    7.
    Free from the rule of others, uncontrolled, independent:

    cum videas civitatis voluntatem solutam, virtutem alligatam,

    Cic. Att. 2, 18, 1:

    ab omni imperio externo soluta in perpetuum Hispania,

    Liv. 29, 1 fin.:

    Masinissae ab imperio Romano solutam libertatem tribuit,

    Val. Max. 7, 2, 6:

    incerti, solutique, et magis sine domino quam in libertate, Vononem in regnum accipiunt,

    Tac. A. 2, 4:

    quorum (militum) libertas solutior erat,

    Just. 13, 2, 2.—Of animals:

    rectore solutos (solis) equos,

    Stat. Th. 1, 219.—
    8.
    Free from influence or restraint; hence, independent, unbiassed, unprejudiced:

    nec vero deus ipse alio modo intellegi potest, nisi mens soluta quaedam et libera,

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 27, 66;

    cum animi sine ratione motu ipsi suo soluto ac libero incitarentur,

    id. Div. 1, 2, 4:

    judicio senatus soluto et libero,

    id. Phil. 5, 15, 41:

    sum enim ad dignitatem in re publica solutus,

    id. Att. 1, 13, 2:

    libero tempore cum soluta vobis est eligendi optio,

    id. Fin. 1, 10, 33:

    si omnia mihi essent solutissima, tamen in re publica non alius essem atque nunc sum,

    id. Fam. 1, 9, 21:

    liberi enim ad causas solutique veniebant,

    uncommitted, id. Verr. 2, 2, 78, § 192.—
    9.
    Free from moral restraint; hence, unbridled, insolent, loose:

    amores soluti et liberi,

    Cic. Rep. 4, 4, 4:

    licentia,

    id. ib. 4, 4, 4:

    populi quamvis soluti ecfrenatique sint,

    id. ib. 1, 34, 53:

    quis erat qui sibi solutam P. Clodii praeturam sine maximo metu proponeret? Solutam autem fore videbatis, nisi esset is consul qui eam auderet possetque constringere,

    id. Mil. 13, 34:

    quominus conspectus, eo solutior erat,

    Liv. 27, 31 fin.:

    adulescentes aliquot quorum, in regno, libido solutior fuerat,

    id. 2, 1, 2:

    solutioris vitae primos adulescentiae annos egisse fertur,

    a licentious life, Val. Max. 2, 6, 1:

    spectandi solutissimum morem corrigere,

    Suet. Aug. 44:

    mores soluti,

    licentious habits, Just. 3, 3, 10.—
    10.
    Regardless of rules, careless, loose:

    orator tam solutus et mollis in gestu,

    Cic. Brut. 62, 225:

    dicta factaque ejus solutiora, et quandam sui neglegentiam praeferentia,

    Tac. A. 16, 18.—
    11.
    Esp., of style, etc., free from rules of composition.
    (α).
    Oratio soluta, verba soluta, a free style, conversational or epistolary style:

    est oratio aliqua vincta atque contexta, soluta alia, qualis in sermone et epistulis,

    Quint. 9, 4, 19; 9, 4, 20; 9, 4, 69; 9, 4, 77.—
    (β).
    More freq.: verba soluta, oratio soluta, prose (opp. to verse);

    in full: scribere conabar verba soluta modis, Ov Tr. 4, 10, 24: quod (Isocrates) verbis solutis numeros primus adjunxerit,

    Cic. Or. 52, 174:

    mollis est enim oratio philosophorum... nec vincta numeris, sed soluta liberius,

    id. ib. 19, 64; 71, 234;

    68, 228: si omnes soluta oratione scripserunt,

    Varr. R. R. 4, 1; de heisce rebus treis libros ad te mittere institui;

    de oratione soluta duos, de poetica unum,

    id. L. L. 6, 11 fin.:

    ut in soluta oratione, sic in poemateis,

    id. ib. 7, 1:

    primus (Isocrates) intellexit. etiam in soluta oratione, dum versum effugeres modum et numerum quemdam debere servari,

    Cic. Brut. 8, 32:

    Aristoteles judicat heroum numerum grandiorem quam desideret soluta oratio,

    id. Or. 57, 192:

    et creticus et paeon quam commodissume putatur in solutam orationem illigari,

    id. ib. 64, 215:

    a modis quibusdam, cantu remoto, soluta esse videatur oratio,

    id. ib. 55, 183; 55, 184; id. de Or. 3, 48, 184: historia est quodammodo carmen solutum, Quint. 10, 1, 31.—
    (γ).
    Also in reference to a prose rhythm, loose, unrhythmical, inharmonious:

    ut verba neque inligata sint, quasi... versus, neque ita soluta ut vagentur,

    Cic. de Or. 3, 44, 176; 3, 48, 186:

    nec vero haec (Callidii verba) soluta nec diffluentia, sed astricta numeris,

    id. Brut. 79, 274:

    orator sic illigat sententiam verbis ut eam numero quodam complectatur et astricto et soluto,

    id. de Or. 3, 44, 175; but: verba soluta suis figuris, words freed from their proper meaning, i.e. metaphors, Manil. 1, 24.—
    (δ).
    Rarely with reference to the thought: soluta oratio, a fragmentary, disconnected style:

    soluta oratio, et e singulis non membris, sed frustis, collata, structura caret,

    Quint. 8, 5, 27; cf. id. 9, 4, 69:

    solutiora componere,

    id. 10, 4, 1; 9, 4, 15.—
    12.
    Effeminate, luxurious (acc. to I. B. 3.):

    sinum togae in dextrum umerum reicere, solutum ac delicatum est,

    Quint. 11, 3, 146.—
    13.
    Undisciplined, disorderly:

    omnia soluta apud hostes esse,

    Liv. 8, 30, 3:

    nihil temeritate solutum,

    Tac. A. 13, 40:

    apud Achaeos neglecta omnia ac soluta fuere,

    Just. 34, 2, 2.—
    14.
    Lax, remiss, weak:

    mea lenitas adhuc si cui solutior visa erat,

    Cic. Cat. 2, 12, 27:

    Ciceronem male audivisse, tamquam solutum et enervem,

    Tac. Or. 18:

    soluti ac fluentes,

    Quint. 1, 2, 8.—Hence:

    solutum genus orationis,

    a lifeless, dull style, Val. Max. 8, 10, 3:

    quanto longius abscederent, eo solutiore cura,

    laxer attention, Liv. 3, 8, 8.—
    C.
    (Acc. to II. B. 3. e supra.) Paid, discharged, only as subst.: sŏlūtum, i, n., that which is paid, a discharged debt, in certain phrases:

    aliquid in solutum dare,

    to give something in payment, Dig. 46, 3, 45; 46, 3, 46; 46, 3, 60: in solutum accipere, to accept in payment:

    qui voluntatem bonam in solutum accipit,

    Sen. Ben. 7, 16, 4:

    qui rem in solutum accipit,

    Dig. 42, 4, 15; 12, 1, 19;

    in solutum imputare,

    to charge as payment, Sen. Ep. 8, 10; aliquid pro soluto est, is considered as paid or cancelled:

    pro soluto id in quo creditor accipiendo moram fecit, oportet esse,

    Dig. 46, 3, 72: pro soluto usucapere, to acquire by prescription something given in payment by the debtor, but not belonging to him:

    pro soluto usucapit qui rem debiti causa recepit,

    Dig. 41, 3, 46.— Adv.: sŏlūtē.
    1.
    Thinly:

    corpora diffusa solute,

    Lucr. 4, 53.—
    2.
    Of speech, fluently:

    non refert videre quid dicendum est, nisi id queas solute ac suaviter dicere,

    Cic. Brut. 29, 110:

    ita facile soluteque volvebat sententias,

    id. ib. 81, 280:

    quid ipse compositus alias, et velut eluctantium verborum, solutius promptiusque eloquebatur,

    Tac. A. 4, 31.—
    3.
    Irregularly, loosely:

    a fabris neglegentius solutiusque composita,

    Sen. Q. N. 6, 30, 4.—
    4.
    Freely, without restraint:

    generaliter puto judicem justum... solutius aequitatem sequi,

    i. e. without strictly regarding the letter of the law, Dig. 11, 7, 14, § 13.—
    5.
    Of style, without connection, loosely:

    enuntiare,

    Quint. 11, 2, 47.—
    6.
    Of manners and discipline, disorderly, negligently:

    praecipue sub imperio Cn. Manlii solute ac neglegenter habiti sunt (exercitus),

    Liv. 39, 1, 4:

    in stationibus solute ac neglegenter agentes,

    id. 23, 37, 6.—
    7.
    Weakly, tamely, without vigor:

    quod ille tam solute egisset, tam leniter, tam oscitanter,

    Cic. Brut. 80, 277.—
    8.
    Of morals, loosely, without restraint:

    ventitabat illuc Nero, quo solutius urbem extra lasciviret,

    Tac. A. 13, 47.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > solvo

  • 16 Historical Portugal

       Before Romans described western Iberia or Hispania as "Lusitania," ancient Iberians inhabited the land. Phoenician and Greek trading settlements grew up in the Tagus estuary area and nearby coasts. Beginning around 202 BCE, Romans invaded what is today southern Portugal. With Rome's defeat of Carthage, Romans proceeded to conquer and rule the western region north of the Tagus, which they named Roman "Lusitania." In the fourth century CE, as Rome's rule weakened, the area experienced yet another invasion—Germanic tribes, principally the Suevi, who eventually were Christianized. During the sixth century CE, the Suevi kingdom was superseded by yet another Germanic tribe—the Christian Visigoths.
       A major turning point in Portugal's history came in 711, as Muslim armies from North Africa, consisting of both Arab and Berber elements, invaded the Iberian Peninsula from across the Straits of Gibraltar. They entered what is now Portugal in 714, and proceeded to conquer most of the country except for the far north. For the next half a millennium, Islam and Muslim presence in Portugal left a significant mark upon the politics, government, language, and culture of the country.
       Islam, Reconquest, and Portugal Created, 714-1140
       The long frontier struggle between Muslim invaders and Christian communities in the north of the Iberian peninsula was called the Reconquista (Reconquest). It was during this struggle that the first dynasty of Portuguese kings (Burgundian) emerged and the independent monarchy of Portugal was established. Christian forces moved south from what is now the extreme north of Portugal and gradually defeated Muslim forces, besieging and capturing towns under Muslim sway. In the ninth century, as Christian forces slowly made their way southward, Christian elements were dominant only in the area between Minho province and the Douro River; this region became known as "territorium Portu-calense."
       In the 11th century, the advance of the Reconquest quickened as local Christian armies were reinforced by crusading knights from what is now France and England. Christian forces took Montemor (1034), at the Mondego River; Lamego (1058); Viseu (1058); and Coimbra (1064). In 1095, the king of Castile and Léon granted the country of "Portu-cale," what became northern Portugal, to a Burgundian count who had emigrated from France. This was the foundation of Portugal. In 1139, a descendant of this count, Afonso Henriques, proclaimed himself "King of Portugal." He was Portugal's first monarch, the "Founder," and the first of the Burgundian dynasty, which ruled until 1385.
       The emergence of Portugal in the 12th century as a separate monarchy in Iberia occurred before the Christian Reconquest of the peninsula. In the 1140s, the pope in Rome recognized Afonso Henriques as king of Portugal. In 1147, after a long, bloody siege, Muslim-occupied Lisbon fell to Afonso Henriques's army. Lisbon was the greatest prize of the 500-year war. Assisting this effort were English crusaders on their way to the Holy Land; the first bishop of Lisbon was an Englishman. When the Portuguese captured Faro and Silves in the Algarve province in 1248-50, the Reconquest of the extreme western portion of the Iberian peninsula was complete—significantly, more than two centuries before the Spanish crown completed the Reconquest of the eastern portion by capturing Granada in 1492.
       Consolidation and Independence of Burgundian Portugal, 1140-1385
       Two main themes of Portugal's early existence as a monarchy are the consolidation of control over the realm and the defeat of a Castil-ian threat from the east to its independence. At the end of this period came the birth of a new royal dynasty (Aviz), which prepared to carry the Christian Reconquest beyond continental Portugal across the straits of Gibraltar to North Africa. There was a variety of motives behind these developments. Portugal's independent existence was imperiled by threats from neighboring Iberian kingdoms to the north and east. Politics were dominated not only by efforts against the Muslims in
       Portugal (until 1250) and in nearby southern Spain (until 1492), but also by internecine warfare among the kingdoms of Castile, Léon, Aragon, and Portugal. A final comeback of Muslim forces was defeated at the battle of Salado (1340) by allied Castilian and Portuguese forces. In the emerging Kingdom of Portugal, the monarch gradually gained power over and neutralized the nobility and the Church.
       The historic and commonplace Portuguese saying "From Spain, neither a good wind nor a good marriage" was literally played out in diplomacy and war in the late 14th-century struggles for mastery in the peninsula. Larger, more populous Castile was pitted against smaller Portugal. Castile's Juan I intended to force a union between Castile and Portugal during this era of confusion and conflict. In late 1383, Portugal's King Fernando, the last king of the Burgundian dynasty, suddenly died prematurely at age 38, and the Master of Aviz, Portugal's most powerful nobleman, took up the cause of independence and resistance against Castile's invasion. The Master of Aviz, who became King João I of Portugal, was able to obtain foreign assistance. With the aid of English archers, Joao's armies defeated the Castilians in the crucial battle of Aljubarrota, on 14 August 1385, a victory that assured the independence of the Portuguese monarchy from its Castilian nemesis for several centuries.
       Aviz Dynasty and Portugal's First Overseas Empire, 1385-1580
       The results of the victory at Aljubarrota, much celebrated in Portugal's art and monuments, and the rise of the Aviz dynasty also helped to establish a new merchant class in Lisbon and Oporto, Portugal's second city. This group supported King João I's program of carrying the Reconquest to North Africa, since it was interested in expanding Portugal's foreign commerce and tapping into Muslim trade routes and resources in Africa. With the Reconquest against the Muslims completed in Portugal and the threat from Castile thwarted for the moment, the Aviz dynasty launched an era of overseas conquest, exploration, and trade. These efforts dominated Portugal's 15th and 16th centuries.
       The overseas empire and age of Discoveries began with Portugal's bold conquest in 1415 of the Moroccan city of Ceuta. One royal member of the 1415 expedition was young, 21-year-old Prince Henry, later known in history as "Prince Henry the Navigator." His part in the capture of Ceuta won Henry his knighthood and began Portugal's "Marvelous Century," during which the small kingdom was counted as a European and world power of consequence. Henry was the son of King João I and his English queen, Philippa of Lancaster, but he did not inherit the throne. Instead, he spent most of his life and his fortune, and that of the wealthy military Order of Christ, on various imperial ventures and on voyages of exploration down the African coast and into the Atlantic. While mythology has surrounded Henry's controversial role in the Discoveries, and this role has been exaggerated, there is no doubt that he played a vital part in the initiation of Portugal's first overseas empire and in encouraging exploration. He was naturally curious, had a sense of mission for Portugal, and was a strong leader. He also had wealth to expend; at least a third of the African voyages of the time were under his sponsorship. If Prince Henry himself knew little science, significant scientific advances in navigation were made in his day.
       What were Portugal's motives for this new imperial effort? The well-worn historical cliche of "God, Glory, and Gold" can only partly explain the motivation of a small kingdom with few natural resources and barely 1 million people, which was greatly outnumbered by the other powers it confronted. Among Portuguese objectives were the desire to exploit known North African trade routes and resources (gold, wheat, leather, weaponry, and other goods that were scarce in Iberia); the need to outflank the Muslim world in the Mediterranean by sailing around Africa, attacking Muslims en route; and the wish to ally with Christian kingdoms beyond Africa. This enterprise also involved a strategy of breaking the Venetian spice monopoly by trading directly with the East by means of discovering and exploiting a sea route around Africa to Asia. Besides the commercial motives, Portugal nurtured a strong crusading sense of Christian mission, and various classes in the kingdom saw an opportunity for fame and gain.
       By the time of Prince Henry's death in 1460, Portugal had gained control of the Atlantic archipelagos of the Azores and Madeiras, begun to colonize the Cape Verde Islands, failed to conquer the Canary Islands from Castile, captured various cities on Morocco's coast, and explored as far as Senegal, West Africa, down the African coast. By 1488, Bar-tolomeu Dias had rounded the Cape of Good Hope in South Africa and thereby discovered the way to the Indian Ocean.
       Portugal's largely coastal African empire and later its fragile Asian empire brought unexpected wealth but were purchased at a high price. Costs included wars of conquest and defense against rival powers, manning the far-flung navel and trade fleets and scattered castle-fortresses, and staffing its small but fierce armies, all of which entailed a loss of skills and population to maintain a scattered empire. Always short of capital, the monarchy became indebted to bankers. There were many defeats beginning in the 16th century at the hands of the larger imperial European monarchies (Spain, France, England, and Holland) and many attacks on Portugal and its strung-out empire. Typically, there was also the conflict that arose when a tenuously held world empire that rarely if ever paid its way demanded finance and manpower Portugal itself lacked.
       The first 80 years of the glorious imperial era, the golden age of Portugal's imperial power and world influence, was an African phase. During 1415-88, Portuguese navigators and explorers in small ships, some of them caravelas (caravels), explored the treacherous, disease-ridden coasts of Africa from Morocco to South Africa beyond the Cape of Good Hope. By the 1470s, the Portuguese had reached the Gulf of Guinea and, in the early 1480s, what is now Angola. Bartolomeu Dias's extraordinary voyage of 1487-88 to South Africa's coast and the edge of the Indian Ocean convinced Portugal that the best route to Asia's spices and Christians lay south, around the tip of southern Africa. Between 1488 and 1495, there was a hiatus caused in part by domestic conflict in Portugal, discussion of resources available for further conquests beyond Africa in Asia, and serious questions as to Portugal's capacity to reach beyond Africa. In 1495, King Manuel and his council decided to strike for Asia, whatever the consequences. In 1497-99, Vasco da Gama, under royal orders, made the epic two-year voyage that discovered the sea route to western India (Asia), outflanked Islam and Venice, and began Portugal's Asian empire. Within 50 years, Portugal had discovered and begun the exploitation of its largest colony, Brazil, and set up forts and trading posts from the Middle East (Aden and Ormuz), India (Calicut, Goa, etc.), Malacca, and Indonesia to Macau in China.
       By the 1550s, parts of its largely coastal, maritime trading post empire from Morocco to the Moluccas were under siege from various hostile forces, including Muslims, Christians, and Hindi. Although Moroccan forces expelled the Portuguese from the major coastal cities by 1550, the rival European monarchies of Castile (Spain), England, France, and later Holland began to seize portions of her undermanned, outgunned maritime empire.
       In 1580, Phillip II of Spain, whose mother was a Portuguese princess and who had a strong claim to the Portuguese throne, invaded Portugal, claimed the throne, and assumed control over the realm and, by extension, its African, Asian, and American empires. Phillip II filled the power vacuum that appeared in Portugal following the loss of most of Portugal's army and its young, headstrong King Sebastião in a disastrous war in Morocco. Sebastiao's death in battle (1578) and the lack of a natural heir to succeed him, as well as the weak leadership of the cardinal who briefly assumed control in Lisbon, led to a crisis that Spain's strong monarch exploited. As a result, Portugal lost its independence to Spain for a period of 60 years.
       Portugal under Spanish Rule, 1580-1640
       Despite the disastrous nature of Portugal's experience under Spanish rule, "The Babylonian Captivity" gave birth to modern Portuguese nationalism, its second overseas empire, and its modern alliance system with England. Although Spain allowed Portugal's weakened empire some autonomy, Spanish rule in Portugal became increasingly burdensome and unacceptable. Spain's ambitious imperial efforts in Europe and overseas had an impact on the Portuguese as Spain made greater and greater demands on its smaller neighbor for manpower and money. Portugal's culture underwent a controversial Castilianization, while its empire became hostage to Spain's fortunes. New rival powers England, France, and Holland attacked and took parts of Spain's empire and at the same time attacked Portugal's empire, as well as the mother country.
       Portugal's empire bore the consequences of being attacked by Spain's bitter enemies in what was a form of world war. Portuguese losses were heavy. By 1640, Portugal had lost most of its Moroccan cities as well as Ceylon, the Moluccas, and sections of India. With this, Portugal's Asian empire was gravely weakened. Only Goa, Damão, Diu, Bombay, Timor, and Macau remained and, in Brazil, Dutch forces occupied the northeast.
       On 1 December 1640, long commemorated as a national holiday, Portuguese rebels led by the duke of Braganza overthrew Spanish domination and took advantage of Spanish weakness following a more serious rebellion in Catalonia. Portugal regained independence from Spain, but at a price: dependence on foreign assistance to maintain its independence in the form of the renewal of the alliance with England.
       Restoration and Second Empire, 1640-1822
       Foreign affairs and empire dominated the restoration era and aftermath, and Portugal again briefly enjoyed greater European power and prestige. The Anglo-Portuguese Alliance was renewed and strengthened in treaties of 1642, 1654, and 1661, and Portugal's independence from Spain was underwritten by English pledges and armed assistance. In a Luso-Spanish treaty of 1668, Spain recognized Portugal's independence. Portugal's alliance with England was a marriage of convenience and necessity between two monarchies with important religious, cultural, and social differences. In return for legal, diplomatic, and trade privileges, as well as the use during war and peace of Portugal's great Lisbon harbor and colonial ports for England's navy, England pledged to protect Portugal and its scattered empire from any attack. The previously cited 17th-century alliance treaties were renewed later in the Treaty of Windsor, signed in London in 1899. On at least 10 different occasions after 1640, and during the next two centuries, England was central in helping prevent or repel foreign invasions of its ally, Portugal.
       Portugal's second empire (1640-1822) was largely Brazil-oriented. Portuguese colonization, exploitation of wealth, and emigration focused on Portuguese America, and imperial revenues came chiefly from Brazil. Between 1670 and 1740, Portugal's royalty and nobility grew wealthier on funds derived from Brazilian gold, diamonds, sugar, tobacco, and other crops, an enterprise supported by the Atlantic slave trade and the supply of African slave labor from West Africa and Angola. Visitors today can see where much of that wealth was invested: Portugal's rich legacy of monumental architecture. Meanwhile, the African slave trade took a toll in Angola and West Africa.
       In continental Portugal, absolutist monarchy dominated politics and government, and there was a struggle for position and power between the monarchy and other institutions, such as the Church and nobility. King José I's chief minister, usually known in history as the marquis of Pombal (ruled 1750-77), sharply suppressed the nobility and the
       Church (including the Inquisition, now a weak institution) and expelled the Jesuits. Pombal also made an effort to reduce economic dependence on England, Portugal's oldest ally. But his successes did not last much beyond his disputed time in office.
       Beginning in the late 18th century, the European-wide impact of the French Revolution and the rise of Napoleon placed Portugal in a vulnerable position. With the monarchy ineffectively led by an insane queen (Maria I) and her indecisive regent son (João VI), Portugal again became the focus of foreign ambition and aggression. With England unable to provide decisive assistance in time, France—with Spain's consent—invaded Portugal in 1807. As Napoleon's army under General Junot entered Lisbon meeting no resistance, Portugal's royal family fled on a British fleet to Brazil, where it remained in exile until 1821. In the meantime, Portugal's overseas empire was again under threat. There was a power vacuum as the monarch was absent, foreign armies were present, and new political notions of liberalism and constitutional monarchy were exciting various groups of citizens.
       Again England came to the rescue, this time in the form of the armies of the duke of Wellington. Three successive French invasions of Portugal were defeated and expelled, and Wellington succeeded in carrying the war against Napoleon across the Portuguese frontier into Spain. The presence of the English army, the new French-born liberal ideas, and the political vacuum combined to create revolutionary conditions. The French invasions and the peninsular wars, where Portuguese armed forces played a key role, marked the beginning of a new era in politics.
       Liberalism and Constitutional Monarchy, 1822-1910
       During 1807-22, foreign invasions, war, and civil strife over conflicting political ideas gravely damaged Portugal's commerce, economy, and novice industry. The next terrible blow was the loss of Brazil in 1822, the jewel in the imperial crown. Portugal's very independence seemed to be at risk. In vain, Portugal sought to resist Brazilian independence by force, but in 1825 it formally acknowledged Brazilian independence by treaty.
       Portugal's slow recovery from the destructive French invasions and the "war of independence" was complicated by civil strife over the form of constitutional monarchy that best suited Portugal. After struggles over these issues between 1820 and 1834, Portugal settled somewhat uncertainly into a moderate constitutional monarchy whose constitution (Charter of 1826) lent it strong political powers to exert a moderating influence between the executive and legislative branches of the government. It also featured a new upper middle class based on land ownership and commerce; a Catholic Church that, although still important, lived with reduced privileges and property; a largely African (third) empire to which Lisbon and Oporto devoted increasing spiritual and material resources, starting with the liberal imperial plans of 1836 and 1851, and continuing with the work of institutions like the Lisbon Society of Geography (established 1875); and a mass of rural peasants whose bonds to the land weakened after 1850 and who began to immigrate in increasing numbers to Brazil and North America.
       Chronic military intervention in national politics began in 19th-century Portugal. Such intervention, usually commencing with coups or pronunciamentos (military revolts), was a shortcut to the spoils of political office and could reflect popular discontent as well as the power of personalities. An early example of this was the 1817 golpe (coup) attempt of General Gomes Freire against British military rule in Portugal before the return of King João VI from Brazil. Except for a more stable period from 1851 to 1880, military intervention in politics, or the threat thereof, became a feature of the constitutional monarchy's political life, and it continued into the First Republic and the subsequent Estado Novo.
       Beginning with the Regeneration period (1851-80), Portugal experienced greater political stability and economic progress. Military intervention in politics virtually ceased; industrialization and construction of railroads, roads, and bridges proceeded; two political parties (Regenerators and Historicals) worked out a system of rotation in power; and leading intellectuals sparked a cultural revival in several fields. In 19th-century literature, there was a new golden age led by such figures as Alexandre Herculano (historian), Eça de Queirós (novelist), Almeida Garrett (playwright and essayist), Antero de Quental (poet), and Joaquim Oliveira Martins (historian and social scientist). In its third overseas empire, Portugal attempted to replace the slave trade and slavery with legitimate economic activities; to reform the administration; and to expand Portuguese holdings beyond coastal footholds deep into the African hinterlands in West, West Central, and East Africa. After 1841, to some extent, and especially after 1870, colonial affairs, combined with intense nationalism, pressures for economic profit in Africa, sentiment for national revival, and the drift of European affairs would make or break Lisbon governments.
       Beginning with the political crisis that arose out of the "English Ultimatum" affair of January 1890, the monarchy became discredtted and identified with the poorly functioning government, political parties splintered, and republicanism found more supporters. Portugal participated in the "Scramble for Africa," expanding its African holdings, but failed to annex territory connecting Angola and Mozambique. A growing foreign debt and state bankruptcy as of the early 1890s damaged the constitutional monarchy's reputation, despite the efforts of King Carlos in diplomacy, the renewal of the alliance in the Windsor Treaty of 1899, and the successful if bloody colonial wars in the empire (1880-97). Republicanism proclaimed that Portugal's weak economy and poor society were due to two historic institutions: the monarchy and the Catholic Church. A republic, its stalwarts claimed, would bring greater individual liberty; efficient, if more decentralized government; and a stronger colonial program while stripping the Church of its role in both society and education.
       As the monarchy lost support and republicans became more aggressive, violence increased in politics. King Carlos I and his heir Luís were murdered in Lisbon by anarchist-republicans on 1 February 1908. Following a military and civil insurrection and fighting between monarchist and republican forces, on 5 October 1910, King Manuel II fled Portugal and a republic was proclaimed.
       First Parliamentary Republic, 1910-26
       Portugal's first attempt at republican government was the most unstable, turbulent parliamentary republic in the history of 20th-century Western Europe. During a little under 16 years of the republic, there were 45 governments, a number of legislatures that did not complete normal terms, military coups, and only one president who completed his four-year term in office. Portuguese society was poorly prepared for this political experiment. Among the deadly legacies of the monarchy were a huge public debt; a largely rural, apolitical, and illiterate peasant population; conflict over the causes of the country's misfortunes; and lack of experience with a pluralist, democratic system.
       The republic had some talented leadership but lacked popular, institutional, and economic support. The 1911 republican constitution established only a limited democracy, as only a small portion of the adult male citizenry was eligible to vote. In a country where the majority was Catholic, the republic passed harshly anticlerical laws, and its institutions and supporters persecuted both the Church and its adherents. During its brief disjointed life, the First Republic drafted important reform plans in economic, social, and educational affairs; actively promoted development in the empire; and pursued a liberal, generous foreign policy. Following British requests for Portugal's assistance in World War I, Portugal entered the war on the Allied side in March 1916 and sent armies to Flanders and Portuguese Africa. Portugal's intervention in that conflict, however, was too costly in many respects, and the ultimate failure of the republic in part may be ascribed to Portugal's World War I activities.
       Unfortunately for the republic, its time coincided with new threats to Portugal's African possessions: World War I, social and political demands from various classes that could not be reconciled, excessive military intervention in politics, and, in particular, the worst economic and financial crisis Portugal had experienced since the 16th and 17th centuries. After the original Portuguese Republican Party (PRP, also known as the "Democrats") splintered into three warring groups in 1912, no true multiparty system emerged. The Democrats, except for only one or two elections, held an iron monopoly of electoral power, and political corruption became a major issue. As extreme right-wing dictatorships elsewhere in Europe began to take power in Italy (1922), neighboring Spain (1923), and Greece (1925), what scant popular support remained for the republic collapsed. Backed by a right-wing coalition of landowners from Alentejo, clergy, Coimbra University faculty and students, Catholic organizations, and big business, career military officers led by General Gomes da Costa executed a coup on 28 May 1926, turned out the last republican government, and established a military government.
       The Estado Novo (New State), 1926-74
       During the military phase (1926-32) of the Estado Novo, professional military officers, largely from the army, governed and administered Portugal and held key cabinet posts, but soon discovered that the military possessed no magic formula that could readily solve the problems inherited from the First Republic. Especially during the years 1926-31, the military dictatorship, even with its political repression of republican activities and institutions (military censorship of the press, political police action, and closure of the republic's rowdy parliament), was characterized by similar weaknesses: personalism and factionalism; military coups and political instability, including civil strife and loss of life; state debt and bankruptcy; and a weak economy. "Barracks parliamentarism" was not an acceptable alternative even to the "Nightmare Republic."
       Led by General Óscar Carmona, who had replaced and sent into exile General Gomes da Costa, the military dictatorship turned to a civilian expert in finance and economics to break the budget impasse and bring coherence to the disorganized system. Appointed minister of finance on 27 April 1928, the Coimbra University Law School professor of economics Antônio de Oliveira Salazar (1889-1970) first reformed finance, helped balance the budget, and then turned to other concerns as he garnered extraordinary governing powers. In 1930, he was appointed interim head of another key ministry (Colonies) and within a few years had become, in effect, a civilian dictator who, with the military hierarchy's support, provided the government with coherence, a program, and a set of policies.
       For nearly 40 years after he was appointed the first civilian prime minister in 1932, Salazar's personality dominated the government. Unlike extreme right-wing dictators elsewhere in Europe, Salazar was directly appointed by the army but was never endorsed by a popular political party, street militia, or voter base. The scholarly, reclusive former Coimbra University professor built up what became known after 1932 as the Estado Novo ("New State"), which at the time of its overthrow by another military coup in 1974, was the longest surviving authoritarian regime in Western Europe. The system of Salazar and the largely academic and technocratic ruling group he gathered in his cabinets was based on the central bureaucracy of the state, which was supported by the president of the republic—always a senior career military officer, General Óscar Carmona (1928-51), General Craveiro Lopes (1951-58), and Admiral Américo Tómaz (1958-74)—and the complicity of various institutions. These included a rubber-stamp legislature called the National Assembly (1935-74) and a political police known under various names: PVDE (1932-45), PIDE (1945-69),
       and DGS (1969-74). Other defenders of the Estado Novo security were paramilitary organizations such as the National Republican Guard (GNR); the Portuguese Legion (PL); and the Portuguese Youth [Movement]. In addition to censorship of the media, theater, and books, there was political repression and a deliberate policy of depoliticization. All political parties except for the approved movement of regime loyalists, the União Nacional or (National Union), were banned.
       The most vigorous and more popular period of the New State was 1932-44, when the basic structures were established. Never monolithic or entirely the work of one person (Salazar), the New State was constructed with the assistance of several dozen top associates who were mainly academics from law schools, some technocrats with specialized skills, and a handful of trusted career military officers. The 1933 Constitution declared Portugal to be a "unitary, corporative Republic," and pressures to restore the monarchy were resisted. Although some of the regime's followers were fascists and pseudofascists, many more were conservative Catholics, integralists, nationalists, and monarchists of different varieties, and even some reactionary republicans. If the New State was authoritarian, it was not totalitarian and, unlike fascism in Benito Mussolini's Italy or Adolf Hitler's Germany, it usually employed the minimum of violence necessary to defeat what remained a largely fractious, incoherent opposition.
       With the tumultuous Second Republic and the subsequent civil war in nearby Spain, the regime felt threatened and reinforced its defenses. During what Salazar rightly perceived as a time of foreign policy crisis for Portugal (1936-45), he assumed control of the Ministry of Foreign Affairs. From there, he pursued four basic foreign policy objectives: supporting the Nationalist rebels of General Francisco Franco in the Spanish Civil War (1936-39) and concluding defense treaties with a triumphant Franco; ensuring that General Franco in an exhausted Spain did not enter World War II on the Axis side; maintaining Portuguese neutrality in World War II with a post-1942 tilt toward the Allies, including granting Britain and the United States use of bases in the Azores Islands; and preserving and protecting Portugal's Atlantic Islands and its extensive, if poor, overseas empire in Africa and Asia.
       During the middle years of the New State (1944-58), many key Salazar associates in government either died or resigned, and there was greater social unrest in the form of unprecedented strikes and clandestine Communist activities, intensified opposition, and new threatening international pressures on Portugal's overseas empire. During the earlier phase of the Cold War (1947-60), Portugal became a steadfast, if weak, member of the US-dominated North Atlantic Treaty Organization alliance and, in 1955, with American support, Portugal joined the United Nations (UN). Colonial affairs remained a central concern of the regime. As of 1939, Portugal was the third largest colonial power in the world and possessed territories in tropical Africa (Angola, Mozambique, Guinea-Bissau, and São Tomé and Príncipe Islands) and the remnants of its 16th-century empire in Asia (Goa, Damão, Diu, East Timor, and Macau). Beginning in the early 1950s, following the independence of India in 1947, Portugal resisted Indian pressures to decolonize Portuguese India and used police forces to discourage internal opposition in its Asian and African colonies.
       The later years of the New State (1958-68) witnessed the aging of the increasingly isolated but feared Salazar and new threats both at home and overseas. Although the regime easily overcame the brief oppositionist threat from rival presidential candidate General Humberto Delgado in the spring of 1958, new developments in the African and Asian empires imperiled the authoritarian system. In February 1961, oppositionists hijacked the Portuguese ocean liner Santa Maria and, in following weeks, African insurgents in northern Angola, although they failed to expel the Portuguese, gained worldwide media attention, discredited the New State, and began the 13-year colonial war. After thwarting a dissident military coup against his continued leadership, Salazar and his ruling group mobilized military repression in Angola and attempted to develop the African colonies at a faster pace in order to ensure Portuguese control. Meanwhile, the other European colonial powers (Britain, France, Belgium, and Spain) rapidly granted political independence to their African territories.
       At the time of Salazar's removal from power in September 1968, following a stroke, Portugal's efforts to maintain control over its colonies appeared to be successful. President Americo Tomás appointed Dr. Marcello Caetano as Salazar's successor as prime minister. While maintaining the New State's basic structures, and continuing the regime's essential colonial policy, Caetano attempted wider reforms in colonial administration and some devolution of power from Lisbon, as well as more freedom of expression in Lisbon. Still, a great deal of the budget was devoted to supporting the wars against the insurgencies in Africa. Meanwhile in Asia, Portuguese India had fallen when the Indian army invaded in December 1961. The loss of Goa was a psychological blow to the leadership of the New State, and of the Asian empire only East Timor and Macau remained.
       The Caetano years (1968-74) were but a hiatus between the waning Salazar era and a new regime. There was greater political freedom and rapid economic growth (5-6 percent annually to late 1973), but Caetano's government was unable to reform the old system thoroughly and refused to consider new methods either at home or in the empire. In the end, regime change came from junior officers of the professional military who organized the Armed Forces Movement (MFA) against the Caetano government. It was this group of several hundred officers, mainly in the army and navy, which engineered a largely bloodless coup in Lisbon on 25 April 1974. Their unexpected action brought down the 48-year-old New State and made possible the eventual establishment and consolidation of democratic governance in Portugal, as well as a reorientation of the country away from the Atlantic toward Europe.
       Revolution of Carnations, 1974-76
       Following successful military operations of the Armed Forces Movement against the Caetano government, Portugal experienced what became known as the "Revolution of Carnations." It so happened that during the rainy week of the military golpe, Lisbon flower shops were featuring carnations, and the revolutionaries and their supporters adopted the red carnation as the common symbol of the event, as well as of the new freedom from dictatorship. The MFA, whose leaders at first were mostly little-known majors and captains, proclaimed a three-fold program of change for the new Portugal: democracy; decolonization of the overseas empire, after ending the colonial wars; and developing a backward economy in the spirit of opportunity and equality. During the first 24 months after the coup, there was civil strife, some anarchy, and a power struggle. With the passing of the Estado Novo, public euphoria burst forth as the new provisional military government proclaimed the freedoms of speech, press, and assembly, and abolished censorship, the political police, the Portuguese Legion, Portuguese Youth, and other New State organizations, including the National Union. Scores of political parties were born and joined the senior political party, the Portuguese Community Party (PCP), and the Socialist Party (PS), founded shortly before the coup.
       Portugal's Revolution of Carnations went through several phases. There was an attempt to take control by radical leftists, including the PCP and its allies. This was thwarted by moderate officers in the army, as well as by the efforts of two political parties: the PS and the Social Democrats (PPD, later PSD). The first phase was from April to September 1974. Provisional president General Antonio Spínola, whose 1974 book Portugal and the Future had helped prepare public opinion for the coup, met irresistible leftist pressures. After Spinola's efforts to avoid rapid decolonization of the African empire failed, he resigned in September 1974. During the second phase, from September 1974 to March 1975, radical military officers gained control, but a coup attempt by General Spínola and his supporters in Lisbon in March 1975 failed and Spínola fled to Spain.
       In the third phase of the Revolution, March-November 1975, a strong leftist reaction followed. Farm workers occupied and "nationalized" 1.1 million hectares of farmland in the Alentejo province, and radical military officers in the provisional government ordered the nationalization of Portuguese banks (foreign banks were exempted), utilities, and major industries, or about 60 percent of the economic system. There were power struggles among various political parties — a total of 50 emerged—and in the streets there was civil strife among labor, military, and law enforcement groups. A constituent assembly, elected on 25 April 1975, in Portugal's first free elections since 1926, drafted a democratic constitution. The Council of the Revolution (CR), briefly a revolutionary military watchdog committee, was entrenched as part of the government under the constitution, until a later revision. During the chaotic year of 1975, about 30 persons were killed in political frays while unstable provisional governments came and went. On 25 November 1975, moderate military forces led by Colonel Ramalho Eanes, who later was twice elected president of the republic (1976 and 1981), defeated radical, leftist military groups' revolutionary conspiracies.
       In the meantime, Portugal's scattered overseas empire experienced a precipitous and unprepared decolonization. One by one, the former colonies were granted and accepted independence—Guinea-Bissau (September 1974), Cape Verde Islands (July 1975), and Mozambique (July 1975). Portugal offered to turn over Macau to the People's Republic of China, but the offer was refused then and later negotiations led to the establishment of a formal decolonization or hand-over date of 1999. But in two former colonies, the process of decolonization had tragic results.
       In Angola, decolonization negotiations were greatly complicated by the fact that there were three rival nationalist movements in a struggle for power. The January 1975 Alvor Agreement signed by Portugal and these three parties was not effectively implemented. A bloody civil war broke out in Angola in the spring of 1975 and, when Portuguese armed forces withdrew and declared that Angola was independent on 11 November 1975, the bloodshed only increased. Meanwhile, most of the white Portuguese settlers from Angola and Mozambique fled during the course of 1975. Together with African refugees, more than 600,000 of these retornados ("returned ones") went by ship and air to Portugal and thousands more to Namibia, South Africa, Brazil, Canada, and the United States.
       The second major decolonization disaster was in Portugal's colony of East Timor in the Indonesian archipelago. Portugal's capacity to supervise and control a peaceful transition to independence in this isolated, neglected colony was limited by the strength of giant Indonesia, distance from Lisbon, and Portugal's revolutionary disorder and inability to defend Timor. In early December 1975, before Portugal granted formal independence and as one party, FRETILIN, unilaterally declared East Timor's independence, Indonesia's armed forces invaded, conquered, and annexed East Timor. Indonesian occupation encountered East Timorese resistance, and a heavy loss of life followed. The East Timor question remained a contentious international issue in the UN, as well as in Lisbon and Jakarta, for more than 20 years following Indonesia's invasion and annexation of the former colony of Portugal. Major changes occurred, beginning in 1998, after Indonesia underwent a political revolution and allowed a referendum in East Timor to decide that territory's political future in August 1999. Most East Timorese chose independence, but Indonesian forces resisted that verdict until
       UN intervention in September 1999. Following UN rule for several years, East Timor attained full independence on 20 May 2002.
       Consolidation of Democracy, 1976-2000
       After several free elections and record voter turnouts between 25 April 1975 and June 1976, civil war was averted and Portugal's second democratic republic began to stabilize. The MFA was dissolved, the military were returned to the barracks, and increasingly elected civilians took over the government of the country. The 1976 Constitution was revised several times beginning in 1982 and 1989, in order to reempha-size the principle of free enterprise in the economy while much of the large, nationalized sector was privatized. In June 1976, General Ram-alho Eanes was elected the first constitutional president of the republic (five-year term), and he appointed socialist leader Dr. Mário Soares as prime minister of the first constitutional government.
       From 1976 to 1985, Portugal's new system featured a weak economy and finances, labor unrest, and administrative and political instability. The difficult consolidation of democratic governance was eased in part by the strong currency and gold reserves inherited from the Estado Novo, but Lisbon seemed unable to cope with high unemployment, new debt, the complex impact of the refugees from Africa, world recession, and the agitation of political parties. Four major parties emerged from the maelstrom of 1974-75, except for the Communist Party, all newly founded. They were, from left to right, the Communists (PCP); the Socialists (PS), who managed to dominate governments and the legislature but not win a majority in the Assembly of the Republic; the Social Democrats (PSD); and the Christian Democrats (CDS). During this period, the annual growth rate was low (l-2 percent), and the nationalized sector of the economy stagnated.
       Enhanced economic growth, greater political stability, and more effective central government as of 1985, and especially 1987, were due to several developments. In 1977, Portugal applied for membership in the European Economic Community (EEC), now the European Union (EU) since 1993. In January 1986, with Spain, Portugal was granted membership, and economic and financial progress in the intervening years has been significantly influenced by the comparatively large investment, loans, technology, advice, and other assistance from the EEC. Low unemployment, high annual growth rates (5 percent), and moderate inflation have also been induced by the new political and administrative stability in Lisbon. Led by Prime Minister Cavaco Silva, an economist who was trained abroad, the PSD's strong organization, management, and electoral support since 1985 have assisted in encouraging economic recovery and development. In 1985, the PSD turned the PS out of office and won the general election, although they did not have an absolute majority of assembly seats. In 1986, Mário Soares was elected president of the republic, the first civilian to hold that office since the First Republic. In the elections of 1987 and 1991, however, the PSD was returned to power with clear majorities of over 50 percent of the vote.
       Although the PSD received 50.4 percent of the vote in the 1991 parliamentary elections and held a 42-seat majority in the Assembly of the Republic, the party began to lose public support following media revelations regarding corruption and complaints about Prime Minister Cavaco Silva's perceived arrogant leadership style. President Mário Soares voiced criticism of the PSD's seemingly untouchable majority and described a "tyranny of the majority." Economic growth slowed down. In the parliamentary elections of 1995 and the presidential election of 1996, the PSD's dominance ended for the time being. Prime Minister Antônio Guterres came to office when the PS won the October 1995 elections, and in the subsequent presidential contest, in January 1996, socialist Jorge Sampaio, the former mayor of Lisbon, was elected president of the republic, thus defeating Cavaco Silva's bid. Young and popular, Guterres moved the PS toward the center of the political spectrum. Under Guterres, the PS won the October 1999 parliamentary elections. The PS defeated the PSD but did not manage to win a clear, working majority of seats, and this made the PS dependent upon alliances with smaller parties, including the PCP.
       In the local elections in December 2001, the PSD's criticism of PS's heavy public spending allowed the PSD to take control of the key cities of Lisbon, Oporto, and Coimbra. Guterres resigned, and parliamentary elections were brought forward from 2004 to March 2002. The PSD won a narrow victory with 40 percent of the votes, and Jose Durão Barroso became prime minister. Having failed to win a majority of the seats in parliament forced the PSD to govern in coalition with the right-wing Popular Party (PP) led by Paulo Portas. Durão Barroso set about reducing government spending by cutting the budgets of local authorities, freezing civil service hiring, and reviving the economy by accelerating privatization of state-owned enterprises. These measures provoked a 24-hour strike by public-sector workers. Durão Barroso reacted with vows to press ahead with budget-cutting measures and imposed a wage freeze on all employees earning more than €1,000, which affected more than one-half of Portugal's work force.
       In June 2004, Durão Barroso was invited by Romano Prodi to succeed him as president of the European Commission. Durão Barroso accepted and resigned the prime ministership in July. Pedro Santana Lopes, the leader of the PSD, became prime minister. Already unpopular at the time of Durão Barroso's resignation, the PSD-led government became increasingly unpopular under Santana Lopes. A month-long delay in the start of the school year and confusion over his plan to cut taxes and raise public-sector salaries, eroded confidence even more. By November, Santana Lopes's government was so unpopular that President Jorge Sampaio was obliged to dissolve parliament and hold new elections, two years ahead of schedule.
       Parliamentary elections were held on 20 February 2005. The PS, which had promised the electorate disciplined and transparent governance, educational reform, the alleviation of poverty, and a boost in employment, won 45 percent of the vote and the majority of the seats in parliament. The leader of the PS, José Sôcrates became prime minister on 12 March 2005. In the regularly scheduled presidential elections held on 6 January 2006, the former leader of the PSD and prime minister, Aníbal Cavaco Silva, won a narrow victory and became president on 9 March 2006. With a mass protest, public teachers' strike, and street demonstrations in March 2008, Portugal's media, educational, and social systems experienced more severe pressures. With the spreading global recession beginning in September 2008, Portugal's economic and financial systems became more troubled.
       Owing to its geographic location on the southwestern most edge of continental Europe, Portugal has been historically in but not of Europe. Almost from the beginning of its existence in the 12th century as an independent monarchy, Portugal turned its back on Europe and oriented itself toward the Atlantic Ocean. After carving out a Christian kingdom on the western portion of the Iberian peninsula, Portuguese kings gradually built and maintained a vast seaborne global empire that became central to the way Portugal understood its individuality as a nation-state. While the creation of this empire allows Portugal to claim an unusual number of "firsts" or distinctions in world and Western history, it also retarded Portugal's economic, social, and political development. It can be reasonably argued that the Revolution of 25 April 1974 was the most decisive event in Portugal's long history because it finally ended Portugal's oceanic mission and view of itself as an imperial power. After the 1974 Revolution, Portugal turned away from its global mission and vigorously reoriented itself toward Europe. Contemporary Portugal is now both in and of Europe.
       The turn toward Europe began immediately after 25 April 1974. Portugal granted independence to its African colonies in 1975. It was admitted to the European Council and took the first steps toward accession to the European Economic Community (EEC) in 1976. On 28 March 1977, the Portuguese government officially applied for EEC membership. Because of Portugal's economic and social backwardness, which would require vast sums of EEC money to overcome, negotiations for membership were long and difficult. Finally, a treaty of accession was signed on 12 June 1985. Portugal officially joined the EEC (the European Union [EU] since 1993) on 1 January 1986. Since becoming a full-fledged member of the EU, Portugal has been steadily overcoming the economic and social underdevelopment caused by its imperial past and is becoming more like the rest of Europe.
       Membership in the EU has speeded up the structural transformation of Portugal's economy, which actually began during the Estado Novo. Investments made by the Estado Novo in Portugal's economy began to shift employment out of the agricultural sector, which, in 1950, accounted for 50 percent of Portugal's economically active population. Today, only 10 percent of the economically active population is employed in the agricultural sector (the highest among EU member states); 30 percent in the industrial sector (also the highest among EU member states); and 60 percent in the service sector (the lowest among EU member states). The economically active population numbers about 5,000,000 employed, 56 percent of whom are women. Women workers are the majority of the workforce in the agricultural and service sectors (the highest among the EU member states). The expansion of the service sector has been primarily in health care and education. Portugal has had the lowest unemployment rates among EU member states, with the overall rate never being more than 10 percent of the active population. Since joining the EU, the number of employers increased from 2.6 percent to 5.8 percent of the active population; self-employed from 16 to 19 percent; and employees from 65 to 70 percent. Twenty-six percent of the employers are women. Unemployment tends to hit younger workers in industry and transportation, women employed in domestic service, workers on short-term contracts, and poorly educated workers. Salaried workers earn only 63 percent of the EU average, and hourly workers only one-third to one-half of that earned by their EU counterparts. Despite having had the second highest growth of gross national product (GNP) per inhabitant (after Ireland) among EU member states, the above data suggest that while much has been accomplished in terms of modernizing the Portuguese economy, much remains to be done to bring Portugal's economy up to the level of the "average" EU member state.
       Membership in the EU has also speeded up changes in Portuguese society. Over the last 30 years, coastalization and urbanization have intensified. Fully 50 percent of Portuguese live in the coastal urban conurbations of Lisbon, Oporto, Braga, Aveiro, Coimbra, Viseu, Évora, and Faro. The Portuguese population is one of the oldest among EU member states (17.3 percent are 65 years of age or older) thanks to a considerable increase in life expectancy at birth (77.87 years for the total population, 74.6 years for men, 81.36 years for women) and one of the lowest birthrates (10.59 births/1,000) in Europe. Family size averages 2.8 persons per household, with the strict nuclear family (one or two generations) in which both parents work being typical. Common law marriages, cohabitating couples, and single-parent households are more and more common. The divorce rate has also increased. "Youth Culture" has developed. The young have their own meeting places, leisure-time activities, and nightlife (bars, clubs, and discos).
       All Portuguese citizens, whether they have contributed or not, have a right to an old-age pension, invalidity benefits, widowed persons' pension, as well as payments for disabilities, children, unemployment, and large families. There is a national minimum wage (€385 per month), which is low by EU standards. The rapid aging of Portugal's population has changed the ratio of contributors to pensioners to 1.7, the lowest in the EU. This has created deficits in Portugal's social security fund.
       The adult literacy rate is about 92 percent. Illiteracy is still found among the elderly. Although universal compulsory education up to grade 9 was achieved in 1980, only 21.2 percent of the population aged 25-64 had undergone secondary education, compared to an EU average of 65.7 percent. Portugal's higher education system currently consists of 14 state universities and 14 private universities, 15 state polytechnic institutions, one Catholic university, and one military academy. All in all, Portugal spends a greater percentage of its state budget on education than most EU member states. Despite this high level of expenditure, the troubled Portuguese education system does not perform well. Early leaving and repetition rates are among the highest among EU member states.
       After the Revolution of 25 April 1974, Portugal created a National Health Service, which today consists of 221 hospitals and 512 medical centers employing 33,751 doctors and 41,799 nurses. Like its education system, Portugal's medical system is inefficient. There are long waiting lists for appointments with specialists and for surgical procedures.
       Structural changes in Portugal's economy and society mean that social life in Portugal is not too different from that in other EU member states. A mass consumption society has been created. Televisions, telephones, refrigerators, cars, music equipment, mobile phones, and personal computers are commonplace. Sixty percent of Portuguese households possess at least one automobile, and 65 percent of Portuguese own their own home. Portuguese citizens are more aware of their legal rights than ever before. This has resulted in a trebling of the number of legal proceeding since 1960 and an eight-fold increase in the number of lawyers. In general, Portuguese society has become more permissive and secular; the Catholic Church and the armed forces are much less influential than in the past. Portugal's population is also much more culturally, religiously, and ethnically diverse, a consequence of the coming to Portugal of hundreds of thousands of immigrants, mainly from former African colonies.
       Portuguese are becoming more cosmopolitan and sophisticated through the impact of world media, the Internet, and the World Wide Web. A prime case in point came in the summer and early fall of 1999, with the extraordinary events in East Timor and the massive Portuguese popular responses. An internationally monitored referendum in East Timor, Portugal's former colony in the Indonesian archipelago and under Indonesian occupation from late 1975 to summer 1999, resulted in a vote of 78.5 percent for rejecting integration with Indonesia and for independence. When Indonesian prointegration gangs, aided by the Indonesian military, responded to the referendum with widespread brutality and threatened to reverse the verdict of the referendum, there was a spontaneous popular outpouring of protest in the cities and towns of Portugal. An avalanche of Portuguese e-mail fell on leaders and groups in the UN and in certain countries around the world as Portugal's diplomats, perhaps to compensate for the weak initial response to Indonesian armed aggression in 1975, called for the protection of East Timor as an independent state and for UN intervention to thwart Indonesian action. Using global communications networks, the Portuguese were able to mobilize UN and world public opinion against Indonesian actions and aided the eventual independence of East Timor on 20 May 2002.
       From the Revolution of 25 April 1974 until the 1990s, Portugal had a large number of political parties, one of the largest Communist parties in western Europe, frequent elections, and endemic cabinet instability. Since the 1990s, the number of political parties has been dramatically reduced and cabinet stability increased. Gradually, the Portuguese electorate has concentrated around two larger parties, the right-of-center Social Democrats (PSD) and the left-of-center Socialist (PS). In the 1980s, these two parties together garnered 65 percent of the vote and 70 percent of the seats in parliament. In 2005, these percentages had risen to 74 percent and 85 percent, respectively. In effect, Portugal is currently a two-party dominant system in which the two largest parties — PS and PSD—alternate in and out of power, not unlike the rotation of the two main political parties (the Regenerators and the Historicals) during the last decades (1850s to 1880s) of the liberal constitutional monarchy. As Portugal's democracy has consolidated, turnout rates for the eligible electorate have declined. In the 1970s, turnout was 85 percent. In Portugal's most recent parliamentary election (2005), turnout had fallen to 65 percent of the eligible electorate.
       Portugal has benefited greatly from membership in the EU, and whatever doubts remain about the price paid for membership, no Portuguese government in the near future can afford to sever this connection. The vast majority of Portuguese citizens see membership in the EU as a "good thing" and strongly believe that Portugal has benefited from membership. Only the Communist Party opposed membership because it reduces national sovereignty, serves the interests of capitalists not workers, and suffers from a democratic deficit. Despite the high level of support for the EU, Portuguese voters are increasingly not voting in elections for the European Parliament, however. Turnout for European Parliament elections fell from 40 percent of the eligible electorate in the 1999 elections to 38 percent in the 2004 elections.
       In sum, Portugal's turn toward Europe has done much to overcome its backwardness. However, despite the economic, social, and political progress made since 1986, Portugal has a long way to go before it can claim to be on a par with the level found even in Spain, much less the rest of western Europe. As Portugal struggles to move from underde-velopment, especially in the rural areas away from the coast, it must keep in mind the perils of too rapid modern development, which could damage two of its most precious assets: its scenery and environment. The growth and future prosperity of the economy will depend on the degree to which the government and the private sector will remain stewards of clean air, soil, water, and other finite resources on which the tourism industry depends and on which Portugal's world image as a unique place to visit rests. Currently, Portugal is investing heavily in renewable energy from solar, wind, and wave power in order to account for about 50 percent of its electricity needs by 2010. Portugal opened the world's largest solar power plant and the world's first commercial wave power farm in 2006.
       An American documentary film on Portugal produced in the 1970s described this little country as having "a Past in Search of a Future." In the years after the Revolution of 25 April 1974, it could be said that Portugal is now living in "a Present in Search of a Future." Increasingly, that future lies in Europe as an active and productive member of the EU.

    Historical dictionary of Portugal > Historical Portugal

См. также в других словарях:

  • Nature and Attributes of God —     The Nature and Attributes of God     † Catholic Encyclopedia ► The Nature and Attributes of God     I. As Known Through Natural Reason     A. Infinity of God     B. Unity or Unicity of God     C. Simplicity of God     D. Divine Personality… …   Catholic encyclopedia

  • Nature (journal) — Nature Magazine and Nature (magazine) redirect here. For the U.S. magazine published in Baltimore between 1923–1959, see American Nature Association. Nature   …   Wikipedia

  • nature, philosophy of — Introduction       the discipline that investigates substantive issues regarding the actual features of nature as a reality. The discussion here is divided into two parts: the philosophy of physics and the philosophy of biology.       In this… …   Universalium

  • Personal identity (philosophy) — In philosophy, personal identity refers to the essence of a self conscious person, that which makes him or her unique. It persists making the person modifications happen through one single identity.DescriptionThe question regarding personal… …   Wikipedia

  • Nature versus nurture — The nature versus nurture debate concerns the relative importance of an individual s innate qualities ( nature, i.e. nativism, or innatism) versus personal experiences ( nurture, i.e. empiricism or behaviorism) in determining or causing… …   Wikipedia

  • nature — na|ture W1S1 [ˈneıtʃə US tʃər] n ▬▬▬▬▬▬▬ 1¦(plants/animals etc)¦ 2¦(somebody s character)¦ 3¦(qualities of something)¦ 4¦(type)¦ 5 in the nature of things 6 be in the nature of something 7 let nature take its course 8 back to nature ▬▬▬▬▬▬▬ [Date …   Dictionary of contemporary English

  • Personal rapid transit — ation concept that offers on demand, non stop transportation, using small, independent vehicles on a network of specially built guideways. Several different designs have been proposed, and as of 2008, at least one is under… …   Wikipedia

  • Fourteen unanswerable questions — The phrase fourteen unanswerable questions, in Buddhism, refers to fourteen common philosophical questions that Buddha refused to answer, according to Buddhist Sanskrit texts. Pali texts give only ten.Fourteen questions Questions referring to the …   Wikipedia

  • Tinbergen's four questions — When asked questions of animal and human behavior such as why these creatures see, even elementary school children can answer that vision helps them find food and avoid danger. Biologists have three additional explanations: A particular series of …   Wikipedia

  • Human nature — For other uses, see Human nature (disambiguation). “ We do not know what our nature permits us to be. – Jean Jacques Rousseau, Emile ” …   Wikipedia

  • Leonardo da Vinci's personal life — Infobox Artist name = Leonardo da Vinci imagesize = 150px caption = Portrait in red chalk, circa 1512 to 1515. [ This drawing in red chalk is widely (though not universally) accepted as an original self portrait. The main reason for hesitation in …   Wikipedia

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Прямая ссылка:
Нажмите правой клавишей мыши и выберите «Копировать ссылку»